1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment ========================================================
3 @comment %**start of header
4 @setfilename autoconf.info
9 @setcontentsaftertitlepage
13 @c @ovar(ARG, DEFAULT)
14 @c -------------------
15 @c The ARG is an optional argument. To be used for macro arguments in
16 @c their documentation (@defmac).
18 @r{[}@var{\varname\}@r{]}
21 @c @dvar(ARG, DEFAULT)
22 @c -------------------
23 @c The ARG is an optional argument, defaulting to DEFAULT. To be used
24 @c for macro arguments in their documentation (@defmac).
25 @macro dvar{varname, default}
26 @r{[}@var{\varname\} = @samp{\default\}@r{]}
29 @c Handling the indexes with Texinfo yields several different problems.
31 @c Because we want to drop out the AC_ part of the macro names in the
32 @c printed manual, but not in the other outputs, we need a layer above
33 @c the usual @acindex{} etc. That's why we first define indexes such as
34 @c acx meant to become the macro @acindex. First of all, using ``ac_''
35 @c does not work with makeinfo, and using ``ac1'' doesn't work with TeX.
36 @c So use something more regular ``acx''. Then you finish with a printed
37 @c index saying ``index is not existent''. Of course: you ought to use
38 @c two letters :( So you use capitals.
40 @c Second, when defining a macro in the TeX world, following spaces are
41 @c eaten. But then, since we embed @acxindex commands that use the end
42 @c of line as an end marker, the whole things wrecks itself. So make
43 @c sure you do *force* an additional end of line, add a ``@c''.
45 @c Finally, you might want to get rid of TeX expansion, using --expand
46 @c with texi2dvi. But then you wake up an old problem: we use macros
47 @c in @defmac etc. where TeX does perform the expansion, but not makeinfo.
49 @c Define an environment variable index.
51 @c Define an output variable index.
53 @c Define a CPP variable index.
55 @c Define an Autoconf macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
57 @c Define an Autotest macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
59 @c Define an M4sugar macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
61 @c Define an index for *foreign* programs: `mv' etc. Used for the
62 @c portability sections and so on.
67 @c Shall we factor AC_ out of the Autoconf macro index etc.?
74 @c Registering an AC_\MACRO\.
81 @ifclear shortindexflag
89 @c Registering an AH_\MACRO\.
97 @c Registering an AS_\MACRO\.
104 @ifclear shortindexflag
105 @macro asindex{macro}
112 @c Registering an AT_\MACRO\.
113 @ifset shortindexflag
114 @macro atindex{macro}
119 @ifclear shortindexflag
120 @macro atindex{macro}
127 @c Registering an AU_\MACRO\.
128 @macro auindex{macro}
135 @c Indexing a header.
136 @macro hdrindex{macro}
137 @prindex @file{\macro\}
143 @c Registering an m4_\MACRO\.
144 @ifset shortindexflag
145 @macro msindex{macro}
150 @ifclear shortindexflag
151 @macro msindex{macro}
157 @c Define an index for functions: `alloca' etc. Used for the
158 @c portability sections and so on. We can't use `fn' (aka `fnindex),
159 @c since `@defmac' goes into it => we'd get all the macros too.
161 @c FIXME: Aaarg! It seems there are too many indices for TeX :(
163 @c ! No room for a new @write .
164 @c l.112 @defcodeindex fu
166 @c so don't define yet another one :( Just put some tags before each
167 @c @prindex which is actually a @funindex.
172 @c @c Put the programs and functions into their own index.
173 @c @syncodeindex fu pr
175 @comment %**end of header
176 @comment ========================================================
180 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Autoconf
181 (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
182 a package for creating scripts to configure source code packages using
183 templates and an M4 macro package.
185 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000,
186 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
189 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
190 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
191 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
192 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
193 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
194 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
195 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
197 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and
198 modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software. Copies
199 published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
200 @acronym{GNU} development.''
206 @dircategory Software development
208 * Autoconf: (autoconf). Create source code configuration scripts.
211 @dircategory Individual utilities
213 * autoscan: (autoconf)autoscan Invocation.
214 Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
215 * ifnames: (autoconf)ifnames Invocation. Listing conditionals in source.
216 * autoconf-invocation: (autoconf)autoconf Invocation.
217 How to create configuration scripts
218 * autoreconf: (autoconf)autoreconf Invocation.
219 Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
220 * autoheader: (autoconf)autoheader Invocation.
221 How to create configuration templates
222 * autom4te: (autoconf)autom4te Invocation.
223 The Autoconf executables backbone
224 * configure: (autoconf)configure Invocation. Configuring a package.
225 * autoupdate: (autoconf)autoupdate Invocation.
226 Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
227 * config.status: (autoconf)config.status Invocation. Recreating configurations.
228 * testsuite: (autoconf)testsuite Invocation. Running an Autotest test suite.
233 @subtitle Creating Automatic Configuration Scripts
234 @subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
235 @author David MacKenzie
237 @author Akim Demaille
239 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
252 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
255 * Introduction:: Autoconf's purpose, strengths, and weaknesses
256 * The GNU Build System:: A set of tools for portable software packages
257 * Making configure Scripts:: How to organize and produce Autoconf scripts
258 * Setup:: Initialization and output
259 * Existing Tests:: Macros that check for particular features
260 * Writing Tests:: How to write new feature checks
261 * Results:: What to do with results from feature checks
262 * Programming in M4:: Layers on top of which Autoconf is written
263 * Writing Autoconf Macros:: Adding new macros to Autoconf
264 * Portable Shell:: Shell script portability pitfalls
265 * Portable Make:: Makefile portability pitfalls
266 * Portable C and C++:: C and C++ portability pitfalls
267 * Manual Configuration:: Selecting features that can't be guessed
268 * Site Configuration:: Local defaults for @command{configure}
269 * Running configure Scripts:: How to use the Autoconf output
270 * config.status Invocation:: Recreating a configuration
271 * Obsolete Constructs:: Kept for backward compatibility
272 * Using Autotest:: Creating portable test suites
273 * FAQ:: Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
274 * History:: History of Autoconf
275 * Copying This Manual:: How to make copies of this manual
276 * Indices:: Indices of symbols, concepts, etc.
279 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
281 The @acronym{GNU} Build System
283 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
284 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
285 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
286 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
288 Making @command{configure} Scripts
290 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
291 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
292 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
293 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
294 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
296 Writing @file{configure.ac}
298 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
299 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
300 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
302 Initialization and Output Files
304 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
305 * Versioning:: Dealing with Autoconf versions
306 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
307 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
308 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
309 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
310 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
311 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
312 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
313 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
314 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
315 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
316 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
318 Substitutions in Makefiles
320 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
321 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
322 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
323 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
324 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
326 Configuration Header Files
328 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
329 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
330 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
334 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
335 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
336 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
337 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
338 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
339 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
340 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
341 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
342 * Types:: Types that might be missing
343 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
344 * System Services:: Operating system services
345 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
346 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
350 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
351 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
355 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
356 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
360 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
361 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
362 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
366 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
367 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
368 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
372 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
373 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
377 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
378 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
382 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
383 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
385 Compilers and Preprocessors
387 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
388 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
389 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
390 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
391 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
392 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
393 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
397 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
398 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
399 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
400 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
401 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
402 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
403 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
404 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
406 Writing Test Programs
408 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
409 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
410 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
414 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
415 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
416 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
417 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
418 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
422 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
423 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
424 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
428 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
429 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
430 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
431 * Programming in M4sh:: Common shell Constructs
432 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
436 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
437 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
438 * Quoting and Parameters:: M4 vs. shell parameters
439 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
440 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
441 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
442 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
444 Using @command{autom4te}
446 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
447 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
449 Programming in M4sugar
451 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
452 * Conditional constructs:: Conditions in M4
453 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
454 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
455 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
456 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
458 Writing Autoconf Macros
460 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
461 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
462 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
463 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
464 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
465 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
467 Dependencies Between Macros
469 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
470 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
471 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
473 Portable Shell Programming
475 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
476 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
477 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
478 * File System Conventions:: File names
479 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
480 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
481 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
482 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
483 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
484 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
485 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
486 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
488 Portable Make Programming
490 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
491 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
492 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
493 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
494 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
495 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
496 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
497 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
498 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
499 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
500 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
501 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
502 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
503 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
504 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
506 @code{VPATH} and Make
508 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
509 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
510 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
511 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
512 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
514 Portable C and C++ Programming
516 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
517 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
518 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
519 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
520 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
521 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
522 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
526 * Specifying Names:: Specifying the system type
527 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
528 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
532 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
533 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
534 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
535 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
536 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
537 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
538 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
539 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
541 Transforming Program Names When Installing
543 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
544 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
545 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
547 Running @command{configure} Scripts
549 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
550 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
551 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
552 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
553 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
554 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
555 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
556 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
557 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
561 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
562 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
563 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
564 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
565 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
566 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
568 Upgrading From Version 1
570 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
571 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
572 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
573 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
574 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
576 Upgrading From Version 2.13
578 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
579 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
580 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
581 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
582 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
584 Generating Test Suites with Autotest
586 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
587 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
588 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
589 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
591 Using an Autotest Test Suite
593 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
594 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
596 Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
598 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
599 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
600 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
601 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
602 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
603 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
604 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
608 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
609 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
610 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
611 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
612 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
616 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
620 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
621 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
622 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
623 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
624 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
625 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
626 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
627 * Concept Index:: General index
632 @c ============================================================= Introduction.
635 @chapter Introduction
639 A physicist, an engineer, and a computer scientist were discussing the
640 nature of God. ``Surely a Physicist,'' said the physicist, ``because
641 early in the Creation, God made Light; and you know, Maxwell's
642 equations, the dual nature of electromagnetic waves, the relativistic
643 consequences@dots{}'' ``An Engineer!,'' said the engineer, ``because
644 before making Light, God split the Chaos into Land and Water; it takes a
645 hell of an engineer to handle that big amount of mud, and orderly
646 separation of solids from liquids@dots{}'' The computer scientist
647 shouted: ``And the Chaos, where do you think it was coming from, hmm?''
651 @c (via Franc,ois Pinard)
653 Autoconf is a tool for producing shell scripts that automatically
654 configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of
655 Posix-like systems. The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf
656 are independent of Autoconf when they are run, so their users do not
657 need to have Autoconf.
659 The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf require no manual user
660 intervention when run; they do not normally even need an argument
661 specifying the system type. Instead, they individually test for the
662 presence of each feature that the software package they are for might need.
663 (Before each check, they print a one-line message stating what they are
664 checking for, so the user doesn't get too bored while waiting for the
665 script to finish.) As a result, they deal well with systems that are
666 hybrids or customized from the more common Posix variants. There is
667 no need to maintain files that list the features supported by each
668 release of each variant of Posix.
670 For each software package that Autoconf is used with, it creates a
671 configuration script from a template file that lists the system features
672 that the package needs or can use. After the shell code to recognize
673 and respond to a system feature has been written, Autoconf allows it to
674 be shared by many software packages that can use (or need) that feature.
675 If it later turns out that the shell code needs adjustment for some
676 reason, it needs to be changed in only one place; all of the
677 configuration scripts can be regenerated automatically to take advantage
680 The Metaconfig package is similar in purpose to Autoconf, but the
681 scripts it produces require manual user intervention, which is quite
682 inconvenient when configuring large source trees. Unlike Metaconfig
683 scripts, Autoconf scripts can support cross-compiling, if some care is
684 taken in writing them.
686 Autoconf does not solve all problems related to making portable
687 software packages---for a more complete solution, it should be used in
688 concert with other @acronym{GNU} build tools like Automake and
689 Libtool. These other tools take on jobs like the creation of a
690 portable, recursive makefile with all of the standard targets,
691 linking of shared libraries, and so on. @xref{The GNU Build System},
692 for more information.
694 Autoconf imposes some restrictions on the names of macros used with
695 @code{#if} in C programs (@pxref{Preprocessor Symbol Index}).
697 Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 version 1.4.5 or later in order to
698 generate the scripts. It uses features that some versions of M4,
699 including @acronym{GNU} M4 1.3, do not have. Autoconf works better
700 with @acronym{GNU} M4 version 1.4.8 or later, though this is not
703 @xref{Autoconf 1}, for information about upgrading from version 1.
704 @xref{History}, for the story of Autoconf's development. @xref{FAQ},
705 for answers to some common questions about Autoconf.
707 See the @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/,
708 Autoconf web page} for up-to-date information, details on the mailing
709 lists, pointers to a list of known bugs, etc.
711 Mail suggestions to @email{autoconf@@gnu.org, the Autoconf mailing
712 list}. Past suggestions are
713 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/autoconf/, archived}.
715 Mail bug reports to @email{bug-autoconf@@gnu.org, the
716 Autoconf Bugs mailing list}. Past bug reports are
717 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-autoconf/, archived}.
719 If possible, first check that your bug is
720 not already solved in current development versions, and that it has not
721 been reported yet. Be sure to include all the needed information and a
722 short @file{configure.ac} that demonstrates the problem.
724 Autoconf's development tree is accessible via anonymous @acronym{CVS}; see the
725 @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/autoconf/, Autoconf
726 Summary} for details. Patches relative to the
727 current @acronym{CVS} version can be sent for review to the
728 @email{autoconf-patches@@gnu.org, Autoconf Patches mailing list}.
730 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf-patches/, archived}.
732 Because of its mission, the Autoconf package itself
733 includes only a set of often-used
734 macros that have already demonstrated their usefulness. Nevertheless,
735 if you wish to share your macros, or find existing ones, see the
736 @uref{http://autoconf-archive.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
737 Archive}, which is kindly run by @email{simons@@cryp.to,
741 @c ================================================= The GNU Build System
743 @node The GNU Build System
744 @chapter The @acronym{GNU} Build System
745 @cindex @acronym{GNU} build system
747 Autoconf solves an important problem---reliable discovery of
748 system-specific build and runtime information---but this is only one
749 piece of the puzzle for the development of portable software. To this
750 end, the @acronym{GNU} project has developed a suite of integrated
751 utilities to finish the job Autoconf started: the @acronym{GNU} build
752 system, whose most important components are Autoconf, Automake, and
753 Libtool. In this chapter, we introduce you to those tools, point you
754 to sources of more information, and try to convince you to use the
755 entire @acronym{GNU} build system for your software.
758 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
759 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
760 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
761 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
767 The ubiquity of @command{make} means that a makefile is almost the
768 only viable way to distribute automatic build rules for software, but
769 one quickly runs into its numerous limitations. Its lack of
770 support for automatic dependency tracking, recursive builds in
771 subdirectories, reliable timestamps (e.g., for network file systems), and
772 so on, mean that developers must painfully (and often incorrectly)
773 reinvent the wheel for each project. Portability is non-trivial, thanks
774 to the quirks of @command{make} on many systems. On top of all this is the
775 manual labor required to implement the many standard targets that users
776 have come to expect (@code{make install}, @code{make distclean},
777 @code{make uninstall}, etc.). Since you are, of course, using Autoconf,
778 you also have to insert repetitive code in your @code{Makefile.in} to
779 recognize @code{@@CC@@}, @code{@@CFLAGS@@}, and other substitutions
780 provided by @command{configure}. Into this mess steps @dfn{Automake}.
783 Automake allows you to specify your build needs in a @code{Makefile.am}
784 file with a vastly simpler and more powerful syntax than that of a plain
785 makefile, and then generates a portable @code{Makefile.in} for
786 use with Autoconf. For example, the @code{Makefile.am} to build and
787 install a simple ``Hello world'' program might look like:
791 hello_SOURCES = hello.c
795 The resulting @code{Makefile.in} (~400 lines) automatically supports all
796 the standard targets, the substitutions provided by Autoconf, automatic
797 dependency tracking, @code{VPATH} building, and so on. @command{make}
798 builds the @code{hello} program, and @code{make install} installs it
799 in @file{/usr/local/bin} (or whatever prefix was given to
800 @command{configure}, if not @file{/usr/local}).
802 The benefits of Automake increase for larger packages (especially ones
803 with subdirectories), but even for small programs the added convenience
804 and portability can be substantial. And that's not all@enddots{}
809 @acronym{GNU} software has a well-deserved reputation for running on
810 many different types of systems. While our primary goal is to write
811 software for the @acronym{GNU} system, many users and developers have
812 been introduced to us through the systems that they were already using.
815 Gnulib is a central location for common @acronym{GNU} code, intended to
816 be shared among free software packages. Its components are typically
817 shared at the source level, rather than being a library that gets built,
818 installed, and linked against. The idea is to copy files from Gnulib
819 into your own source tree. There is no distribution tarball; developers
820 should just grab source modules from the repository. The source files
821 are available online, under various licenses, mostly @acronym{GNU}
822 @acronym{GPL} or @acronym{GNU} @acronym{LGPL}.
824 Gnulib modules typically contain C source code along with Autoconf
825 macros used to configure the source code. For example, the Gnulib
826 @code{stdbool} module implements a @file{stdbool.h} header that nearly
827 conforms to C99, even on old-fashioned hosts that lack @file{stdbool.h}.
828 This module contains a source file for the replacement header, along
829 with an Autoconf macro that arranges to use the replacement header on
830 old-fashioned systems.
835 Often, one wants to build not only programs, but libraries, so that
836 other programs can benefit from the fruits of your labor. Ideally, one
837 would like to produce @emph{shared} (dynamically linked) libraries,
838 which can be used by multiple programs without duplication on disk or in
839 memory and can be updated independently of the linked programs.
840 Producing shared libraries portably, however, is the stuff of
841 nightmares---each system has its own incompatible tools, compiler flags,
842 and magic incantations. Fortunately, @acronym{GNU} provides a solution:
846 Libtool handles all the requirements of building shared libraries for
847 you, and at this time seems to be the @emph{only} way to do so with any
848 portability. It also handles many other headaches, such as: the
849 interaction of Make rules with the variable suffixes of
850 shared libraries, linking reliably with shared libraries before they are
851 installed by the superuser, and supplying a consistent versioning system
852 (so that different versions of a library can be installed or upgraded
853 without breaking binary compatibility). Although Libtool, like
854 Autoconf, can be used without Automake, it is most simply utilized in
855 conjunction with Automake---there, Libtool is used automatically
856 whenever shared libraries are needed, and you need not know its syntax.
861 Developers who are used to the simplicity of @command{make} for small
862 projects on a single system might be daunted at the prospect of
863 learning to use Automake and Autoconf. As your software is
864 distributed to more and more users, however, you otherwise
865 quickly find yourself putting lots of effort into reinventing the
866 services that the @acronym{GNU} build tools provide, and making the
867 same mistakes that they once made and overcame. (Besides, since
868 you're already learning Autoconf, Automake is a piece of cake.)
870 There are a number of places that you can go to for more information on
871 the @acronym{GNU} build tools.
878 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/autoconf/, Autoconf},
879 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/automake/, Automake},
880 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/gnulib/, Gnulib}, and
881 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/libtool/, Libtool}.
883 @item Automake Manual
885 @xref{Top, , Automake, automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}, for more
886 information on Automake.
890 The book @cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and
891 Libtool}@footnote{@cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and Libtool},
892 by G. V. Vaughan, B. Elliston, T. Tromey, and I. L. Taylor. SAMS (originally
893 New Riders), 2000, ISBN 1578701902.} describes the complete @acronym{GNU}
894 build environment. You can also find
895 @uref{http://sources.redhat.com/@/autobook/, the entire book on-line}.
899 @c ================================================= Making configure Scripts.
901 @node Making configure Scripts
902 @chapter Making @command{configure} Scripts
903 @cindex @file{aclocal.m4}
904 @cindex @command{configure}
906 The configuration scripts that Autoconf produces are by convention
907 called @command{configure}. When run, @command{configure} creates several
908 files, replacing configuration parameters in them with appropriate
909 values. The files that @command{configure} creates are:
913 one or more @file{Makefile} files, usually one in each subdirectory of the
914 package (@pxref{Makefile Substitutions});
917 optionally, a C header file, the name of which is configurable,
918 containing @code{#define} directives (@pxref{Configuration Headers});
921 a shell script called @file{config.status} that, when run, recreates
922 the files listed above (@pxref{config.status Invocation});
925 an optional shell script normally called @file{config.cache}
926 (created when using @samp{configure --config-cache}) that
927 saves the results of running many of the tests (@pxref{Cache Files});
930 a file called @file{config.log} containing any messages produced by
931 compilers, to help debugging if @command{configure} makes a mistake.
934 @cindex @file{configure.in}
935 @cindex @file{configure.ac}
936 To create a @command{configure} script with Autoconf, you need to write an
937 Autoconf input file @file{configure.ac} (or @file{configure.in}) and run
938 @command{autoconf} on it. If you write your own feature tests to
939 supplement those that come with Autoconf, you might also write files
940 called @file{aclocal.m4} and @file{acsite.m4}. If you use a C header
941 file to contain @code{#define} directives, you might also run
942 @command{autoheader}, and you can distribute the generated file
943 @file{config.h.in} with the package.
945 Here is a diagram showing how the files that can be used in
946 configuration are produced. Programs that are executed are suffixed by
947 @samp{*}. Optional files are enclosed in square brackets (@samp{[]}).
948 @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} also read the installed Autoconf
949 macro files (by reading @file{autoconf.m4}).
952 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
954 your source files --> [autoscan*] --> [configure.scan] --> configure.ac
958 | .------> autoconf* -----> configure
960 | `-----> [autoheader*] --> [config.h.in]
964 Makefile.in -------------------------------> Makefile.in
968 Files used in configuring a software package:
971 .-------------> [config.cache]
972 configure* ------------+-------------> config.log
974 [config.h.in] -. v .-> [config.h] -.
975 +--> config.status* -+ +--> make*
976 Makefile.in ---' `-> Makefile ---'
981 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
982 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
983 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
984 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
985 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
988 @node Writing Autoconf Input
989 @section Writing @file{configure.ac}
991 To produce a @command{configure} script for a software package, create a
992 file called @file{configure.ac} that contains invocations of the
993 Autoconf macros that test the system features your package needs or can
994 use. Autoconf macros already exist to check for many features; see
995 @ref{Existing Tests}, for their descriptions. For most other features,
996 you can use Autoconf template macros to produce custom checks; see
997 @ref{Writing Tests}, for information about them. For especially tricky
998 or specialized features, @file{configure.ac} might need to contain some
999 hand-crafted shell commands; see @ref{Portable Shell}. The
1000 @command{autoscan} program can give you a good start in writing
1001 @file{configure.ac} (@pxref{autoscan Invocation}, for more information).
1003 Previous versions of Autoconf promoted the name @file{configure.in},
1004 which is somewhat ambiguous (the tool needed to process this file is not
1005 described by its extension), and introduces a slight confusion with
1006 @file{config.h.in} and so on (for which @samp{.in} means ``to be
1007 processed by @command{configure}''). Using @file{configure.ac} is now
1011 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
1012 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
1013 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
1016 @node Shell Script Compiler
1017 @subsection A Shell Script Compiler
1019 Just as for any other computer language, in order to properly program
1020 @file{configure.ac} in Autoconf you must understand @emph{what} problem
1021 the language tries to address and @emph{how} it does so.
1023 The problem Autoconf addresses is that the world is a mess. After all,
1024 you are using Autoconf in order to have your package compile easily on
1025 all sorts of different systems, some of them being extremely hostile.
1026 Autoconf itself bears the price for these differences: @command{configure}
1027 must run on all those systems, and thus @command{configure} must limit itself
1028 to their lowest common denominator of features.
1030 Naturally, you might then think of shell scripts; who needs
1031 @command{autoconf}? A set of properly written shell functions is enough to
1032 make it easy to write @command{configure} scripts by hand. Sigh!
1033 Unfortunately, shell functions do not belong to the least common
1034 denominator; therefore, where you would like to define a function and
1035 use it ten times, you would instead need to copy its body ten times.
1037 So, what is really needed is some kind of compiler, @command{autoconf},
1038 that takes an Autoconf program, @file{configure.ac}, and transforms it
1039 into a portable shell script, @command{configure}.
1041 How does @command{autoconf} perform this task?
1043 There are two obvious possibilities: creating a brand new language or
1044 extending an existing one. The former option is attractive: all
1045 sorts of optimizations could easily be implemented in the compiler and
1046 many rigorous checks could be performed on the Autoconf program
1047 (e.g., rejecting any non-portable construct). Alternatively, you can
1048 extend an existing language, such as the @code{sh} (Bourne shell)
1051 Autoconf does the latter: it is a layer on top of @code{sh}. It was
1052 therefore most convenient to implement @command{autoconf} as a macro
1053 expander: a program that repeatedly performs @dfn{macro expansions} on
1054 text input, replacing macro calls with macro bodies and producing a pure
1055 @code{sh} script in the end. Instead of implementing a dedicated
1056 Autoconf macro expander, it is natural to use an existing
1057 general-purpose macro language, such as M4, and implement the extensions
1058 as a set of M4 macros.
1061 @node Autoconf Language
1062 @subsection The Autoconf Language
1065 The Autoconf language differs from many other computer
1066 languages because it treats actual code the same as plain text. Whereas
1067 in C, for instance, data and instructions have different syntactic
1068 status, in Autoconf their status is rigorously the same. Therefore, we
1069 need a means to distinguish literal strings from text to be expanded:
1072 When calling macros that take arguments, there must not be any white
1073 space between the macro name and the open parenthesis. Arguments should
1074 be enclosed within the M4 quote characters @samp{[} and @samp{]}, and be
1075 separated by commas. Any leading blanks or newlines in arguments are ignored,
1076 unless they are quoted. You should always quote an argument that
1077 might contain a macro name, comma, parenthesis, or a leading blank or
1078 newline. This rule applies recursively for every macro
1079 call, including macros called from other macros.
1084 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1085 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], [1],
1086 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1087 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1091 is quoted properly. You may safely simplify its quotation to:
1094 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1095 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], 1,
1096 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1097 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1101 because @samp{1} cannot contain a macro call. Here, the argument of
1102 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} must be quoted; otherwise, its comma would be
1103 interpreted as an argument separator. Also, the second and third arguments
1104 of @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADER} must be quoted, since they contain
1105 macro calls. The three arguments @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio.h},
1106 and @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} do not need quoting, but
1107 if you unwisely defined a macro with a name like @samp{Define} or
1108 @samp{stdio} then they would need quoting. Cautious Autoconf users
1109 would keep the quotes, but many Autoconf users find such precautions
1110 annoying, and would rewrite the example as follows:
1113 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1114 [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1115 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1116 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1120 This is safe, so long as you adopt good naming conventions and do not
1121 define macros with names like @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio}, or
1122 @samp{h}. Though it is also safe here to omit the quotes around
1123 @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} this is not recommended, as
1124 message strings are more likely to inadvertently contain commas.
1126 The following example is wrong and dangerous, as it is underquoted:
1129 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1130 AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1131 Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.),
1132 AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you]))
1135 In other cases, you may have to use text that also resembles a macro
1136 call. You must quote that text even when it is not passed as a macro
1140 echo "Hard rock was here! --[AC_DC]"
1147 echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"
1151 When you use the same text in a macro argument, you must therefore have
1152 an extra quotation level (since one is stripped away by the macro
1153 substitution). In general, then, it is a good idea to @emph{use double
1154 quoting for all literal string arguments}:
1157 AC_MSG_WARN([[AC_DC stinks --Iron Maiden]])
1160 You are now able to understand one of the constructs of Autoconf that
1161 has been continually misunderstood@dots{} The rule of thumb is that
1162 @emph{whenever you expect macro expansion, expect quote expansion};
1163 i.e., expect one level of quotes to be lost. For instance:
1166 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([char b[10];], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1170 is incorrect: here, the first argument of @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} is
1171 @samp{char b[10];} and is expanded once, which results in
1172 @samp{char b10;}. (There was an idiom common in Autoconf's past to
1173 address this issue via the M4 @code{changequote} primitive, but do not
1174 use it!) Let's take a closer look: the author meant the first argument
1175 to be understood as a literal, and therefore it must be quoted twice:
1178 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([[char b[10];]], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1182 Voil@`a, you actually produce @samp{char b[10];} this time!
1184 On the other hand, descriptions (e.g., the last parameter of
1185 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AS_HELP_STRING}) are not literals---they
1186 are subject to line breaking, for example---and should not be double quoted.
1187 Even if these descriptions are short and are not actually broken, double
1188 quoting them yields weird results.
1190 Some macros take optional arguments, which this documentation represents
1191 as @ovar{arg} (not to be confused with the quote characters). You may
1192 just leave them empty, or use @samp{[]} to make the emptiness of the
1193 argument explicit, or you may simply omit the trailing commas. The
1194 three lines below are equivalent:
1197 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h], [], [], [])
1198 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h],,,)
1199 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h])
1202 It is best to put each macro call on its own line in
1203 @file{configure.ac}. Most of the macros don't add extra newlines; they
1204 rely on the newline after the macro call to terminate the commands.
1205 This approach makes the generated @command{configure} script a little
1206 easier to read by not inserting lots of blank lines. It is generally
1207 safe to set shell variables on the same line as a macro call, because
1208 the shell allows assignments without intervening newlines.
1210 You can include comments in @file{configure.ac} files by starting them
1211 with the @samp{#}. For example, it is helpful to begin
1212 @file{configure.ac} files with a line like this:
1215 # Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
1218 @node Autoconf Input Layout
1219 @subsection Standard @file{configure.ac} Layout
1221 The order in which @file{configure.ac} calls the Autoconf macros is not
1222 important, with a few exceptions. Every @file{configure.ac} must
1223 contain a call to @code{AC_INIT} before the checks, and a call to
1224 @code{AC_OUTPUT} at the end (@pxref{Output}). Additionally, some macros
1225 rely on other macros having been called first, because they check
1226 previously set values of some variables to decide what to do. These
1227 macros are noted in the individual descriptions (@pxref{Existing
1228 Tests}), and they also warn you when @command{configure} is created if they
1229 are called out of order.
1231 To encourage consistency, here is a suggested order for calling the
1232 Autoconf macros. Generally speaking, the things near the end of this
1233 list are those that could depend on things earlier in it. For example,
1234 library functions could be affected by types and libraries.
1238 Autoconf requirements
1239 @code{AC_INIT(@var{package}, @var{version}, @var{bug-report-address})}
1240 information on the package
1242 checks for libraries
1243 checks for header files
1245 checks for structures
1246 checks for compiler characteristics
1247 checks for library functions
1248 checks for system services
1249 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@r{[}@var{file@dots{}}@r{]})}
1255 @node autoscan Invocation
1256 @section Using @command{autoscan} to Create @file{configure.ac}
1257 @cindex @command{autoscan}
1259 The @command{autoscan} program can help you create and/or maintain a
1260 @file{configure.ac} file for a software package. @command{autoscan}
1261 examines source files in the directory tree rooted at a directory given
1262 as a command line argument, or the current directory if none is given.
1263 It searches the source files for common portability problems and creates
1264 a file @file{configure.scan} which is a preliminary @file{configure.ac}
1265 for that package, and checks a possibly existing @file{configure.ac} for
1268 When using @command{autoscan} to create a @file{configure.ac}, you
1269 should manually examine @file{configure.scan} before renaming it to
1270 @file{configure.ac}; it probably needs some adjustments.
1271 Occasionally, @command{autoscan} outputs a macro in the wrong order
1272 relative to another macro, so that @command{autoconf} produces a warning;
1273 you need to move such macros manually. Also, if you want the package to
1274 use a configuration header file, you must add a call to
1275 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). You might
1276 also have to change or add some @code{#if} directives to your program in
1277 order to make it work with Autoconf (@pxref{ifnames Invocation}, for
1278 information about a program that can help with that job).
1280 When using @command{autoscan} to maintain a @file{configure.ac}, simply
1281 consider adding its suggestions. The file @file{autoscan.log}
1282 contains detailed information on why a macro is requested.
1284 @command{autoscan} uses several data files (installed along with Autoconf)
1285 to determine which macros to output when it finds particular symbols in
1286 a package's source files. These data files all have the same format:
1287 each line consists of a symbol, one or more blanks, and the Autoconf macro to
1288 output if that symbol is encountered. Lines starting with @samp{#} are
1291 @command{autoscan} accepts the following options:
1296 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1300 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1304 Print the names of the files it examines and the potentially interesting
1305 symbols it finds in them. This output can be voluminous.
1307 @item --include=@var{dir}
1309 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1311 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1313 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1316 @node ifnames Invocation
1317 @section Using @command{ifnames} to List Conditionals
1318 @cindex @command{ifnames}
1320 @command{ifnames} can help you write @file{configure.ac} for a software
1321 package. It prints the identifiers that the package already uses in C
1322 preprocessor conditionals. If a package has already been set up to have
1323 some portability, @command{ifnames} can thus help you figure out what its
1324 @command{configure} needs to check for. It may help fill in some gaps in a
1325 @file{configure.ac} generated by @command{autoscan} (@pxref{autoscan
1328 @command{ifnames} scans all of the C source files named on the command line
1329 (or the standard input, if none are given) and writes to the standard
1330 output a sorted list of all the identifiers that appear in those files
1331 in @code{#if}, @code{#elif}, @code{#ifdef}, or @code{#ifndef}
1332 directives. It prints each identifier on a line, followed by a
1333 space-separated list of the files in which that identifier occurs.
1336 @command{ifnames} accepts the following options:
1341 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1345 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1348 @node autoconf Invocation
1349 @section Using @command{autoconf} to Create @command{configure}
1350 @cindex @command{autoconf}
1352 To create @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, run the
1353 @command{autoconf} program with no arguments. @command{autoconf} processes
1354 @file{configure.ac} with the M4 macro processor, using the
1355 Autoconf macros. If you give @command{autoconf} an argument, it reads that
1356 file instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1357 to the standard output instead of to @command{configure}. If you give
1358 @command{autoconf} the argument @option{-}, it reads from the standard
1359 input instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1360 to the standard output.
1362 The Autoconf macros are defined in several files. Some of the files are
1363 distributed with Autoconf; @command{autoconf} reads them first. Then it
1364 looks for the optional file @file{acsite.m4} in the directory that
1365 contains the distributed Autoconf macro files, and for the optional file
1366 @file{aclocal.m4} in the current directory. Those files can contain
1367 your site's or the package's own Autoconf macro definitions
1368 (@pxref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for more information). If a macro is
1369 defined in more than one of the files that @command{autoconf} reads, the
1370 last definition it reads overrides the earlier ones.
1372 @command{autoconf} accepts the following options:
1377 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1381 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1385 Report processing steps.
1389 Don't remove the temporary files.
1393 Remake @file{configure} even if newer than its input files.
1395 @item --include=@var{dir}
1397 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1399 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1401 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1403 @item --output=@var{file}
1404 @itemx -o @var{file}
1405 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
1406 for the standard output.
1408 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1409 @itemx -W @var{category}
1411 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1412 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
1413 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
1418 report all the warnings
1424 treats warnings as errors
1426 @item no-@var{category}
1427 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1430 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1431 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1432 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1433 you had passed @option{--warnings syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. If
1434 you want to disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, but (for example)
1435 enable the warnings about obsolete constructs, you would use @option{-W
1439 @cindex Macro invocation stack
1440 Because @command{autoconf} uses @command{autom4te} behind the scenes, it
1441 displays a back trace for errors, but not for warnings; if you want
1442 them, just pass @option{-W error}. @xref{autom4te Invocation}, for some
1445 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1446 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1447 Do not create the @command{configure} script, but list the calls to
1448 @var{macro} according to the @var{format}. Multiple @option{--trace}
1449 arguments can be used to list several macros. Multiple @option{--trace}
1450 arguments for a single macro are not cumulative; instead, you should
1451 just make @var{format} as long as needed.
1453 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
1454 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}; see
1455 @ref{autom4te Invocation}, for details on the @var{format}.
1457 @item --initialization
1459 By default, @option{--trace} does not trace the initialization of the
1460 Autoconf macros (typically the @code{AC_DEFUN} definitions). This
1461 results in a noticeable speedup, but can be disabled by this option.
1465 It is often necessary to check the content of a @file{configure.ac}
1466 file, but parsing it yourself is extremely fragile and error-prone. It
1467 is suggested that you rely upon @option{--trace} to scan
1468 @file{configure.ac}. For instance, to find the list of variables that
1469 are substituted, use:
1473 $ @kbd{autoconf -t AC_SUBST}
1474 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_C
1475 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_N
1476 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_T
1477 @i{More traces deleted}
1482 The example below highlights the difference between @samp{$@@},
1483 @samp{$*}, and @samp{$%}.
1487 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
1488 AC_DEFINE(This, is, [an
1490 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_DEFINE:@@: $@@}
1497 %: This:is:an [example]
1502 The @var{format} gives you a lot of freedom:
1506 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_SUBST:$$ac_subst@{"$1"@} = "$f:$l";'}
1507 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_C"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1508 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_N"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1509 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_T"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1510 @i{More traces deleted}
1515 A long @var{separator} can be used to improve the readability of complex
1516 structures, and to ease their parsing (for instance when no single
1517 character is suitable as a separator):
1521 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AM_MISSING_PROG:$@{|:::::|@}*'}
1522 ACLOCAL|:::::|aclocal|:::::|$missing_dir
1523 AUTOCONF|:::::|autoconf|:::::|$missing_dir
1524 AUTOMAKE|:::::|automake|:::::|$missing_dir
1525 @i{More traces deleted}
1529 @node autoreconf Invocation
1530 @section Using @command{autoreconf} to Update @command{configure} Scripts
1531 @cindex @command{autoreconf}
1533 Installing the various components of the @acronym{GNU} Build System can be
1534 tedious: running @command{autopoint} for Gettext, @command{automake} for
1535 @file{Makefile.in} etc.@: in each directory. It may be needed either
1536 because some tools such as @command{automake} have been updated on your
1537 system, or because some of the sources such as @file{configure.ac} have
1538 been updated, or finally, simply in order to install the @acronym{GNU} Build
1539 System in a fresh tree.
1541 @command{autoreconf} runs @command{autoconf}, @command{autoheader},
1542 @command{aclocal}, @command{automake}, @command{libtoolize}, and
1543 @command{autopoint} (when appropriate) repeatedly to update the
1544 @acronym{GNU} Build System in the specified directories and their
1545 subdirectories (@pxref{Subdirectories}). By default, it only remakes
1546 those files that are older than their sources.
1548 If you install a new version of some tool, you can make
1549 @command{autoreconf} remake @emph{all} of the files by giving it the
1550 @option{--force} option.
1552 @xref{Automatic Remaking}, for Make rules to automatically
1553 remake @command{configure} scripts when their source files change. That
1554 method handles the timestamps of configuration header templates
1555 properly, but does not pass @option{--autoconf-dir=@var{dir}} or
1556 @option{--localdir=@var{dir}}.
1559 @cindex @command{autopoint}
1560 Gettext supplies the @command{autopoint} command to add translation
1561 infrastructure to a source package. If you use @command{autopoint},
1562 your @file{configure.ac} should invoke both @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} and
1563 @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(@var{gettext-version})}. @xref{autopoint
1564 Invocation, , Invoking the @code{autopoint} Program, gettext,
1565 @acronym{GNU} @code{gettext} utilities}, for further details.
1568 @command{autoreconf} accepts the following options:
1573 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1577 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1580 Print the name of each directory @command{autoreconf} examines and the
1581 commands it runs. If given two or more times, pass @option{--verbose}
1582 to subordinate tools that support it.
1586 Don't remove the temporary files.
1590 Remake even @file{configure} scripts and configuration headers that are
1591 newer than their input files (@file{configure.ac} and, if present,
1596 Install the missing auxiliary files in the package. By default, files
1597 are copied; this can be changed with @option{--symlink}.
1599 If deemed appropriate, this option triggers calls to
1600 @samp{automake --add-missing},
1601 @samp{libtoolize}, @samp{autopoint}, etc.
1603 @item --no-recursive
1604 Do not rebuild files in subdirectories to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories},
1605 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}).
1609 When used with @option{--install}, install symbolic links to the missing
1610 auxiliary files instead of copying them.
1614 When the directories were configured, update the configuration by
1615 running @samp{./config.status --recheck && ./config.status}, and then
1618 @item --include=@var{dir}
1620 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1621 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1623 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1625 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1626 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1628 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1629 @itemx -W @var{category}
1631 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1632 comma separated list).
1636 related to cross compilation issues.
1639 report the uses of obsolete constructs.
1645 dubious syntactic constructs.
1648 report all the warnings
1654 treats warnings as errors
1656 @item no-@var{category}
1657 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1660 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1661 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1662 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1663 you had passed @option{--warnings syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. If
1664 you want to disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, but (for example)
1665 enable the warnings about obsolete constructs, you would use @option{-W
1669 If you want @command{autoreconf} to pass flags that are not listed here
1670 on to @command{aclocal}, set @code{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS} in your @file{Makefile.am}.
1671 Due to a limitation in the Autoconf implementation these flags currently
1672 must be set on a single line in @file{Makefile.am}, without any
1675 @c ========================================= Initialization and Output Files.
1678 @chapter Initialization and Output Files
1680 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts need some information about
1681 how to initialize, such as how to find the package's source files and
1682 about the output files to produce. The following sections describe the
1683 initialization and the creation of output files.
1686 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
1687 * Versioning:: Dealing with Autoconf versions
1688 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
1689 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
1690 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
1691 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
1692 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
1693 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
1694 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
1695 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
1696 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
1697 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
1698 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
1701 @node Initializing configure
1702 @section Initializing @command{configure}
1704 Every @command{configure} script must call @code{AC_INIT} before doing
1705 anything else. The only other required macro is @code{AC_OUTPUT}
1709 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{package}, @var{version}, @ovar{bug-report}, @
1712 Process any command-line arguments and perform various initializations
1715 Set the name of the @var{package} and its @var{version}. These are
1716 typically used in @option{--version} support, including that of
1717 @command{configure}. The optional argument @var{bug-report} should be
1718 the email to which users should send bug reports. The package
1719 @var{tarname} differs from @var{package}: the latter designates the full
1720 package name (e.g., @samp{GNU Autoconf}), while the former is meant for
1721 distribution tar ball names (e.g., @samp{autoconf}). It defaults to
1722 @var{package} with @samp{GNU } stripped, lower-cased, and all characters
1723 other than alphanumerics and underscores are changed to @samp{-}.
1725 It is preferable that the arguments of @code{AC_INIT} be static, i.e.,
1726 there should not be any shell computation, but they can be computed by
1729 The following M4 macros (e.g., @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}), output variables
1730 (e.g., @code{PACKAGE_NAME}), and preprocessor symbols (e.g.,
1731 @code{PACKAGE_NAME}) are defined by @code{AC_INIT}:
1734 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}, @code{PACKAGE_NAME}
1735 @acindex{PACKAGE_NAME}
1736 @ovindex PACKAGE_NAME
1737 @cvindex PACKAGE_NAME
1738 Exactly @var{package}.
1740 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, @code{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1741 @acindex{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1742 @ovindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1743 @cvindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1744 Exactly @var{tarname}.
1746 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_VERSION}, @code{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1747 @acindex{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1748 @ovindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1749 @cvindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1750 Exactly @var{version}.
1752 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_STRING}, @code{PACKAGE_STRING}
1753 @acindex{PACKAGE_STRING}
1754 @ovindex PACKAGE_STRING
1755 @cvindex PACKAGE_STRING
1756 Exactly @samp{@var{package} @var{version}}.
1758 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, @code{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1759 @acindex{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1760 @ovindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1761 @cvindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1762 Exactly @var{bug-report}.
1766 If your @command{configure} script does its own option processing, it
1767 should inspect @samp{$@@} or @samp{$*} immediately after calling
1768 @code{AC_INIT}, because other Autoconf macros liberally use the
1769 @command{set} command to process strings, and this has the side effect
1770 of updating @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*}. However, we suggest that you use
1771 standard macros like @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} instead of attempting to
1772 implement your own option processing. @xref{Site Configuration}.
1775 @section Dealing with Autoconf versions
1776 @cindex Autoconf version
1777 @cindex version, Autoconf
1779 The following optional macros can be used to help choose the minimum
1780 version of Autoconf that can successfully compile a given
1781 @file{configure.ac}.
1783 @defmac AC_PREREQ (@var{version})
1786 Ensure that a recent enough version of Autoconf is being used. If the
1787 version of Autoconf being used to create @command{configure} is
1788 earlier than @var{version}, print an error message to the standard
1789 error output and exit with failure (exit status is 63). For example:
1792 AC_PREREQ([@value{VERSION}])
1795 This macro is the only macro that may be used before @code{AC_INIT}, but
1796 for consistency, you are invited not to do so.
1801 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. It identifies the version
1802 of Autoconf that is currently parsing the input file, in a format
1803 suitable for @code{m4_version_compare} (@pxref{m4_version_compare}); in
1804 other words, for this release of Autoconf, its value is
1805 @samp{@value{VERSION}}. One potential use of this macro is for writing
1806 conditional fallbacks based on when a feature was added to Autoconf,
1807 rather than using @code{AC_PREREQ} to require the newer version of
1808 Autoconf. However, remember that the Autoconf philosophy favors feature
1809 checks over version checks.
1813 @section Notices in @command{configure}
1814 @cindex Notices in @command{configure}
1816 The following macros manage version numbers for @command{configure}
1817 scripts. Using them is optional.
1819 @defmac AC_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
1821 @cindex Copyright Notice
1822 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
1823 the Autoconf macros, parts of your @command{configure} are covered by the
1824 @var{copyright-notice}.
1826 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
1827 @command{configure} and in @samp{configure --version}.
1831 @defmac AC_REVISION (@var{revision-info})
1834 Copy revision stamp @var{revision-info} into the @command{configure}
1835 script, with any dollar signs or double-quotes removed. This macro lets
1836 you put a revision stamp from @file{configure.ac} into @command{configure}
1837 without @acronym{RCS} or @acronym{CVS} changing it when you check in
1838 @command{configure}. That way, you can determine easily which revision of
1839 @file{configure.ac} a particular @command{configure} corresponds to.
1841 For example, this line in @file{configure.ac}:
1843 @c The asis prevents RCS from changing the example in the manual.
1845 AC_REVISION([$@asis{Revision: 1.30 }$])
1849 produces this in @command{configure}:
1853 # From configure.ac Revision: 1.30
1859 @section Finding @command{configure} Input
1861 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR}
1862 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
1863 @acindex{CONFIG_SRCDIR}
1864 @var{unique-file-in-source-dir} is some file that is in the package's
1865 source directory; @command{configure} checks for this file's existence to
1866 make sure that the directory that it is told contains the source code in
1867 fact does. Occasionally people accidentally specify the wrong directory
1868 with @option{--srcdir}; this is a safety check. @xref{configure
1869 Invocation}, for more information.
1873 @c FIXME: Remove definitively once --install explained.
1875 @c Small packages may store all their macros in @code{aclocal.m4}. As the
1876 @c set of macros grows, or for maintenance reasons, a maintainer may prefer
1877 @c to split the macros in several files. In this case, Autoconf must be
1878 @c told which files to load, and in which order.
1880 @c @defmac AC_INCLUDE (@var{file}@dots{})
1881 @c @acindex{INCLUDE}
1882 @c @c FIXME: There is no longer shell globbing.
1883 @c Read the macro definitions that appear in the listed files. A list of
1884 @c space-separated file names or shell globbing patterns is expected. The
1885 @c files are read in the order they're listed.
1887 @c Because the order of definition of macros is important (only the last
1888 @c definition of a macro is used), beware that it is @code{AC_INIT} that
1889 @c loads @file{acsite.m4} and @file{aclocal.m4}. Note that
1890 @c @code{AC_INCLUDE}ing a file before @code{AC_INIT} or within
1891 @c @file{aclocal.m4} is different from doing so after @code{AC_INIT}: in
1892 @c the latter case, non-macro lines from included files may end up in the
1893 @c @file{configure} script, whereas in the former case, they'd be discarded
1894 @c just like any text that appear before @code{AC_INIT}.
1897 Packages that do manual configuration or use the @command{install} program
1898 might need to tell @command{configure} where to find some other shell
1899 scripts by calling @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR}, though the default places
1900 it looks are correct for most cases.
1902 @defmac AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR (@var{dir})
1903 @acindex{CONFIG_AUX_DIR}
1904 Use the auxiliary build tools (e.g., @file{install-sh},
1905 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, Cygnus @command{configure},
1906 Automake and Libtool scripts, etc.)@: that are in directory @var{dir}.
1907 These are auxiliary files used in configuration. @var{dir} can be
1908 either absolute or relative to @file{@var{srcdir}}. The default is
1909 @file{@var{srcdir}} or @file{@var{srcdir}/..} or
1910 @file{@var{srcdir}/../..}, whichever is the first that contains
1911 @file{install-sh}. The other files are not checked for, so that using
1912 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL} does not automatically require distributing the
1913 other auxiliary files. It checks for @file{install.sh} also, but that
1914 name is obsolete because some @code{make} have a rule that creates
1915 @file{install} from it if there is no makefile.
1917 The auxiliary directory is commonly named @file{build-aux}.
1918 If you need portability to @acronym{DOS} variants, do not name the
1919 auxiliary directory @file{aux}. @xref{File System Conventions}.
1922 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE (@var{file})
1923 @acindex{REQUIRE_AUX_FILE}
1924 Declares that @var{file} is expected in the directory defined above. In
1925 Autoconf proper, this macro does nothing: its sole purpose is to be
1926 traced by third-party tools to produce a list of expected auxiliary
1927 files. For instance it is called by macros like @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
1928 (@pxref{Particular Programs}) or @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}
1929 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) to register the auxiliary files they need.
1932 Similarly, packages that use @command{aclocal} should declare where
1933 local macros can be found using @code{AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}.
1935 @defmac AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR (@var{dir})
1936 @acindex{CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}
1937 Specify @var{dir} as the location of additional local Autoconf macros.
1938 This macro is intended for use by future versions of commands like
1939 @command{autoreconf} that trace macro calls. It should be called
1940 directly from @file{configure.ac} so that tools that install macros for
1941 @command{aclocal} can find the macros' declarations.
1946 @section Outputting Files
1947 @cindex Outputting files
1949 Every Autoconf script, e.g., @file{configure.ac}, should finish by
1950 calling @code{AC_OUTPUT}. That is the macro that generates and runs
1951 @file{config.status}, which in turn creates the makefiles and any
1952 other files resulting from configuration. This is the only required
1953 macro besides @code{AC_INIT} (@pxref{Input}).
1958 @cindex Instantiation
1959 Generate @file{config.status} and launch it. Call this macro once, at
1960 the end of @file{configure.ac}.
1962 @file{config.status} performs all the configuration actions: all the
1963 output files (see @ref{Configuration Files}, macro
1964 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}), header files (see @ref{Configuration Headers},
1965 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}), commands (see @ref{Configuration
1966 Commands}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}), links (see
1967 @ref{Configuration Links}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}), subdirectories
1968 to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS})
1971 The location of your @code{AC_OUTPUT} invocation is the exact point
1972 where configuration actions are taken: any code afterwards is
1973 executed by @code{configure} once @command{config.status} was run. If
1974 you want to bind actions to @command{config.status} itself
1975 (independently of whether @command{configure} is being run), see
1976 @ref{Configuration Commands, , Running Arbitrary Configuration
1980 Historically, the usage of @code{AC_OUTPUT} was somewhat different.
1981 @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a description of the arguments that
1982 @code{AC_OUTPUT} used to support.
1985 If you run @command{make} in subdirectories, you should run it using the
1986 @code{make} variable @code{MAKE}. Most versions of @command{make} set
1987 @code{MAKE} to the name of the @command{make} program plus any options it
1988 was given. (But many do not include in it the values of any variables
1989 set on the command line, so those are not passed on automatically.)
1990 Some old versions of @command{make} do not set this variable. The
1991 following macro allows you to use it even with those versions.
1993 @anchor{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}
1994 @defmac AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
1995 @acindex{PROG_MAKE_SET}
1997 If the Make command, @code{$MAKE} if set or else @samp{make}, predefines
1998 @code{$(MAKE)}, define output variable @code{SET_MAKE} to be empty.
1999 Otherwise, define @code{SET_MAKE} to a macro definition that sets
2000 @code{$(MAKE)}, such as @samp{MAKE=make}. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
2004 If you use this macro, place a line like this in each @file{Makefile.in}
2005 that runs @code{MAKE} on other directories:
2013 @node Configuration Actions
2014 @section Performing Configuration Actions
2015 @cindex Configuration actions
2017 @file{configure} is designed so that it appears to do everything itself,
2018 but there is actually a hidden slave: @file{config.status}.
2019 @file{configure} is in charge of examining your system, but it is
2020 @file{config.status} that actually takes the proper actions based on the
2021 results of @file{configure}. The most typical task of
2022 @file{config.status} is to @emph{instantiate} files.
2024 This section describes the common behavior of the four standard
2025 instantiating macros: @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS},
2026 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} and @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. They all
2027 have this prototype:
2029 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
2032 AC_CONFIG_FOOS(@var{tag}@dots{}, [@var{commands}], [@var{init-cmds}])
2036 where the arguments are:
2040 A blank-or-newline-separated list of tags, which are typically the names of
2041 the files to instantiate.
2043 You are encouraged to use literals as @var{tags}. In particular, you
2047 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos fooo"
2048 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos foooo"
2049 AC_CONFIG_FOOS([$my_foos])
2053 and use this instead:
2056 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([fooo])
2057 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([foooo])
2060 The macros @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} and @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} use
2061 special @var{tag} values: they may have the form @samp{@var{output}} or
2062 @samp{@var{output}:@var{inputs}}. The file @var{output} is instantiated
2063 from its templates, @var{inputs} (defaulting to @samp{@var{output}.in}).
2065 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk)]},
2066 for example, asks for
2067 the creation of the file @file{Makefile} that contains the expansion of the
2068 output variables in the concatenation of @file{boiler/top.mk} and
2069 @file{boiler/bot.mk}.
2071 The special value @samp{-} might be used to denote the standard output
2072 when used in @var{output}, or the standard input when used in the
2073 @var{inputs}. You most probably don't need to use this in
2074 @file{configure.ac}, but it is convenient when using the command line
2075 interface of @file{./config.status}, see @ref{config.status Invocation},
2078 The @var{inputs} may be absolute or relative file names. In the latter
2079 case they are first looked for in the build tree, and then in the source
2083 Shell commands output literally into @file{config.status}, and
2084 associated with a tag that the user can use to tell @file{config.status}
2085 which the commands to run. The commands are run each time a @var{tag}
2086 request is given to @file{config.status}, typically each time the file
2087 @file{@var{tag}} is created.
2089 The variables set during the execution of @command{configure} are
2090 @emph{not} available here: you first need to set them via the
2091 @var{init-cmds}. Nonetheless the following variables are precomputed:
2095 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2096 directory is the top build directory. This
2097 is what the @command{configure} option @option{--srcdir} sets.
2100 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2101 directory is the current build directory.
2104 @item ac_top_build_prefix
2105 The name of the top build directory, assuming that the working
2106 directory is the current build directory.
2107 It can be empty, or else ends with a slash, so that you may concatenate
2111 The name of the corresponding source directory, assuming that the
2112 working directory is the current build directory.
2116 The @dfn{current} directory refers to the directory (or
2117 pseudo-directory) containing the input part of @var{tags}. For
2121 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([deep/dir/out:in/in.in], [@dots{}], [@dots{}])
2125 with @option{--srcdir=../package} produces the following values:
2128 # Argument of --srcdir
2130 # Reversing deep/dir
2131 ac_top_build_prefix='../../'
2132 # Concatenation of $ac_top_build_prefix and srcdir
2133 ac_top_srcdir='../../../package'
2134 # Concatenation of $ac_top_srcdir and deep/dir
2135 ac_srcdir='../../../package/deep/dir'
2139 independently of @samp{in/in.in}.
2142 Shell commands output @emph{unquoted} near the beginning of
2143 @file{config.status}, and executed each time @file{config.status} runs
2144 (regardless of the tag). Because they are unquoted, for example,
2145 @samp{$var} is output as the value of @code{var}. @var{init-cmds}
2146 is typically used by @file{configure} to give @file{config.status} some
2147 variables it needs to run the @var{commands}.
2149 You should be extremely cautious in your variable names: all the
2150 @var{init-cmds} share the same name space and may overwrite each other
2151 in unpredictable ways. Sorry@enddots{}
2154 All these macros can be called multiple times, with different
2155 @var{tag} values, of course!
2158 @node Configuration Files
2159 @section Creating Configuration Files
2160 @cindex Creating configuration files
2161 @cindex Configuration file creation
2163 Be sure to read the previous section, @ref{Configuration Actions}.
2165 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_FILES}
2166 @defmac AC_CONFIG_FILES (@var{file}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
2167 @acindex{CONFIG_FILES}
2168 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create each @file{@var{file}} by copying an input
2169 file (by default @file{@var{file}.in}), substituting the output variable
2171 @c Before we used to have this feature, which was later rejected
2172 @c because it complicates the writing of makefiles:
2173 @c If the file would be unchanged, it is left untouched, to preserve
2175 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
2176 Actions}. @xref{Makefile Substitutions}, for more information on using
2177 output variables. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2178 on creating them. This macro creates the directory that the file is in
2179 if it doesn't exist. Usually, makefiles are created this way,
2180 but other files, such as @file{.gdbinit}, can be specified as well.
2182 Typical calls to @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} look like this:
2185 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile man/Makefile X/Imakefile])
2186 AC_CONFIG_FILES([autoconf], [chmod +x autoconf])
2189 You can override an input file name by appending to @var{file} a
2190 colon-separated list of input files. Examples:
2193 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk]
2194 [lib/Makefile:boiler/lib.mk])
2198 Doing this allows you to keep your file names acceptable to
2199 @acronym{DOS} variants, or
2200 to prepend and/or append boilerplate to the file.
2205 @node Makefile Substitutions
2206 @section Substitutions in Makefiles
2207 @cindex Substitutions in makefiles
2208 @cindex Makefile substitutions
2210 Each subdirectory in a distribution that contains something to be
2211 compiled or installed should come with a file @file{Makefile.in}, from
2212 which @command{configure} creates a file @file{Makefile} in that directory.
2213 To create @file{Makefile}, @command{configure} performs a simple variable
2214 substitution, replacing occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in
2215 @file{Makefile.in} with the value that @command{configure} has determined
2216 for that variable. Variables that are substituted into output files in
2217 this way are called @dfn{output variables}. They are ordinary shell
2218 variables that are set in @command{configure}. To make @command{configure}
2219 substitute a particular variable into the output files, the macro
2220 @code{AC_SUBST} must be called with that variable name as an argument.
2221 Any occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} for other variables are
2222 left unchanged. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2223 on creating output variables with @code{AC_SUBST}.
2225 A software package that uses a @command{configure} script should be
2226 distributed with a file @file{Makefile.in}, but no makefile; that
2227 way, the user has to properly configure the package for the local system
2228 before compiling it.
2230 @xref{Makefile Conventions, , Makefile Conventions, standards, The
2231 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for more information on what to put in
2235 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
2236 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
2237 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
2238 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
2239 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
2242 @node Preset Output Variables
2243 @subsection Preset Output Variables
2244 @cindex Output variables
2246 Some output variables are preset by the Autoconf macros. Some of the
2247 Autoconf macros set additional output variables, which are mentioned in
2248 the descriptions for those macros. @xref{Output Variable Index}, for a
2249 complete list of output variables. @xref{Installation Directory
2250 Variables}, for the list of the preset ones related to installation
2251 directories. Below are listed the other preset ones. They all are
2252 precious variables (@pxref{Setting Output Variables},
2255 @c Just say no to ASCII sorting! We're humans, not computers.
2256 @c These variables are listed as they would be in a dictionary:
2263 Debugging and optimization options for the C compiler. If it is not set
2264 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is set
2265 when you call @code{AC_PROG_CC} (or empty if you don't). @command{configure}
2266 uses this variable when compiling or linking programs to test for C features.
2268 If a compiler option affects only the behavior of the preprocessor
2269 (e.g., @option{-D @var{name}}), it should be put into @code{CPPFLAGS}
2270 instead. If it affects only the linker (e.g., @option{-L
2271 @var{directory}}), it should be put into @code{LDFLAGS} instead. If it
2272 affects only the compiler proper, @code{CFLAGS} is the natural home for
2273 it. If an option affects multiple phases of the compiler, though,
2274 matters get tricky. One approach to put such options directly into
2275 @code{CC}, e.g., @code{CC='gcc -m64'}. Another is to put them into both
2276 @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{LDFLAGS}, but not into @code{CFLAGS}.
2280 @defvar configure_input
2281 @ovindex configure_input
2282 A comment saying that the file was generated automatically by
2283 @command{configure} and giving the name of the input file.
2284 @code{AC_OUTPUT} adds a comment line containing this variable to the top
2285 of every makefile it creates. For other files, you should
2286 reference this variable in a comment at the top of each input file. For
2287 example, an input shell script should begin like this:
2291 # @@configure_input@@
2295 The presence of that line also reminds people editing the file that it
2296 needs to be processed by @command{configure} in order to be used.
2301 Preprocessor options for the C, C++, and Objective C preprocessors and
2303 it is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2304 value is empty. @command{configure} uses this variable when preprocessing
2305 or compiling programs to test for C, C++, and Objective C features.
2307 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-I},
2308 @option{-D}, and @option{-U} that affect only the behavior of the
2309 preprocessor. Please see the explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you
2310 can do if an option affects other phases of the compiler as well.
2312 Currently, @command{configure} always links as part of a single
2313 invocation of the compiler that also preprocesses and compiles, so it
2314 uses this variable also when linking programs. However, it is unwise to
2315 depend on this behavior because the @acronym{GNU} coding standards do
2316 not require it and many packages do not use @code{CPPFLAGS} when linking
2319 @xref{Special Chars in Variables}, for limitations that @code{CPPFLAGS}
2325 Debugging and optimization options for the C++ compiler. It acts like
2326 @code{CFLAGS}, but for C++ instead of C.
2331 @option{-D} options to pass to the C compiler. If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
2332 is called, @command{configure} replaces @samp{@@DEFS@@} with
2333 @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). This
2334 variable is not defined while @command{configure} is performing its tests,
2335 only when creating the output files. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for
2336 how to check the results of previous tests.
2345 How does one suppress the trailing newline from @command{echo} for
2346 question-answer message pairs? These variables provide a way:
2349 echo $ECHO_N "And the winner is... $ECHO_C"
2351 echo "$@{ECHO_T@}dead."
2355 Some old and uncommon @command{echo} implementations offer no means to
2356 achieve this, in which case @code{ECHO_T} is set to tab. You might not
2362 Debugging and optimization options for the Erlang compiler. If it is not set
2363 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2364 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling
2365 programs to test for Erlang features.
2370 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran compiler. If it
2371 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2372 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_FC} (or empty if you don't).
2373 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2374 programs to test for Fortran features.
2379 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran 77 compiler. If it
2380 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2381 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_F77} (or empty if you don't).
2382 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2383 programs to test for Fortran 77 features.
2388 Options for the linker. If it is not set
2389 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2390 @command{configure} uses this variable when linking programs to test for
2391 C, C++, Objective C, and Fortran features.
2393 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-s} and
2394 @option{-L} that affect only the behavior of the linker. Please see the
2395 explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you can do if an option also
2396 affects other phases of the compiler.
2398 Don't use this variable to pass library names
2399 (@option{-l}) to the linker; use @code{LIBS} instead.
2404 @option{-l} options to pass to the linker. The default value is empty,
2405 but some Autoconf macros may prepend extra libraries to this variable if
2406 those libraries are found and provide necessary functions, see
2407 @ref{Libraries}. @command{configure} uses this variable when linking
2408 programs to test for C, C++, and Fortran features.
2413 Debugging and optimization options for the Objective C compiler. It
2414 acts like @code{CFLAGS}, but for Objective C instead of C.
2419 Rigorously equal to @samp{.}. Added for symmetry only.
2422 @defvar abs_builddir
2423 @ovindex abs_builddir
2424 Absolute name of @code{builddir}.
2427 @defvar top_builddir
2428 @ovindex top_builddir
2429 The relative name of the top level of the current build tree. In the
2430 top-level directory, this is the same as @code{builddir}.
2433 @defvar abs_top_builddir
2434 @ovindex abs_top_builddir
2435 Absolute name of @code{top_builddir}.
2440 The name of the directory that contains the source code for
2446 Absolute name of @code{srcdir}.
2451 The name of the top-level source code directory for the
2452 package. In the top-level directory, this is the same as @code{srcdir}.
2455 @defvar abs_top_srcdir
2456 @ovindex abs_top_srcdir
2457 Absolute name of @code{top_srcdir}.
2460 @node Installation Directory Variables
2461 @subsection Installation Directory Variables
2462 @cindex Installation directories
2463 @cindex Directories, installation
2465 The following variables specify the directories for
2466 package installation, see @ref{Directory Variables, , Variables for
2467 Installation Directories, standards, The @acronym{GNU} Coding
2468 Standards}, for more information. See the end of this section for
2469 details on when and how to use these variables.
2473 The directory for installing executables that users run.
2478 The directory for installing idiosyncratic read-only
2479 architecture-independent data.
2483 @ovindex datarootdir
2484 The root of the directory tree for read-only architecture-independent
2490 The directory for installing documentation files (other than Info and
2496 The directory for installing documentation files in DVI format.
2500 @ovindex exec_prefix
2501 The installation prefix for architecture-dependent files. By default
2502 it's the same as @var{prefix}. You should avoid installing anything
2503 directly to @var{exec_prefix}. However, the default value for
2504 directories containing architecture-dependent files should be relative
2505 to @var{exec_prefix}.
2510 The directory for installing HTML documentation.
2515 The directory for installing C header files.
2520 The directory for installing documentation in Info format.
2525 The directory for installing object code libraries.
2530 The directory for installing executables that other programs run.
2535 The directory for installing locale-dependent but
2536 architecture-independent data, such as message catalogs. This directory
2537 usually has a subdirectory per locale.
2540 @defvar localstatedir
2541 @ovindex localstatedir
2542 The directory for installing modifiable single-machine data.
2547 The top-level directory for installing documentation in man format.
2550 @defvar oldincludedir
2551 @ovindex oldincludedir
2552 The directory for installing C header files for non-@acronym{GCC} compilers.
2557 The directory for installing PDF documentation.
2562 The common installation prefix for all files. If @var{exec_prefix}
2563 is defined to a different value, @var{prefix} is used only for
2564 architecture-independent files.
2569 The directory for installing PostScript documentation.
2574 The directory for installing executables that system
2578 @defvar sharedstatedir
2579 @ovindex sharedstatedir
2580 The directory for installing modifiable architecture-independent data.
2585 The directory for installing read-only single-machine data.
2589 Most of these variables have values that rely on @code{prefix} or
2590 @code{exec_prefix}. It is deliberate that the directory output
2591 variables keep them unexpanded: typically @samp{@@datarootdir@@} is
2592 replaced by @samp{$@{prefix@}/share}, not @samp{/usr/local/share}, and
2593 @samp{@@datadir@@} is replaced by @samp{$@{datarootdir@}}.
2595 This behavior is mandated by the @acronym{GNU} coding standards, so that when
2600 she can still specify a different prefix from the one specified to
2601 @command{configure}, in which case, if needed, the package should hard
2602 code dependencies corresponding to the make-specified prefix.
2605 she can specify a different installation location, in which case the
2606 package @emph{must} still depend on the location which was compiled in
2607 (i.e., never recompile when @samp{make install} is run). This is an
2608 extremely important feature, as many people may decide to install all
2609 the files of a package grouped together, and then install links from
2610 the final locations to there.
2613 In order to support these features, it is essential that
2614 @code{datarootdir} remains being defined as @samp{$@{prefix@}/share} to
2615 depend upon the current value of @code{prefix}.
2617 A corollary is that you should not use these variables except in
2618 makefiles. For instance, instead of trying to evaluate @code{datadir}
2619 in @file{configure} and hard-coding it in makefiles using
2620 e.g., @samp{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], ["$datadir"], [Data directory.])},
2622 @option{-DDATADIR='$(datadir)'} to your makefile's definition of
2623 @code{CPPFLAGS} (@code{AM_CPPFLAGS} if you are also using Automake).
2625 Similarly, you should not rely on @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} to replace
2626 @code{datadir} and friends in your shell scripts and other files; instead,
2627 let @command{make} manage their replacement. For instance Autoconf
2628 ships templates of its shell scripts ending with @samp{.in}, and uses a
2629 makefile snippet similar to the following to build scripts like
2630 @command{autoheader} and @command{autom4te}:
2635 -e 's|@@datadir[@@]|$(pkgdatadir)|g' \
2636 -e 's|@@prefix[@@]|$(prefix)|g'
2640 autoheader autom4te: Makefile
2642 $(edit) '$(srcdir)/$@@.in' >$@@.tmp
2649 autoheader: $(srcdir)/autoheader.in
2650 autom4te: $(srcdir)/autom4te.in
2654 Some details are noteworthy:
2657 @item @samp{@@datadir[@@]}
2658 The brackets prevent @command{configure} from replacing
2659 @samp{@@datadir@@} in the Sed expression itself.
2660 Brackets are preferable to a backslash here, since
2661 Posix says @samp{\@@} is not portable.
2663 @item @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}
2664 Don't use @samp{@@pkgdatadir@@}! Use the matching makefile variable
2668 Don't use @samp{/} in the Sed expressions that replace file names since
2670 variables you use, such as @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}, contain @samp{/}.
2671 Use a shell metacharacter instead, such as @samp{|}.
2673 @item special characters
2674 File names, file name components, and the value of @code{VPATH} should
2675 not contain shell metacharacters or white
2676 space. @xref{Special Chars in Variables}.
2678 @item dependency on @file{Makefile}
2679 Since @code{edit} uses values that depend on the configuration specific
2680 values (@code{prefix}, etc.)@: and not only on @code{VERSION} and so forth,
2681 the output depends on @file{Makefile}, not @file{configure.ac}.
2684 The main rule is generic, and uses @samp{$@@} extensively to
2685 avoid the need for multiple copies of the rule.
2687 @item Separated dependencies and single suffix rules
2688 You can't use them! The above snippet cannot be (portably) rewritten
2692 autoconf autoheader: Makefile
2702 @xref{Single Suffix Rules}, for details.
2704 @item @samp{$(srcdir)}
2705 Be sure to specify the name of the source directory,
2706 otherwise the package won't support separated builds.
2709 For the more specific installation of Erlang libraries, the following variables
2712 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2713 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2714 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2715 The common parent directory of Erlang library installation directories.
2716 This variable is set by calling the @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2717 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2720 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2721 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2722 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
2723 The installation directory for Erlang library @var{library}.
2724 This variable is set by calling the
2725 @samp{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR(@var{library}, @var{version}}
2726 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2729 @xref{Erlang Libraries}, for details.
2732 @node Changed Directory Variables
2733 @subsection Changed Directory Variables
2734 @cindex @file{datarootdir}
2736 In Autoconf 2.60, the set of directory variables has changed, and the
2737 defaults of some variables have been adjusted
2738 (@pxref{Installation Directory Variables}) to changes in the
2739 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards. Notably, @file{datadir}, @file{infodir}, and
2740 @file{mandir} are now expressed in terms of @file{datarootdir}. If you are
2741 upgrading from an earlier Autoconf version, you may need to adjust your files
2742 to ensure that the directory variables are substituted correctly
2743 (@pxref{Defining Directories}), and that a definition of @file{datarootdir} is
2744 in place. For example, in a @file{Makefile.in}, adding
2747 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2751 is usually sufficient. If you use Automake to create @file{Makefile.in},
2752 it will add this for you.
2754 To help with the transition, Autoconf warns about files that seem to use
2755 @code{datarootdir} without defining it. In some cases, it then expands
2756 the value of @code{$datarootdir} in substitutions of the directory
2757 variables. The following example shows such a warning:
2760 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
2762 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile])
2764 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2766 datadir = @@datadir@@
2769 configure: creating ./config.status
2770 config.status: creating Makefile
2771 config.status: WARNING:
2772 Makefile.in seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting
2773 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2775 datadir = $@{prefix@}/share
2778 Usually one can easily change the file to accommodate both older and newer
2782 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2784 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2785 datadir = @@datadir@@
2787 configure: creating ./config.status
2788 config.status: creating Makefile
2789 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2791 datarootdir = $@{prefix@}/share
2792 datadir = $@{datarootdir@}
2795 @acindex{DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED}
2796 In some cases, however, the checks may not be able to detect that a suitable
2797 initialization of @code{datarootdir} is in place, or they may fail to detect
2798 that such an initialization is necessary in the output file. If, after
2799 auditing your package, there are still spurious @file{configure} warnings about
2800 @code{datarootdir}, you may add the line
2803 AC_DEFUN([AC_DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED])
2807 to your @file{configure.ac} to disable the warnings. This is an exception
2808 to the usual rule that you should not define a macro whose name begins with
2809 @code{AC_} (@pxref{Macro Names}).
2813 @node Build Directories
2814 @subsection Build Directories
2815 @cindex Build directories
2816 @cindex Directories, build
2818 You can support compiling a software package for several architectures
2819 simultaneously from the same copy of the source code. The object files
2820 for each architecture are kept in their own directory.
2822 To support doing this, @command{make} uses the @code{VPATH} variable to
2823 find the files that are in the source directory. @acronym{GNU} Make
2824 can do this. Most other recent @command{make} programs can do this as
2825 well, though they may have difficulties and it is often simpler to
2826 recommend @acronym{GNU} @command{make} (@pxref{VPATH and Make}). Older
2827 @command{make} programs do not support @code{VPATH}; when using them, the
2828 source code must be in the same directory as the object files.
2830 To support @code{VPATH}, each @file{Makefile.in} should contain two
2831 lines that look like:
2838 Do not set @code{VPATH} to the value of another variable, for example
2839 @samp{VPATH = $(srcdir)}, because some versions of @command{make} do not do
2840 variable substitutions on the value of @code{VPATH}.
2842 @command{configure} substitutes the correct value for @code{srcdir} when
2843 it produces @file{Makefile}.
2845 Do not use the @code{make} variable @code{$<}, which expands to the
2846 file name of the file in the source directory (found with @code{VPATH}),
2847 except in implicit rules. (An implicit rule is one such as @samp{.c.o},
2848 which tells how to create a @file{.o} file from a @file{.c} file.) Some
2849 versions of @command{make} do not set @code{$<} in explicit rules; they
2850 expand it to an empty value.
2852 Instead, Make command lines should always refer to source
2853 files by prefixing them with @samp{$(srcdir)/}. For example:
2856 time.info: time.texinfo
2857 $(MAKEINFO) '$(srcdir)/time.texinfo'
2860 @node Automatic Remaking
2861 @subsection Automatic Remaking
2862 @cindex Automatic remaking
2863 @cindex Remaking automatically
2865 You can put rules like the following in the top-level @file{Makefile.in}
2866 for a package to automatically update the configuration information when
2867 you change the configuration files. This example includes all of the
2868 optional files, such as @file{aclocal.m4} and those related to
2869 configuration header files. Omit from the @file{Makefile.in} rules for
2870 any of these files that your package does not use.
2872 The @samp{$(srcdir)/} prefix is included because of limitations in the
2873 @code{VPATH} mechanism.
2875 The @file{stamp-} files are necessary because the timestamps of
2876 @file{config.h.in} and @file{config.h} are not changed if remaking
2877 them does not change their contents. This feature avoids unnecessary
2878 recompilation. You should include the file @file{stamp-h.in} your
2879 package's distribution, so that @command{make} considers
2880 @file{config.h.in} up to date. Don't use @command{touch}
2881 (@pxref{Limitations of Usual Tools}); instead, use @command{echo} (using
2882 @command{date} would cause needless differences, hence @acronym{CVS}
2887 $(srcdir)/configure: configure.ac aclocal.m4
2888 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoconf
2890 # autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file.
2891 $(srcdir)/config.h.in: stamp-h.in
2892 $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
2893 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoheader
2894 echo timestamp > '$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in'
2897 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
2900 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
2903 config.status: configure
2904 ./config.status --recheck
2909 (Be careful if you copy these lines directly into your makefile, as you
2910 need to convert the indented lines to start with the tab character.)
2912 In addition, you should use
2915 AC_CONFIG_FILES([stamp-h], [echo timestamp > stamp-h])
2919 so @file{config.status} ensures that @file{config.h} is considered up to
2920 date. @xref{Output}, for more information about @code{AC_OUTPUT}.
2922 @xref{config.status Invocation}, for more examples of handling
2923 configuration-related dependencies.
2925 @node Configuration Headers
2926 @section Configuration Header Files
2927 @cindex Configuration Header
2928 @cindex @file{config.h}
2930 When a package contains more than a few tests that define C preprocessor
2931 symbols, the command lines to pass @option{-D} options to the compiler
2932 can get quite long. This causes two problems. One is that the
2933 @command{make} output is hard to visually scan for errors. More
2934 seriously, the command lines can exceed the length limits of some
2935 operating systems. As an alternative to passing @option{-D} options to
2936 the compiler, @command{configure} scripts can create a C header file
2937 containing @samp{#define} directives. The @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
2938 macro selects this kind of output. Though it can be called anywhere
2939 between @code{AC_INIT} and @code{AC_OUTPUT}, it is customary to call
2940 it right after @code{AC_INIT}.
2942 The package should @samp{#include} the configuration header file before
2943 any other header files, to prevent inconsistencies in declarations (for
2944 example, if it redefines @code{const}).
2946 To provide for VPATH builds, remember to pass the C compiler a @option{-I.}
2947 option (or @option{-I..}; whichever directory contains @file{config.h}).
2948 Even if you use @samp{#include "config.h"}, the preprocessor searches only
2949 the directory of the currently read file, i.e., the source directory, not
2950 the build directory.
2952 With the appropriate @option{-I} option, you can use
2953 @samp{#include <config.h>}. Actually, it's a good habit to use it,
2954 because in the rare case when the source directory contains another
2955 @file{config.h}, the build directory should be searched first.
2958 @defmac AC_CONFIG_HEADERS (@var{header} @dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
2959 @acindex{CONFIG_HEADERS}
2960 @cvindex HAVE_CONFIG_H
2961 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
2962 Actions}. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create the file(s) in the
2963 blank-or-newline-separated list @var{header} containing C preprocessor
2964 @code{#define} statements, and replace @samp{@@DEFS@@} in generated
2965 files with @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead of the value of @code{DEFS}.
2966 The usual name for @var{header} is @file{config.h}.
2968 If @var{header} already exists and its contents are identical to what
2969 @code{AC_OUTPUT} would put in it, it is left alone. Doing this allows
2970 making some changes in the configuration without needlessly causing
2971 object files that depend on the header file to be recompiled.
2973 Usually the input file is named @file{@var{header}.in}; however, you can
2974 override the input file name by appending to @var{header} a
2975 colon-separated list of input files. For example, you might need to make
2976 the input file name acceptable to @acronym{DOS} variants:
2979 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
2986 This macro is defined as the name of the first declared config header
2987 and undefined if no config headers have been declared up to this point.
2988 A third-party macro may, for example, require use of a config header
2989 without invoking AC_CONFIG_HEADERS twice, like this:
2992 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
2993 [m4_ifndef([AH_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])])])
2998 @xref{Configuration Actions}, for more details on @var{header}.
3001 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
3002 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
3003 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
3006 @node Header Templates
3007 @subsection Configuration Header Templates
3008 @cindex Configuration Header Template
3009 @cindex Header templates
3010 @cindex @file{config.h.in}
3012 Your distribution should contain a template file that looks as you want
3013 the final header file to look, including comments, with @code{#undef}
3014 statements which are used as hooks. For example, suppose your
3015 @file{configure.ac} makes these calls:
3018 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([conf.h])
3019 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])
3023 Then you could have code like the following in @file{conf.h.in}. On
3024 systems that have @file{unistd.h}, @command{configure} defines
3025 @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H} to 1. On other systems, the whole line is
3026 commented out (in case the system predefines that symbol).
3030 /* Define as 1 if you have unistd.h. */
3031 #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3035 Pay attention that @samp{#undef} is in the first column, and there is
3036 nothing after @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H}, not even white space. You can
3037 then decode the configuration header using the preprocessor directives:
3043 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3044 # include <unistd.h>
3046 /* We are in trouble. */
3051 The use of old form templates, with @samp{#define} instead of
3052 @samp{#undef} is strongly discouraged. Similarly with old templates
3053 with comments on the same line as the @samp{#undef}. Anyway, putting
3054 comments in preprocessor macros has never been a good idea.
3056 Since it is a tedious task to keep a template header up to date, you may
3057 use @command{autoheader} to generate it, see @ref{autoheader Invocation}.
3060 @node autoheader Invocation
3061 @subsection Using @command{autoheader} to Create @file{config.h.in}
3062 @cindex @command{autoheader}
3064 The @command{autoheader} program can create a template file of C
3065 @samp{#define} statements for @command{configure} to use.
3066 It searches for the first invocation of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} in
3067 @file{configure} sources to determine the name of the template.
3068 (If the first call of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} specifies more than one
3069 input file name, @command{autoheader} uses the first one.)
3071 It is recommended that only one input file is used. If you want to append
3072 a boilerplate code, it is preferable to use
3073 @samp{AH_BOTTOM([#include <conf_post.h>])}.
3074 File @file{conf_post.h} is not processed during the configuration then,
3075 which make things clearer. Analogically, @code{AH_TOP} can be used to
3076 prepend a boilerplate code.
3078 In order to do its job, @command{autoheader} needs you to document all
3079 of the symbols that you might use. Typically this is done via an
3080 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} call whose first argument
3081 is a literal symbol and whose third argument describes the symbol
3082 (@pxref{Defining Symbols}). Alternatively, you can use
3083 @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader Macros}), or you can supply a
3084 suitable input file for a subsequent configuration header file.
3085 Symbols defined by Autoconf's builtin tests are already documented properly;
3086 you need to document only those that you
3089 You might wonder why @command{autoheader} is needed: after all, why
3090 would @command{configure} need to ``patch'' a @file{config.h.in} to
3091 produce a @file{config.h} instead of just creating @file{config.h} from
3092 scratch? Well, when everything rocks, the answer is just that we are
3093 wasting our time maintaining @command{autoheader}: generating
3094 @file{config.h} directly is all that is needed. When things go wrong,
3095 however, you'll be thankful for the existence of @command{autoheader}.
3097 The fact that the symbols are documented is important in order to
3098 @emph{check} that @file{config.h} makes sense. The fact that there is a
3099 well-defined list of symbols that should be defined (or not) is
3100 also important for people who are porting packages to environments where
3101 @command{configure} cannot be run: they just have to @emph{fill in the
3104 But let's come back to the point: the invocation of @command{autoheader}@dots{}
3106 If you give @command{autoheader} an argument, it uses that file instead
3107 of @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output
3108 instead of to @file{config.h.in}. If you give @command{autoheader} an
3109 argument of @option{-}, it reads the standard input instead of
3110 @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output.
3112 @command{autoheader} accepts the following options:
3117 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
3121 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
3125 Report processing steps.
3129 Don't remove the temporary files.
3133 Remake the template file even if newer than its input files.
3135 @item --include=@var{dir}
3137 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3139 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
3141 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3143 @item --warnings=@var{category}
3144 @itemx -W @var{category}
3146 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
3147 comma separated list). Current categories include:
3151 report the uses of obsolete constructs
3154 report all the warnings
3160 treats warnings as errors
3162 @item no-@var{category}
3163 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
3170 @node Autoheader Macros
3171 @subsection Autoheader Macros
3172 @cindex Autoheader macros
3174 @command{autoheader} scans @file{configure.ac} and figures out which C
3175 preprocessor symbols it might define. It knows how to generate
3176 templates for symbols defined by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS},
3177 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} etc., but if you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional
3178 symbol, you must define a template for it. If there are missing
3179 templates, @command{autoheader} fails with an error message.
3181 The template for a @var{symbol} is created
3182 by @command{autoheader} from
3183 the @var{description} argument to an @code{AC_DEFINE};
3184 see @ref{Defining Symbols}.
3186 For special needs, you can use the following macros.
3189 @defmac AH_TEMPLATE (@var{key}, @var{description})
3191 Tell @command{autoheader} to generate a template for @var{key}. This macro
3192 generates standard templates just like @code{AC_DEFINE} when a
3193 @var{description} is given.
3198 AH_TEMPLATE([CRAY_STACKSEG_END],
3199 [Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67
3200 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This
3201 function is required for alloca.c support
3206 generates the following template, with the description properly
3210 /* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and
3211 Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for alloca.c
3212 support on those systems. */
3213 #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
3218 @defmac AH_VERBATIM (@var{key}, @var{template})
3220 Tell @command{autoheader} to include the @var{template} as-is in the header
3221 template file. This @var{template} is associated with the @var{key},
3222 which is used to sort all the different templates and guarantee their
3223 uniqueness. It should be a symbol that can be defined via @code{AC_DEFINE}.
3227 @defmac AH_TOP (@var{text})
3229 Include @var{text} at the top of the header template file.
3233 @defmac AH_BOTTOM (@var{text})
3235 Include @var{text} at the bottom of the header template file.
3239 Please note that @var{text} gets included ``verbatim'' to the template file,
3240 not to the resulting config header, so it can easily get mangled when the
3241 template is processed. There is rarely a need for something other than
3244 AH_BOTTOM([#include <custom.h>])
3249 @node Configuration Commands
3250 @section Running Arbitrary Configuration Commands
3251 @cindex Configuration commands
3252 @cindex Commands for configuration
3254 You can execute arbitrary commands before, during, and after
3255 @file{config.status} is run. The three following macros accumulate the
3256 commands to run when they are called multiple times.
3257 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} replaces the obsolete macro
3258 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}; see @ref{Obsolete Macros}, for details.
3260 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3261 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS (@var{tag}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3262 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3263 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
3264 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
3265 from @command{configure}. Associate the commands with @var{tag}.
3266 Since typically the @var{cmds} create a file, @var{tag} should
3267 naturally be the name of that file. If needed, the directory hosting
3268 @var{tag} is created. This macro is one of the instantiating macros;
3269 see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3271 Here is an unrealistic example:
3274 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([fubar],
3275 [echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
3279 Here is a better one:
3281 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([timestamp], [date >timestamp])
3285 The following two macros look similar, but in fact they are not of the same
3286 breed: they are executed directly by @file{configure}, so you cannot use
3287 @file{config.status} to rerun them.
3289 @c Yet it is good to leave them here. The user sees them together and
3290 @c decides which best fits their needs.
3292 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE (@var{cmds})
3293 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE}
3294 Execute the @var{cmds} right before creating @file{config.status}.
3296 This macro presents the last opportunity to call @code{AC_SUBST},
3297 @code{AC_DEFINE}, or @code{AC_CONFIG_FOOS} macros.
3300 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST (@var{cmds})
3301 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST}
3302 Execute the @var{cmds} right after creating @file{config.status}.
3308 @node Configuration Links
3309 @section Creating Configuration Links
3310 @cindex Configuration links
3311 @cindex Links for configuration
3313 You may find it convenient to create links whose destinations depend upon
3314 results of tests. One can use @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} but the
3315 creation of relative symbolic links can be delicate when the package is
3316 built in a directory different from the source directory.
3318 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}
3319 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LINKS (@var{dest}:@var{source}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @
3321 @acindex{CONFIG_LINKS}
3323 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} link each of the existing files @var{source} to
3324 the corresponding link name @var{dest}. Makes a symbolic link if
3325 possible, otherwise a hard link if possible, otherwise a copy. The
3326 @var{dest} and @var{source} names should be relative to the top level
3327 source or build directory. This macro is one of the instantiating
3328 macros; see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3330 For example, this call:
3333 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
3334 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
3338 creates in the current directory @file{host.h} as a link to
3339 @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$machine.h}, and @file{object.h} as a
3340 link to @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$obj_format.h}.
3342 The tempting value @samp{.} for @var{dest} is invalid: it makes it
3343 impossible for @samp{config.status} to guess the links to establish.
3347 ./config.status host.h object.h
3350 to create the links.
3355 @node Subdirectories
3356 @section Configuring Other Packages in Subdirectories
3357 @cindex Configure subdirectories
3358 @cindex Subdirectory configure
3360 In most situations, calling @code{AC_OUTPUT} is sufficient to produce
3361 makefiles in subdirectories. However, @command{configure} scripts
3362 that control more than one independent package can use
3363 @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} to run @command{configure} scripts for other
3364 packages in subdirectories.
3366 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS (@var{dir} @dots{})
3367 @acindex{CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
3369 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} run @command{configure} in each subdirectory
3370 @var{dir} in the given blank-or-newline-separated list. Each @var{dir} should
3371 be a literal, i.e., please do not use:
3374 if test "$package_foo_enabled" = yes; then
3375 $my_subdirs="$my_subdirs foo"
3377 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([$my_subdirs])
3381 because this prevents @samp{./configure --help=recursive} from
3382 displaying the options of the package @code{foo}. Instead, you should
3386 if test "$package_foo_enabled" = yes; then
3387 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3391 If a given @var{dir} is not found, an error is reported: if the
3392 subdirectory is optional, write:
3395 if test -d "$srcdir/foo"; then
3396 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3400 @c NB: Yes, below we mean configure.in, not configure.ac.
3401 If a given @var{dir} contains @command{configure.gnu}, it is run instead
3402 of @command{configure}. This is for packages that might use a
3403 non-Autoconf script @command{Configure}, which can't be called through a
3404 wrapper @command{configure} since it would be the same file on
3405 case-insensitive file systems. Likewise, if a @var{dir} contains
3406 @file{configure.in} but no @command{configure}, the Cygnus
3407 @command{configure} script found by @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} is used.
3409 The subdirectory @command{configure} scripts are given the same command
3410 line options that were given to this @command{configure} script, with minor
3411 changes if needed, which include:
3415 adjusting a relative name for the cache file;
3418 adjusting a relative name for the source directory;
3421 propagating the current value of @code{$prefix}, including if it was
3422 defaulted, and if the default values of the top level and of the subdirectory
3423 @file{configure} differ.
3426 This macro also sets the output variable @code{subdirs} to the list of
3427 directories @samp{@var{dir} @dots{}}. Make rules can use
3428 this variable to determine which subdirectories to recurse into.
3430 This macro may be called multiple times.
3433 @node Default Prefix
3434 @section Default Prefix
3435 @cindex Install prefix
3436 @cindex Prefix for install
3438 By default, @command{configure} sets the prefix for files it installs to
3439 @file{/usr/local}. The user of @command{configure} can select a different
3440 prefix using the @option{--prefix} and @option{--exec-prefix} options.
3441 There are two ways to change the default: when creating
3442 @command{configure}, and when running it.
3444 Some software packages might want to install in a directory other than
3445 @file{/usr/local} by default. To accomplish that, use the
3446 @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT} macro.
3448 @defmac AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT (@var{prefix})
3449 @acindex{PREFIX_DEFAULT}
3450 Set the default installation prefix to @var{prefix} instead of
3454 It may be convenient for users to have @command{configure} guess the
3455 installation prefix from the location of a related program that they
3456 have already installed. If you wish to do that, you can call
3457 @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}.
3459 @anchor{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3460 @defmac AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM (@var{program})
3461 @acindex{PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3462 If the user did not specify an installation prefix (using the
3463 @option{--prefix} option), guess a value for it by looking for
3464 @var{program} in @env{PATH}, the way the shell does. If @var{program}
3465 is found, set the prefix to the parent of the directory containing
3466 @var{program}, else default the prefix as described above
3467 (@file{/usr/local} or @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT}). For example, if
3468 @var{program} is @code{gcc} and the @env{PATH} contains
3469 @file{/usr/local/gnu/bin/gcc}, set the prefix to @file{/usr/local/gnu}.
3474 @c ======================================================== Existing tests
3476 @node Existing Tests
3477 @chapter Existing Tests
3479 These macros test for particular system features that packages might
3480 need or want to use. If you need to test for a kind of feature that
3481 none of these macros check for, you can probably do it by calling
3482 primitive test macros with appropriate arguments (@pxref{Writing
3485 These tests print messages telling the user which feature they're
3486 checking for, and what they find. They cache their results for future
3487 @command{configure} runs (@pxref{Caching Results}).
3489 Some of these macros set output variables. @xref{Makefile
3490 Substitutions}, for how to get their values. The phrase ``define
3491 @var{name}'' is used below as a shorthand to mean ``define the C
3492 preprocessor symbol @var{name} to the value 1''. @xref{Defining
3493 Symbols}, for how to get those symbol definitions into your program.
3496 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
3497 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
3498 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
3499 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
3500 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
3501 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
3502 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
3503 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
3504 * Types:: Types that might be missing
3505 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
3506 * System Services:: Operating system services
3507 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
3508 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
3511 @node Common Behavior
3512 @section Common Behavior
3513 @cindex Common autoconf behavior
3515 Much effort has been expended to make Autoconf easy to learn. The most
3516 obvious way to reach this goal is simply to enforce standard interfaces
3517 and behaviors, avoiding exceptions as much as possible. Because of
3518 history and inertia, unfortunately, there are still too many exceptions
3519 in Autoconf; nevertheless, this section describes some of the common
3523 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
3524 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
3527 @node Standard Symbols
3528 @subsection Standard Symbols
3529 @cindex Standard symbols
3531 All the generic macros that @code{AC_DEFINE} a symbol as a result of
3532 their test transform their @var{argument} values to a standard alphabet.
3533 First, @var{argument} is converted to upper case and any asterisks
3534 (@samp{*}) are each converted to @samp{P}. Any remaining characters
3535 that are not alphanumeric are converted to underscores.
3540 AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct $Expensive*])
3544 defines the symbol @samp{HAVE_STRUCT__EXPENSIVEP} if the check
3548 @node Default Includes
3549 @subsection Default Includes
3550 @cindex Default includes
3551 @cindex Includes, default
3553 Several tests depend upon a set of header files. Since these headers
3554 are not universally available, tests actually have to provide a set of
3555 protected includes, such as:
3559 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
3560 # include <sys/time.h>
3563 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
3564 # include <sys/time.h>
3573 Unless you know exactly what you are doing, you should avoid using
3574 unconditional includes, and check the existence of the headers you
3575 include beforehand (@pxref{Header Files}).
3577 Most generic macros use the following macro to provide the default set
3580 @defmac AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT (@ovar{include-directives})
3581 @acindex{INCLUDES_DEFAULT}
3582 Expand to @var{include-directives} if defined, otherwise to:
3587 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
3588 # include <sys/types.h>
3590 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
3591 # include <sys/stat.h>
3594 # include <stdlib.h>
3595 # include <stddef.h>
3597 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
3598 # include <stdlib.h>
3601 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
3602 # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
3603 # include <memory.h>
3605 # include <string.h>
3607 #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
3608 # include <strings.h>
3610 #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
3611 # include <inttypes.h>
3613 #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
3614 # include <stdint.h>
3616 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3617 # include <unistd.h>
3622 If the default includes are used, then check for the presence of these
3623 headers and their compatibility, i.e., you don't need to run
3624 @code{AC_HEADER_STDC}, nor check for @file{stdlib.h} etc.
3626 These headers are checked for in the same order as they are included.
3627 For instance, on some systems @file{string.h} and @file{strings.h} both
3628 exist, but conflict. Then @code{HAVE_STRING_H} is defined, not
3629 @code{HAVE_STRINGS_H}.
3632 @node Alternative Programs
3633 @section Alternative Programs
3634 @cindex Programs, checking
3636 These macros check for the presence or behavior of particular programs.
3637 They are used to choose between several alternative programs and to
3638 decide what to do once one has been chosen. If there is no macro
3639 specifically defined to check for a program you need, and you don't need
3640 to check for any special properties of it, then you can use one of the
3641 general program-check macros.
3644 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
3645 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
3648 @node Particular Programs
3649 @subsection Particular Program Checks
3651 These macros check for particular programs---whether they exist, and
3652 in some cases whether they support certain features.
3657 Check for @code{gawk}, @code{mawk}, @code{nawk}, and @code{awk}, in that
3658 order, and set output variable @code{AWK} to the first one that is found.
3659 It tries @code{gawk} first because that is reported to be the
3660 best implementation.
3663 @defmac AC_PROG_GREP
3666 Look for the best available @code{grep} or @code{ggrep} that accepts the
3667 longest input lines possible, and that supports multiple @option{-e} options.
3668 Set the output variable @code{GREP} to whatever is chosen.
3669 @xref{Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more information about
3670 portability problems with the @command{grep} command family.
3673 @defmac AC_PROG_EGREP
3674 @acindex{PROG_EGREP}
3676 Check whether @code{$GREP -E} works, or else look for the best available
3677 @code{egrep} or @code{gegrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3678 Set the output variable @code{EGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3681 @defmac AC_PROG_FGREP
3682 @acindex{PROG_FGREP}
3684 Check whether @code{$GREP -F} works, or else look for the best available
3685 @code{fgrep} or @code{gfgrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3686 Set the output variable @code{FGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3689 @defmac AC_PROG_INSTALL
3690 @acindex{PROG_INSTALL}
3692 @ovindex INSTALL_PROGRAM
3693 @ovindex INSTALL_DATA
3694 @ovindex INSTALL_SCRIPT
3695 Set output variable @code{INSTALL} to the name of a @acronym{BSD}-compatible
3696 @command{install} program, if one is found in the current @env{PATH}.
3697 Otherwise, set @code{INSTALL} to @samp{@var{dir}/install-sh -c},
3698 checking the directories specified to @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} (or its
3699 default directories) to determine @var{dir} (@pxref{Output}). Also set
3700 the variables @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM} and @code{INSTALL_SCRIPT} to
3701 @samp{$@{INSTALL@}} and @code{INSTALL_DATA} to @samp{$@{INSTALL@} -m 644}.
3703 @samp{@@INSTALL@@} is special, as its value may vary for different
3704 configuration files.
3706 This macro screens out various instances of @command{install} known not to
3707 work. It prefers to find a C program rather than a shell script, for
3708 speed. Instead of @file{install-sh}, it can also use @file{install.sh},
3709 but that name is obsolete because some @command{make} programs have a rule
3710 that creates @file{install} from it if there is no makefile.
3712 Autoconf comes with a copy of @file{install-sh} that you can use. If
3713 you use @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}, you must include either
3714 @file{install-sh} or @file{install.sh} in your distribution; otherwise
3715 @command{configure} produces an error message saying it can't find
3716 them---even if the system you're on has a good @command{install} program.
3717 This check is a safety measure to prevent you from accidentally leaving
3718 that file out, which would prevent your package from installing on
3719 systems that don't have a @acronym{BSD}-compatible @command{install} program.
3721 If you need to use your own installation program because it has features
3722 not found in standard @command{install} programs, there is no reason to use
3723 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}; just put the file name of your program into your
3724 @file{Makefile.in} files.
3727 @defmac AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
3728 @acindex{PROG_MKDIR_P}
3730 Set output variable @code{MKDIR_P} to a program that ensures that for
3731 each argument, a directory named by this argument exists, creating it
3732 and its parent directories if needed, and without race conditions when
3733 two instances of the program attempt to make the same directory at
3734 nearly the same time.
3736 This macro uses the @samp{mkdir -p} command if possible. Otherwise, it
3737 falls back on invoking @command{install-sh} with the @option{-d} option,
3738 so your package should
3739 contain @file{install-sh} as described under @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}.
3740 An @file{install-sh} file that predates Autoconf 2.60 or Automake 1.10
3741 is vulnerable to race conditions, so if you want to support parallel
3743 different packages into the same directory you need to make sure you
3744 have an up-to-date @file{install-sh}. In particular, be careful about
3745 using @samp{autoreconf -if} if your Automake predates Automake 1.10.
3747 This macro is related to the @code{AS_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Programming
3748 in M4sh}), but it sets an output variable intended for use in other
3749 files, whereas @code{AS_MKDIR_P} is intended for use in scripts like
3750 @command{configure}. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not accept options,
3751 but @code{MKDIR_P} supports the @option{-m} option, e.g., a makefile
3752 might invoke @code{$(MKDIR_P) -m 0 dir} to create an inaccessible
3753 directory, and conversely a makefile should use @code{$(MKDIR_P) --
3754 $(FOO)} if @var{FOO} might yield a value that begins with @samp{-}.
3755 Finally, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not check for race condition
3756 vulnerability, whereas @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} does.
3758 @samp{@@MKDIR_P@@} is special, as its value may vary for different
3759 configuration files.
3762 @anchor{AC_PROG_LEX}
3767 @cvindex YYTEXT_POINTER
3768 @ovindex LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT
3769 If @code{flex} is found, set output variable @code{LEX} to @samp{flex}
3770 and @code{LEXLIB} to @option{-lfl}, if that library is in a standard
3771 place. Otherwise set @code{LEX} to @samp{lex} and @code{LEXLIB} to
3774 Define @code{YYTEXT_POINTER} if @code{yytext} defaults to @samp{char *} instead
3775 of to @samp{char []}. Also set output variable @code{LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT} to
3776 the base of the file name that the lexer generates; usually
3777 @file{lex.yy}, but sometimes something else. These results vary
3778 according to whether @code{lex} or @code{flex} is being used.
3780 You are encouraged to use Flex in your sources, since it is both more
3781 pleasant to use than plain Lex and the C source it produces is portable.
3782 In order to ensure portability, however, you must either provide a
3783 function @code{yywrap} or, if you don't use it (e.g., your scanner has
3784 no @samp{#include}-like feature), simply include a @samp{%noyywrap}
3785 statement in the scanner's source. Once this done, the scanner is
3786 portable (unless @emph{you} felt free to use nonportable constructs) and
3787 does not depend on any library. In this case, and in this case only, it
3788 is suggested that you use this Autoconf snippet:
3792 if test "$LEX" != flex; then
3793 LEX="$SHELL $missing_dir/missing flex"
3794 AC_SUBST([LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT], [lex.yy])
3795 AC_SUBST([LEXLIB], [''])
3799 The shell script @command{missing} can be found in the Automake
3802 To ensure backward compatibility, Automake's @code{AM_PROG_LEX} invokes
3803 (indirectly) this macro twice, which causes an annoying but benign
3804 ``@code{AC_PROG_LEX} invoked multiple times'' warning. Future versions
3805 of Automake will fix this issue; meanwhile, just ignore this message.
3807 As part of running the test, this macro may delete any file in the
3808 configuration directory named @file{lex.yy.c} or @file{lexyy.c}.
3811 @anchor{AC_PROG_LN_S}
3812 @defmac AC_PROG_LN_S
3815 If @samp{ln -s} works on the current file system (the operating system
3816 and file system support symbolic links), set the output variable
3817 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln -s}; otherwise, if @samp{ln} works, set
3818 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln}, and otherwise set it to @samp{cp -p}.
3820 If you make a link in a directory other than the current directory, its
3821 meaning depends on whether @samp{ln} or @samp{ln -s} is used. To safely
3822 create links using @samp{$(LN_S)}, either find out which form is used
3823 and adjust the arguments, or always invoke @code{ln} in the directory
3824 where the link is to be created.
3826 In other words, it does not work to do:
3834 (cd /x && $(LN_S) foo bar)
3838 @defmac AC_PROG_RANLIB
3839 @acindex{PROG_RANLIB}
3841 Set output variable @code{RANLIB} to @samp{ranlib} if @code{ranlib}
3842 is found, and otherwise to @samp{:} (do nothing).
3848 Set output variable @code{SED} to a Sed implementation that conforms to
3849 Posix and does not have arbitrary length limits. Report an error if no
3850 acceptable Sed is found. @xref{Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more
3851 information about portability problems with Sed.
3854 @defmac AC_PROG_YACC
3857 If @code{bison} is found, set output variable @code{YACC} to @samp{bison
3858 -y}. Otherwise, if @code{byacc} is found, set @code{YACC} to
3859 @samp{byacc}. Otherwise set @code{YACC} to @samp{yacc}.
3862 @node Generic Programs
3863 @subsection Generic Program and File Checks
3865 These macros are used to find programs not covered by the ``particular''
3866 test macros. If you need to check the behavior of a program as well as
3867 find out whether it is present, you have to write your own test for it
3868 (@pxref{Writing Tests}). By default, these macros use the environment
3869 variable @env{PATH}. If you need to check for a program that might not
3870 be in the user's @env{PATH}, you can pass a modified path to use
3874 AC_PATH_PROG([INETD], [inetd], [/usr/libexec/inetd],
3875 [$PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/libexec$PATH_SEPARATOR]dnl
3876 [/usr/sbin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/etc$PATH_SEPARATOR/etc])
3879 You are strongly encouraged to declare the @var{variable} passed to
3880 @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} etc.@: as precious, @xref{Setting Output Variables},
3881 @code{AC_ARG_VAR}, for more details.
3883 @anchor{AC_CHECK_PROG}
3884 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
3885 @var{value-if-found}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH}, @
3887 @acindex{CHECK_PROG}
3888 Check whether program @var{prog-to-check-for} exists in @var{path}. If
3889 it is found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-found}, otherwise to
3890 @var{value-if-not-found}, if given. Always pass over @var{reject} (an
3891 absolute file name) even if it is the first found in the search path; in
3892 that case, set @var{variable} using the absolute file name of the
3893 @var{prog-to-check-for} found that is not @var{reject}. If
3894 @var{variable} was already set, do nothing. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
3898 @anchor{AC_CHECK_PROGS}
3899 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
3900 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3901 @acindex{CHECK_PROGS}
3902 Check for each program in the blank-separated list
3903 @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in the @var{path}. If one is found, set
3904 @var{variable} to the name of that program. Otherwise, continue
3905 checking the next program in the list. If none of the programs in the
3906 list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
3907 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
3908 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3911 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
3912 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3913 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}
3914 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
3915 with a prefix of the target type as determined by
3916 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
3917 If the tool cannot be found with a prefix, and if the build and target
3918 types are equal, then it is also searched for without a prefix.
3920 As noted in @ref{Specifying Names, , Specifying the system type}, the
3921 target is rarely specified, because most of the time it is the same
3922 as the host: it is the type of system for which any compiler tool in
3923 the package produces code. What this macro looks for is,
3924 for example, @emph{a tool @r{(assembler, linker, etc.)}@: that the
3925 compiler driver @r{(@command{gcc} for the @acronym{GNU} C Compiler)}
3926 uses to produce objects, archives or executables}.
3929 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
3930 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3931 @acindex{CHECK_TOOL}
3932 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
3933 with a prefix of the host type as determined by
3934 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, followed by a dash (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
3935 For example, if the user runs @samp{configure --host=i386-gnu}, then
3938 AC_CHECK_TOOL([RANLIB], [ranlib], [:])
3941 sets @code{RANLIB} to @file{i386-gnu-ranlib} if that program exists in
3942 @var{path}, or otherwise to @samp{ranlib} if that program exists in
3943 @var{path}, or to @samp{:} if neither program exists.
3945 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{only}
3946 accept program names that are prefixed with the host type.
3947 For more information, see @ref{Specifying Names, , Specifying the
3951 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
3952 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3953 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS}
3954 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
3955 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the target type as
3956 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash
3957 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
3958 prefix, and if the build and target types are equal, then the first one
3959 without a prefix is used. If a tool is found, set @var{variable} to
3960 the name of that program. If none of the tools in the list are found,
3961 set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if @var{value-if-not-found}
3962 is not specified, the value of @var{variable} is not changed. Calls
3963 @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3966 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
3967 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3968 @acindex{CHECK_TOOLS}
3969 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
3970 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the host type as
3971 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, followed by a dash
3972 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
3973 prefix, then the first one without a prefix is used. If a tool is found,
3974 set @var{variable} to the name of that program. If none of the tools in
3975 the list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
3976 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
3977 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
3979 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{not}
3980 accept program names that are not prefixed with the host type.
3983 @anchor{AC_PATH_PROG}
3984 @defmac AC_PATH_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
3985 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3987 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
3988 name of @var{prog-to-check-for} if found.
3991 @anchor{AC_PATH_PROGS}
3992 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
3993 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
3994 @acindex{PATH_PROGS}
3995 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}, but if any of @var{progs-to-check-for}
3996 are found, set @var{variable} to the absolute name of the program
4000 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK (@var{variable}, @
4001 @var{progs-to-check-for}, @var{feature-test}, @
4002 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4003 @acindex{PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK}
4004 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. If @var{variable} is not
4005 empty, then set the cache variable @code{$ac_cv_path_@var{variable}} to
4006 its value. Otherwise, check for each program in the blank-separated
4007 list @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in @var{path}. For each program
4008 found, execute @var{feature-test} with @code{$ac_path_@var{variable}}
4009 set to the absolute name of the candidate program. If no invocation of
4010 @var{feature-test} sets the shell variable
4011 @code{$ac_cv_path_@var{variable}}, then @var{action-if-not-found} is
4012 executed. @var{feature-test} will be run even when
4013 @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}} is set, to provide the ability to
4014 choose a better candidate found later in @var{path}; to accept the
4015 current setting and bypass all futher checks, @var{feature-test} can
4016 execute @code{ac_path_@var{variable}_found=:}.
4018 Note that this macro has some subtle differences from
4019 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}. It is designed to be run inside
4020 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, therefore, it should have no side effects. In
4021 particular, @var{variable} is not set to the final value of
4022 @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}}, nor is @code{AC_SUBST} automatically
4023 run. Also, on failure, any action can be performed, whereas
4024 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS} only performs
4025 @code{@var{variable}=@var{value-if-not-found}}.
4027 Here is an example, similar to what Autoconf uses in its own configure
4028 script. It will search for an implementation of @command{m4} that
4029 supports the @code{indir} builtin, even if it goes by the name
4030 @command{gm4} or is not the first implementation on @env{PATH}.
4033 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for m4 that supports indir], [ac_cv_path_M4],
4034 [AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK([M4], [m4 gm4],
4035 [[m4out=`echo 'changequote([,])indir([divnum])' | $ac_path_M4`
4036 test "x$m4out" = x0 \
4037 && ac_cv_path_M4=$ac_path_M4 ac_path_M4_found=:]],
4038 [AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find m4 that supports indir])])])
4039 AC_SUBST([M4], [$ac_cv_path_M4])
4043 @defmac AC_PATH_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4044 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4045 @acindex{PATH_TARGET_TOOL}
4046 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4047 name of the program if it is found.
4050 @defmac AC_PATH_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4051 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4053 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4054 name of the program if it is found.
4056 In the future, when cross-compiling this macro will @emph{not}
4057 accept program names that are not prefixed with the host type.
4063 @cindex File, checking
4065 You might also need to check for the existence of files. Before using
4066 these macros, ask yourself whether a runtime test might not be a better
4067 solution. Be aware that, like most Autoconf macros, they test a feature
4068 of the host machine, and therefore, they die when cross-compiling.
4070 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILE (@var{file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
4071 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4072 @acindex{CHECK_FILE}
4073 Check whether file @var{file} exists on the native system. If it is
4074 found, execute @var{action-if-found}, otherwise do
4075 @var{action-if-not-found}, if given.
4078 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILES (@var{files}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
4079 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4080 @acindex{CHECK_FILES}
4081 Executes @code{AC_CHECK_FILE} once for each file listed in @var{files}.
4082 Additionally, defines @samp{HAVE_@var{file}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols})
4083 for each file found.
4088 @section Library Files
4089 @cindex Library, checking
4091 The following macros check for the presence of certain C, C++, or Fortran
4092 library archive files.
4094 @anchor{AC_CHECK_LIB}
4095 @defmac AC_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @var{function}, @
4096 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4098 Test whether the library @var{library} is available by trying to link
4099 a test program that calls function @var{function} with the library.
4100 @var{function} should be a function provided by the library.
4102 name of the library; e.g., to check for @option{-lmp}, use @samp{mp} as
4103 the @var{library} argument.
4105 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the link
4106 with the library succeeds; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell
4107 commands to run if the link fails. If @var{action-if-found} is not
4108 specified, the default action prepends @option{-l@var{library}} to
4109 @code{LIBS} and defines @samp{HAVE_LIB@var{library}} (in all
4110 capitals). This macro is intended to support building @code{LIBS} in
4111 a right-to-left (least-dependent to most-dependent) fashion such that
4112 library dependencies are satisfied as a natural side effect of
4113 consecutive tests. Linkers are sensitive to library ordering
4114 so the order in which @code{LIBS} is generated is important to reliable
4115 detection of libraries.
4117 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4118 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4119 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4120 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4121 that @var{library} is present, because linking the test program
4122 always fails with unresolved symbols. The @var{other-libraries} argument
4123 should be limited to cases where it is desirable to test for one library
4124 in the presence of another that is not already in @code{LIBS}.
4126 @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} requires some care in usage, and should be avoided
4127 in some common cases. Many standard functions like @code{gethostbyname}
4128 appear in the standard C library on some hosts, and in special libraries
4129 like @code{nsl} on other hosts. On some hosts the special libraries
4130 contain variant implementations that you may not want to use. These
4131 days it is normally better to use @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([gethostbyname],
4132 [nsl])} instead of @code{AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])}.
4135 @anchor{AC_SEARCH_LIBS}
4136 @defmac AC_SEARCH_LIBS (@var{function}, @var{search-libs}, @
4137 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4138 @acindex{SEARCH_LIBS}
4139 Search for a library defining @var{function} if it's not already
4140 available. This equates to calling
4141 @samp{AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])])} first with
4142 no libraries, then for each library listed in @var{search-libs}.
4144 Add @option{-l@var{library}} to @code{LIBS} for the first library found
4145 to contain @var{function}, and run @var{action-if-found}. If the
4146 function is not found, run @var{action-if-not-found}.
4148 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4149 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4150 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4151 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4152 that @var{function} is present, because linking the test program
4153 always fails with unresolved symbols.
4158 @node Library Functions
4159 @section Library Functions
4161 The following macros check for particular C library functions.
4162 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a function you need,
4163 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
4164 it, then you can use one of the general function-check macros.
4167 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
4168 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
4169 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
4172 @node Function Portability
4173 @subsection Portability of C Functions
4174 @cindex Portability of C functions
4175 @cindex C function portability
4177 Most usual functions can either be missing, or be buggy, or be limited
4178 on some architectures. This section tries to make an inventory of these
4179 portability issues. By definition, this list always requires
4180 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
4185 @prindex @code{exit}
4186 On ancient hosts, @code{exit} returned @code{int}.
4187 This is because @code{exit} predates @code{void}, and there was a long
4188 tradition of it returning @code{int}.
4190 On current hosts, the problem more likely is that @code{exit} is not
4191 declared, due to C++ problems of some sort or another. For this reason
4192 we suggest that test programs not invoke @code{exit}, but return from
4193 @code{main} instead.
4197 @prindex @code{free}
4198 The C standard says a call @code{free (NULL)} does nothing, but
4199 some old systems don't support this (e.g., NextStep).
4205 @prindex @code{isinf}
4206 @prindex @code{isnan}
4207 The C99 standard says that @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} are
4208 macros. On some systems just macros are available
4209 (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} and Solaris 10), on
4210 some systems both macros and functions (e.g., glibc 2.3.2), and on some
4211 systems only functions (e.g., IRIX 6 and Solaris 9). In some cases
4212 these functions are declared in nonstandard headers like
4213 @code{<sunmath.h>} and defined in non-default libraries like
4214 @option{-lm} or @option{-lsunmath}.
4216 The C99 @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} macros work correctly with
4217 @code{long double} arguments, but pre-C99 systems that use functions
4218 typically assume @code{double} arguments. On such a system,
4219 @code{isinf} incorrectly returns true for a finite @code{long double}
4220 argument that is outside the range of @code{double}.
4222 To work around this porting mess, you can use code like the following.
4229 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isnan_ld (x) \
4230 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isnan_d (x) \
4232 static inline int isnan_f (float x) @{ return x != x; @}
4233 static inline int isnan_d (double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4234 static inline int isnan_ld (long double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4239 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isinf_ld (x) \
4240 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isinf_d (x) \
4242 static inline int isinf_f (float x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4243 static inline int isinf_d (double x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4244 static inline int isinf_ld (long double x) @{ return isnan (x - x); @}
4248 Use @code{AC_C_INLINE} (@pxref{C Compiler}) so that this code works on
4249 compilers that lack the @code{inline} keyword. Some optimizing
4250 compilers mishandle these definitions, but systems with that bug
4251 typically have missing or broken @code{isnan} functions anyway, so it's
4252 probably not worth worrying about.
4256 @prindex @code{malloc}
4257 The C standard says a call @code{malloc (0)} is implementation
4258 dependent. It can return either @code{NULL} or a new non-null pointer.
4259 The latter is more common (e.g., the @acronym{GNU} C Library) but is by
4260 no means universal. @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC}
4261 can be used to insist on non-@code{NULL} (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4265 @prindex @code{putenv}
4266 Posix prefers @code{setenv} to @code{putenv}; among other things,
4267 @code{putenv} is not required of all Posix implementations, but
4270 Posix specifies that @code{putenv} puts the given string directly in
4271 @code{environ}, but some systems make a copy of it instead (e.g.,
4272 glibc 2.0, or @acronym{BSD}). And when a copy is made, @code{unsetenv} might
4273 not free it, causing a memory leak (e.g., Free@acronym{BSD} 4).
4275 On some systems @code{putenv ("FOO")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4276 environment, but this is not standard usage and it dumps core
4277 on some systems (e.g., AIX).
4279 On MinGW, a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4280 environment, rather than inserting it with an empty value.
4282 @item @code{realloc}
4284 @prindex @code{realloc}
4285 The C standard says a call @code{realloc (NULL, size)} is equivalent
4286 to @code{malloc (size)}, but some old systems don't support this (e.g.,
4289 @item @code{signal} handler
4291 @prindex @code{signal}
4292 Normally @code{signal} takes a handler function with a return type of
4293 @code{void}, but some old systems required @code{int} instead. Any
4294 actual @code{int} value returned is not used; this is only a
4295 difference in the function prototype demanded.
4297 All systems we know of in current use return @code{void}. The
4298 @code{int} was to support K&R C, where of course @code{void} is not
4299 available. @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL} (@pxref{Particular Types}) can be
4300 used to establish the correct type in all cases.
4302 @item @code{snprintf}
4303 @c @fuindex snprintf
4304 @prindex @code{snprintf}
4305 @c @fuindex vsnprintf
4306 @prindex @code{vsnprintf}
4307 The C99 standard says that if the output array isn't big enough
4308 and if no other errors occur, @code{snprintf} and @code{vsnprintf}
4309 truncate the output and return the number of bytes that ought to have
4310 been produced. Some older systems return the truncated length (e.g.,
4311 @acronym{GNU} C Library 2.0.x or @sc{irix} 6.5), some a negative value
4312 (e.g., earlier @acronym{GNU} C Library versions), and some the buffer
4313 length without truncation (e.g., 32-bit Solaris 7). Also, some buggy
4314 older systems ignore the length and overrun the buffer (e.g., 64-bit
4317 @item @code{sprintf}
4319 @prindex @code{sprintf}
4320 @c @fuindex vsprintf
4321 @prindex @code{vsprintf}
4322 The C standard says @code{sprintf} and @code{vsprintf} return the
4323 number of bytes written. On some ancient systems (SunOS 4 for
4324 instance) they return the buffer pointer instead, but these no
4325 longer need to be worried about.
4329 @prindex @code{sscanf}
4330 On various old systems, e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} 9, @code{sscanf} requires
4332 input string be writable (though it doesn't actually change it). This
4333 can be a problem when using @command{gcc} since it normally puts
4334 constant strings in read-only memory (@pxref{Incompatibilities,
4335 Incompatibilities of @acronym{GCC}, , gcc, Using and
4336 Porting the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection}). Apparently in some cases even
4337 having format strings read-only can be a problem.
4339 @item @code{strerror_r}
4340 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4341 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4342 Posix specifies that @code{strerror_r} returns an @code{int}, but many
4343 systems (e.g., @acronym{GNU} C Library version 2.2.4) provide a
4344 different version returning a @code{char *}. @code{AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4345 can detect which is in use (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4347 @item @code{strnlen}
4349 @prindex @code{strnlen}
4350 @acronym{AIX} 4.3 provides a broken version which produces the
4354 strnlen ("foobar", 0) = 0
4355 strnlen ("foobar", 1) = 3
4356 strnlen ("foobar", 2) = 2
4357 strnlen ("foobar", 3) = 1
4358 strnlen ("foobar", 4) = 0
4359 strnlen ("foobar", 5) = 6
4360 strnlen ("foobar", 6) = 6
4361 strnlen ("foobar", 7) = 6
4362 strnlen ("foobar", 8) = 6
4363 strnlen ("foobar", 9) = 6
4366 @item @code{sysconf}
4368 @prindex @code{sysconf}
4369 @code{_SC_PAGESIZE} is standard, but some older systems (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX}
4370 9) have @code{_SC_PAGE_SIZE} instead. This can be tested with
4375 @prindex @code{unlink}
4376 The Posix spec says that @code{unlink} causes the given file to be
4377 removed only after there are no more open file handles for it. Some
4378 non-Posix hosts have trouble with this requirement, though,
4379 and some @acronym{DOS} variants even corrupt the file system.
4381 @item @code{unsetenv}
4382 @c @fuindex unsetenv
4383 @prindex @code{unsetenv}
4384 On MinGW, @code{unsetenv} is not available, but a variable @samp{FOO}
4385 can be removed with a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")}, as described under
4386 @code{putenv} above.
4388 @item @code{va_copy}
4390 @prindex @code{va_copy}
4391 The C99 standard provides @code{va_copy} for copying
4392 @code{va_list} variables. It may be available in older environments
4393 too, though possibly as @code{__va_copy} (e.g., @command{gcc} in strict
4394 pre-C99 mode). These can be tested with @code{#ifdef}. A fallback to
4395 @code{memcpy (&dst, &src, sizeof (va_list))} gives maximum
4398 @item @code{va_list}
4400 @prindex @code{va_list}
4401 @code{va_list} is not necessarily just a pointer. It can be a
4402 @code{struct} (e.g., @command{gcc} on Alpha), which means @code{NULL} is
4403 not portable. Or it can be an array (e.g., @command{gcc} in some
4404 PowerPC configurations), which means as a function parameter it can be
4405 effectively call-by-reference and library routines might modify the
4406 value back in the caller (e.g., @code{vsnprintf} in the @acronym{GNU} C Library
4409 @item Signed @code{>>}
4410 Normally the C @code{>>} right shift of a signed type replicates the
4411 high bit, giving a so-called ``arithmetic'' shift. But care should be
4412 taken since Standard C doesn't require that behavior. On those
4413 few processors without a native arithmetic shift (for instance Cray
4414 vector systems) zero bits may be shifted in, the same as a shift of an
4417 @item Integer @code{/}
4418 C divides signed integers by truncating their quotient toward zero,
4419 yielding the same result as Fortran. However, before C99 the standard
4420 allowed C implementations to take the floor or ceiling of the quotient
4421 in some cases. Hardly any implementations took advantage of this
4422 freedom, though, and it's probably not worth worrying about this issue
4427 @node Particular Functions
4428 @subsection Particular Function Checks
4429 @cindex Function, checking
4431 These macros check for particular C functions---whether they exist, and
4432 in some cases how they respond when given certain arguments.
4434 @anchor{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}
4435 @defmac AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
4436 @acindex{FUNC_ALLOCA}
4438 @cvindex HAVE_ALLOCA_H
4441 @prindex @code{alloca}
4443 Check how to get @code{alloca}. Tries to get a builtin version by
4444 checking for @file{alloca.h} or the predefined C preprocessor macros
4445 @code{__GNUC__} and @code{_AIX}. If this macro finds @file{alloca.h},
4446 it defines @code{HAVE_ALLOCA_H}.
4448 If those attempts fail, it looks for the function in the standard C
4449 library. If any of those methods succeed, it defines
4450 @code{HAVE_ALLOCA}. Otherwise, it sets the output variable
4451 @code{ALLOCA} to @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}alloca.o} and defines
4452 @code{C_ALLOCA} (so programs can periodically call @samp{alloca (0)} to
4453 garbage collect). This variable is separate from @code{LIBOBJS} so
4454 multiple programs can share the value of @code{ALLOCA} without needing
4455 to create an actual library, in case only some of them use the code in
4456 @code{LIBOBJS}. The @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}} prefix serves the same
4457 purpose as in @code{LIBOBJS} (@pxref{AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS}).
4459 This macro does not try to get @code{alloca} from the System V R3
4460 @file{libPW} or the System V R4 @file{libucb} because those libraries
4461 contain some incompatible functions that cause trouble. Some versions
4462 do not even contain @code{alloca} or contain a buggy version. If you
4463 still want to use their @code{alloca}, use @code{ar} to extract
4464 @file{alloca.o} from them instead of compiling @file{alloca.c}.
4466 Source files that use @code{alloca} should start with a piece of code
4467 like the following, to declare it properly.
4471 #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
4472 # include <alloca.h>
4473 #elif defined __GNUC__
4474 # define alloca __builtin_alloca
4476 # define alloca __alloca
4477 #elif defined _MSC_VER
4478 # include <malloc.h>
4479 # define alloca _alloca
4481 # include <stddef.h>
4485 void *alloca (size_t);
4491 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHOWN
4492 @acindex{FUNC_CHOWN}
4495 @prindex @code{chown}
4496 If the @code{chown} function is available and works (in particular, it
4497 should accept @option{-1} for @code{uid} and @code{gid}), define
4501 @anchor{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
4502 @defmac AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
4503 @acindex{FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
4504 @cvindex CLOSEDIR_VOID
4505 @c @fuindex closedir
4506 @prindex @code{closedir}
4507 If the @code{closedir} function does not return a meaningful value,
4508 define @code{CLOSEDIR_VOID}. Otherwise, callers ought to check its
4509 return value for an error indicator.
4511 Currently this test is implemented by running a test program. When
4512 cross compiling the pessimistic assumption that @code{closedir} does not
4513 return a meaningful value is made.
4515 This macro is obsolescent, as @code{closedir} returns a meaningful value
4516 on current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
4519 @defmac AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
4520 @acindex{FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE}
4521 @c @fuindex error_at_line
4522 @prindex @code{error_at_line}
4523 If the @code{error_at_line} function is not found, require an
4524 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{error}.
4527 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
4528 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH}
4530 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4531 If the @code{fnmatch} function conforms to Posix, define
4532 @code{HAVE_FNMATCH}. Detect common implementation bugs, for example,
4533 the bugs in Solaris 2.4.
4535 Unlike the other specific
4536 @code{AC_FUNC} macros, @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH} does not replace a
4537 broken/missing @code{fnmatch}. This is for historical reasons.
4538 See @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} below.
4540 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
4541 @code{fnmatch-posix} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4544 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU
4545 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU}
4547 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4548 Behave like @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} (@emph{replace}) but also test
4549 whether @code{fnmatch} supports @acronym{GNU} extensions. Detect common
4550 implementation bugs, for example, the bugs in the @acronym{GNU} C
4553 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
4554 @code{fnmatch-gnu} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4557 @anchor{AC_FUNC_FORK}
4558 @defmac AC_FUNC_FORK
4560 @cvindex HAVE_VFORK_H
4561 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_FORK
4562 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4565 @prindex @code{fork}
4567 @prindex @code{vfork}
4569 This macro checks for the @code{fork} and @code{vfork} functions. If a
4570 working @code{fork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_FORK}. This macro
4571 checks whether @code{fork} is just a stub by trying to run it.
4573 If @file{vfork.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_VFORK_H}. If a working
4574 @code{vfork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_VFORK}. Otherwise,
4575 define @code{vfork} to be @code{fork} for backward compatibility with
4576 previous versions of @command{autoconf}. This macro checks for several known
4577 errors in implementations of @code{vfork} and considers the system to not
4578 have a working @code{vfork} if it detects any of them. It is not considered
4579 to be an implementation error if a child's invocation of @code{signal}
4580 modifies the parent's signal handler, since child processes rarely change
4581 their signal handlers.
4583 Since this macro defines @code{vfork} only for backward compatibility with
4584 previous versions of @command{autoconf} you're encouraged to define it
4585 yourself in new code:
4588 #ifndef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4595 @defmac AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
4596 @acindex{FUNC_FSEEKO}
4597 @cvindex _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
4598 @cvindex HAVE_FSEEKO
4600 @prindex @code{fseeko}
4601 If the @code{fseeko} function is available, define @code{HAVE_FSEEKO}.
4602 Define @code{_LARGEFILE_SOURCE} if necessary to make the prototype
4603 visible on some systems (e.g., glibc 2.2). Otherwise linkage problems
4604 may occur when compiling with @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE} on
4605 largefile-sensitive systems where @code{off_t} does not default to a
4609 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETGROUPS
4610 @acindex{FUNC_GETGROUPS}
4611 @cvindex HAVE_GETGROUPS
4612 @ovindex GETGROUPS_LIBS
4613 @c @fuindex getgroups
4614 @prindex @code{getgroups}
4615 If the @code{getgroups} function is available and works (unlike on
4616 Ultrix 4.3, where @samp{getgroups (0, 0)} always fails), define
4617 @code{HAVE_GETGROUPS}. Set @code{GETGROUPS_LIBS} to any libraries
4618 needed to get that function. This macro runs @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}.
4621 @anchor{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
4622 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
4623 @acindex{FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
4628 @cvindex HAVE_NLIST_H
4629 @cvindex NLIST_NAME_UNION
4630 @cvindex GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED
4631 @cvindex NEED_SETGID
4632 @cvindex C_GETLOADAVG
4634 @ovindex NEED_SETGID
4636 @ovindex GETLOADAVG_LIBS
4637 @c @fuindex getloadavg
4638 @prindex @code{getloadavg}
4639 Check how to get the system load averages. To perform its tests
4640 properly, this macro needs the file @file{getloadavg.c}; therefore, be
4641 sure to set the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory properly (see
4642 @ref{Generic Functions}, @code{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}).
4644 If the system has the @code{getloadavg} function, define
4645 @code{HAVE_GETLOADAVG}, and set @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to any libraries
4646 necessary to get that function. Also add @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to
4647 @code{LIBS}. Otherwise, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4648 @samp{getloadavg} with source code in @file{@var{dir}/getloadavg.c}, and
4649 possibly define several other C preprocessor macros and output
4654 Define @code{C_GETLOADAVG}.
4657 Define @code{SVR4}, @code{DGUX}, @code{UMAX}, or @code{UMAX4_3} if on
4662 If @file{nlist.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_NLIST_H}.
4665 If @samp{struct nlist} has an @samp{n_un.n_name} member, define
4666 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME}. The obsolete symbol
4667 @code{NLIST_NAME_UNION} is still defined, but do not depend upon it.
4670 Programs may need to be installed set-group-ID (or set-user-ID) for
4671 @code{getloadavg} to work. In this case, define
4672 @code{GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED}, set the output variable @code{NEED_SETGID}
4673 to @samp{true} (and otherwise to @samp{false}), and set
4674 @code{KMEM_GROUP} to the name of the group that should own the installed
4678 The @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG} macro is obsolescent. New programs should
4679 use Gnulib's @code{getloadavg} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4682 @anchor{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}
4683 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
4684 @acindex{FUNC_GETMNTENT}
4685 @cvindex HAVE_GETMNTENT
4686 @c @fuindex getmntent
4687 @prindex @code{getmntent}
4688 Check for @code{getmntent} in the standard C library, and then in the
4689 @file{sun}, @file{seq}, and @file{gen} libraries, for @sc{unicos},
4690 @sc{irix} 4, @sc{ptx}, and UnixWare, respectively. Then, if
4691 @code{getmntent} is available, define @code{HAVE_GETMNTENT}.
4694 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
4695 @acindex{FUNC_GETPGRP}
4696 @cvindex GETPGRP_VOID
4699 @prindex @code{getpgid}
4700 @prindex @code{getpgrp}
4701 Define @code{GETPGRP_VOID} if it is an error to pass 0 to
4702 @code{getpgrp}; this is the Posix behavior. On older @acronym{BSD}
4703 systems, you must pass 0 to @code{getpgrp}, as it takes an argument and
4704 behaves like Posix's @code{getpgid}.
4714 This macro does not check whether
4715 @code{getpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
4716 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{getpgrp}.
4718 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{getpgrp}
4719 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4722 @defmac AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4723 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}
4724 @cvindex LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4726 @prindex @code{lstat}
4727 If @file{link} is a symbolic link, then @code{lstat} should treat
4728 @file{link/} the same as @file{link/.}. However, many older
4729 @code{lstat} implementations incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4731 It is safe to assume that if @code{lstat} incorrectly ignores
4732 trailing slashes, then other symbolic-link-aware functions like
4733 @code{unlink} also incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4735 If @code{lstat} behaves properly, define
4736 @code{LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}, otherwise require an
4737 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @code{lstat}.
4740 @defmac AC_FUNC_MALLOC
4741 @acindex{FUNC_MALLOC}
4742 @cvindex HAVE_MALLOC
4745 @prindex @code{malloc}
4746 If the @code{malloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4747 library @code{malloc} (i.e., @samp{malloc (0)} returns a valid
4748 pointer), define @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4749 @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4750 @samp{malloc}, and define @code{malloc} to @code{rpl_malloc} so that the
4751 native @code{malloc} is not used in the main project.
4753 Typically, the replacement file @file{malloc.c} should look like (note
4754 the @samp{#undef malloc}):
4757 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
4758 # include <config.h>
4762 #include <sys/types.h>
4766 /* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
4767 If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
4770 rpl_malloc (size_t n)
4779 @defmac AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
4780 @acindex{FUNC_MEMCMP}
4783 @prindex @code{memcmp}
4784 If the @code{memcmp} function is not available, or does not work on
4785 8-bit data (like the one on SunOS 4.1.3), or fails when comparing 16
4786 bytes or more and with at least one buffer not starting on a 4-byte
4787 boundary (such as the one on NeXT x86 OpenStep), require an
4788 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{memcmp}.
4790 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a working
4791 @code{memcmp}. New programs need not use this macro.
4794 @defmac AC_FUNC_MBRTOWC
4795 @acindex{FUNC_MBRTOWC}
4796 @cvindex HAVE_MBRTOWC
4798 @prindex @code{mbrtowc}
4799 Define @code{HAVE_MBRTOWC} to 1 if the function @code{mbrtowc} and the
4800 type @code{mbstate_t} are properly declared.
4803 @defmac AC_FUNC_MKTIME
4804 @acindex{FUNC_MKTIME}
4807 @prindex @code{mktime}
4808 If the @code{mktime} function is not available, or does not work
4809 correctly, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{mktime}.
4810 For the purposes of this test, @code{mktime} should conform to the
4811 Posix standard and should be the inverse of
4815 @anchor{AC_FUNC_MMAP}
4816 @defmac AC_FUNC_MMAP
4820 @prindex @code{mmap}
4821 If the @code{mmap} function exists and works correctly, define
4822 @code{HAVE_MMAP}. This checks only private fixed mapping of already-mapped
4826 @defmac AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
4827 @acindex{FUNC_OBSTACK}
4828 @cvindex HAVE_OBSTACK
4830 If the obstacks are found, define @code{HAVE_OBSTACK}, else require an
4831 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{obstack}.
4834 @defmac AC_FUNC_REALLOC
4835 @acindex{FUNC_REALLOC}
4836 @cvindex HAVE_REALLOC
4839 @prindex @code{realloc}
4840 If the @code{realloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4841 library @code{realloc} (i.e., @samp{realloc (NULL, 0)} returns a
4842 valid pointer), define @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4843 @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4844 @samp{realloc}, and define @code{realloc} to @code{rpl_realloc} so that
4845 the native @code{realloc} is not used in the main project. See
4846 @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC} for details.
4849 @defmac AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES
4850 @acindex{FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES}
4851 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG1
4852 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG234
4853 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG5
4855 @prindex @code{select}
4856 Determines the correct type to be passed for each of the
4857 @code{select} function's arguments, and defines those types
4858 in @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234}, and
4859 @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} respectively. @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1} defaults
4860 to @samp{int}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234} defaults to @samp{int *},
4861 and @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} defaults to @samp{struct timeval *}.
4863 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{select} whose
4864 signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4867 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETPGRP
4868 @acindex{FUNC_SETPGRP}
4869 @cvindex SETPGRP_VOID
4871 @prindex @code{setpgrp}
4872 If @code{setpgrp} takes no argument (the Posix version), define
4873 @code{SETPGRP_VOID}. Otherwise, it is the @acronym{BSD} version, which takes
4874 two process IDs as arguments. This macro does not check whether
4875 @code{setpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
4876 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{setpgrp}.
4878 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{setpgrp}
4879 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4882 @defmac AC_FUNC_STAT
4883 @defmacx AC_FUNC_LSTAT
4885 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT}
4886 @cvindex HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
4887 @cvindex HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
4889 @prindex @code{stat}
4891 @prindex @code{lstat}
4892 Determine whether @code{stat} or @code{lstat} have the bug that it
4893 succeeds when given the zero-length file name as argument. The @code{stat}
4894 and @code{lstat} from SunOS 4.1.4 and the Hurd (as of 1998-11-01) do
4897 If it does, then define @code{HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG} (or
4898 @code{HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG}) and ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ}
4901 These macros are obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
4902 New programs need not use these macros.
4905 @anchor{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}
4906 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
4907 @acindex{FUNC_STRCOLL}
4908 @cvindex HAVE_STRCOLL
4910 @prindex @code{strcoll}
4911 If the @code{strcoll} function exists and works correctly, define
4912 @code{HAVE_STRCOLL}. This does a bit more than
4913 @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcoll)}, because some systems have incorrect
4914 definitions of @code{strcoll} that should not be used.
4917 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
4918 @acindex{FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4919 @cvindex HAVE_STRERROR_R
4920 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
4921 @cvindex STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
4922 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4923 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4924 If @code{strerror_r} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRERROR_R}, and if
4925 it is declared, define @code{HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R}. If it returns a
4926 @code{char *} message, define @code{STRERROR_R_CHAR_P}; otherwise it
4927 returns an @code{int} error number. The Thread-Safe Functions option of
4928 Posix requires @code{strerror_r} to return @code{int}, but
4929 many systems (including, for example, version 2.2.4 of the @acronym{GNU} C
4930 Library) return a @code{char *} value that is not necessarily equal to
4931 the buffer argument.
4934 @anchor{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME}
4935 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRFTIME
4936 @acindex{FUNC_STRFTIME}
4937 @cvindex HAVE_STRFTIME
4938 @c @fuindex strftime
4939 @prindex @code{strftime}
4940 Check for @code{strftime} in the @file{intl} library, for SCO Unix.
4941 Then, if @code{strftime} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRFTIME}.
4943 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems require the @file{intl}
4944 library for @code{strftime}. New programs need not use this macro.
4947 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOD
4948 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOD}
4951 @prindex @code{strtod}
4952 If the @code{strtod} function does not exist or doesn't work correctly,
4953 ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{strtod}. In this case,
4954 because @file{strtod.c} is likely to need @samp{pow}, set the output
4955 variable @code{POW_LIB} to the extra library needed.
4958 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOLD
4959 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOLD}
4960 @cvindex HAVE_STRTOLD
4961 @prindex @code{strtold}
4962 If the @code{strtold} function exists and conforms to C99, define
4963 @code{HAVE_STRTOLD}.
4966 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
4967 @acindex{FUNC_STRNLEN}
4968 @cvindex HAVE_STRNLEN
4970 @prindex @code{strnlen}
4971 If the @code{strnlen} function is not available, or is buggy (like the one
4972 from @acronym{AIX} 4.3), require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for it.
4975 @anchor{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
4976 @defmac AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
4977 @acindex{FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
4978 @cvindex HAVE_UTIME_NULL
4980 @prindex @code{utime}
4981 If @samp{utime (@var{file}, NULL)} sets @var{file}'s timestamp to
4982 the present, define @code{HAVE_UTIME_NULL}.
4984 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have a @code{utime}
4985 that behaves this way. New programs need not use this macro.
4988 @anchor{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}
4989 @defmac AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
4990 @acindex{FUNC_VPRINTF}
4991 @cvindex HAVE_VPRINTF
4992 @cvindex HAVE_DOPRNT
4994 @prindex @code{vprintf}
4995 If @code{vprintf} is found, define @code{HAVE_VPRINTF}. Otherwise, if
4996 @code{_doprnt} is found, define @code{HAVE_DOPRNT}. (If @code{vprintf}
4997 is available, you may assume that @code{vfprintf} and @code{vsprintf}
4998 are also available.)
5000 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have @code{vprintf}.
5001 New programs need not use this macro.
5004 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH
5005 @acindex{REPLACE_FNMATCH}
5007 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
5008 @hdrindex{fnmatch.h}
5009 If the @code{fnmatch} function does not conform to Posix (see
5010 @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH}), ask for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement.
5012 The files @file{fnmatch.c}, @file{fnmatch_loop.c}, and @file{fnmatch_.h}
5013 in the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory are assumed to contain a
5014 copy of the source code of @acronym{GNU} @code{fnmatch}. If necessary,
5015 this source code is compiled as an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement, and the
5016 @file{fnmatch_.h} file is linked to @file{fnmatch.h} so that it can be
5017 included in place of the system @code{<fnmatch.h>}.
5019 This macro is obsolescent, as it assumes the use of particular source
5020 files. New programs should use Gnulib's @code{fnmatch-posix} module,
5021 which provides this macro along with the source files. @xref{Gnulib}.
5026 @node Generic Functions
5027 @subsection Generic Function Checks
5029 These macros are used to find functions not covered by the ``particular''
5030 test macros. If the functions might be in libraries other than the
5031 default C library, first call @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} for those libraries.
5032 If you need to check the behavior of a function as well as find out
5033 whether it is present, you have to write your own test for
5034 it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
5036 @anchor{AC_CHECK_FUNC}
5037 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5038 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
5039 @acindex{CHECK_FUNC}
5040 If C function @var{function} is available, run shell commands
5041 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just
5042 want to define a symbol if the function is available, consider using
5043 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} instead. This macro checks for functions with C
5044 linkage even when @code{AC_LANG(C++)} has been called, since C is more
5045 standardized than C++. (@pxref{Language Choice}, for more information
5046 about selecting the language for checks.)
5049 @anchor{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}
5050 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5051 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
5052 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS}
5053 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5054 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
5055 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
5056 If @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
5057 execute when one of the functions is found. You can give it a value of
5058 @samp{break} to break out of the loop on the first match. If
5059 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed when one of the
5060 functions is not found.
5063 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE (@var{function}@dots{})
5064 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE}
5065 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5066 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
5067 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
5068 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}. It generates the
5069 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
5070 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
5071 early during the @command{configure} run.
5076 Autoconf follows a philosophy that was formed over the years by those
5077 who have struggled for portability: isolate the portability issues in
5078 specific files, and then program as if you were in a Posix
5079 environment. Some functions may be missing or unfixable, and your
5080 package must be ready to replace them.
5082 Suitable replacements for many such problem functions are available from
5083 Gnulib (@pxref{Gnulib}).
5085 @defmac AC_LIBOBJ (@var{function})
5088 Specify that @samp{@var{function}.c} must be included in the executables
5089 to replace a missing or broken implementation of @var{function}.
5091 Technically, it adds @samp{@var{function}.$ac_objext} to the output
5092 variable @code{LIBOBJS} if it is not already in, and calls
5093 @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} for @samp{@var{function}.c}. You should not
5094 directly change @code{LIBOBJS}, since this is not traceable.
5097 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCE (@var{file})
5099 Specify that @var{file} might be needed to compile the project. If you
5100 need to know what files might be needed by a @file{configure.ac}, you
5101 should trace @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}. @var{file} must be a literal.
5103 This macro is called automatically from @code{AC_LIBOBJ}, but you must
5104 call it explicitly if you pass a shell variable to @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. In
5105 that case, since shell variables cannot be traced statically, you must
5106 pass to @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} any possible files that the shell variable
5107 might cause @code{AC_LIBOBJ} to need. For example, if you want to pass
5108 a variable @code{$foo_or_bar} to @code{AC_LIBOBJ} that holds either
5109 @code{"foo"} or @code{"bar"}, you should do:
5112 AC_LIBSOURCE([foo.c])
5113 AC_LIBSOURCE([bar.c])
5114 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5118 There is usually a way to avoid this, however, and you are encouraged to
5119 simply call @code{AC_LIBOBJ} with literal arguments.
5121 Note that this macro replaces the obsolete @code{AC_LIBOBJ_DECL}, with
5122 slightly different semantics: the old macro took the function name,
5123 e.g., @code{foo}, as its argument rather than the file name.
5126 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCES (@var{files})
5127 @acindex{LIBSOURCES}
5128 Like @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}, but accepts one or more @var{files} in a
5129 comma-separated M4 list. Thus, the above example might be rewritten:
5132 AC_LIBSOURCES([foo.c, bar.c])
5133 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5137 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR (@var{directory})
5138 @acindex{CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}
5139 Specify that @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement files are to be found in
5140 @var{directory}, a name relative to the top level of the
5141 source tree. The replacement directory defaults to @file{.}, the top
5142 level directory, and the most typical value is @file{lib}, corresponding
5143 to @samp{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR([lib])}.
5145 @command{configure} might need to know the replacement directory for the
5146 following reasons: (i) some checks use the replacement files, (ii) some
5147 macros bypass broken system headers by installing links to the
5148 replacement headers (iii) when used in conjunction with Automake,
5149 within each makefile, @var{directory} is used as a relative path
5150 from @code{$(top_srcdir)} to each object named in @code{LIBOBJS} and
5151 @code{LTLIBOBJS}, etc.
5156 It is common to merely check for the existence of a function, and ask
5157 for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement if missing. The following macro is
5158 a convenient shorthand.
5160 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{})
5161 @acindex{REPLACE_FUNCS}
5162 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5164 Like @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}, but uses @samp{AC_LIBOBJ(@var{function})} as
5165 @var{action-if-not-found}. You can declare your replacement function by
5166 enclosing the prototype in @samp{#ifndef HAVE_@var{function}}. If the
5167 system has the function, it probably declares it in a header file you
5168 should be including, so you shouldn't redeclare it lest your declaration
5173 @section Header Files
5174 @cindex Header, checking
5176 The following macros check for the presence of certain C header files.
5177 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a header file you need,
5178 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
5179 it, then you can use one of the general header-file check macros.
5182 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
5183 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
5184 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
5187 @node Header Portability
5188 @subsection Portability of Headers
5189 @cindex Portability of headers
5190 @cindex Header portability
5192 This section tries to collect knowledge about common headers, and the
5193 problems they cause. By definition, this list always requires
5194 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
5198 @item @file{limits.h}
5199 C99 says that @file{limits.h} defines @code{LLONG_MIN},
5200 @code{LLONG_MAX}, and @code{ULLONG_MAX}, but many almost-C99
5201 environments (e.g., default @acronym{GCC} 4.0.2 + glibc 2.4) do not
5204 @item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}
5205 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
5207 The C99 standard says that @file{inttypes.h} includes
5208 @file{stdint.h}, so there's no need to include @file{stdint.h}
5209 separately in a standard environment. Some implementations have
5210 @file{inttypes.h} but not @file{stdint.h} (e.g., Solaris 7), but we don't
5211 know of any implementation that has @file{stdint.h} but not
5214 @item @file{linux/irda.h}
5215 @hdrindex{linux/irda.h}
5216 It requires @file{linux/types.h} and @file{sys/socket.h}.
5218 @item @file{linux/random.h}
5219 @hdrindex{linux/random.h}
5220 It requires @file{linux/types.h}.
5222 @item @file{net/if.h}
5224 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{sys/socket.h} be included
5225 beforehand. One should run:
5228 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5229 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([net/if.h], [], [],
5232 # include <stdlib.h>
5233 # include <stddef.h>
5235 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
5236 # include <stdlib.h>
5239 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5240 # include <sys/socket.h>
5245 @item @file{netinet/if_ether.h}
5246 @hdrindex{netinet/if_ether.h}
5247 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{stdio.h} and
5248 @file{sys/socket.h} be included beforehand. One should run:
5251 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5252 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/if_ether.h], [], [],
5255 # include <stdlib.h>
5256 # include <stddef.h>
5258 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
5259 # include <stdlib.h>
5262 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5263 # include <sys/socket.h>
5268 @item @file{stdint.h}
5269 See above, item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}.
5271 @item @file{stdlib.h}
5273 On many systems (e.g., Darwin), @file{stdio.h} is a prerequisite.
5275 @item @file{sys/mount.h}
5276 @hdrindex{sys/mount.h}
5277 On Free@acronym{BSD} 4.8 on ia32 and using gcc version 2.95.4,
5278 @file{sys/params.h} is a prerequisite.
5280 @item @file{sys/ptem.h}
5281 @hdrindex{sys/ptem.h}
5282 On Solaris 8, @file{sys/stream.h} is a prerequisite.
5284 @item @file{sys/socket.h}
5285 @hdrindex{sys/socket.h}
5286 On Darwin, @file{stdlib.h} is a prerequisite.
5288 @item @file{sys/ucred.h}
5289 @hdrindex{sys/ucred.h}
5290 On Tru64 5.1, @file{sys/types.h} is a prerequisite.
5292 @item @file{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5293 @hdrindex{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5294 Using XFree86, this header requires @file{X11/Xlib.h}, which is probably
5295 so required that you might not even consider looking for it.
5298 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h], [], [],
5299 [[#include <X11/Xlib.h>
5305 @node Particular Headers
5306 @subsection Particular Header Checks
5308 These macros check for particular system header files---whether they
5309 exist, and in some cases whether they declare certain symbols.
5311 @defmac AC_HEADER_ASSERT
5312 @acindex{HEADER_ASSERT}
5315 Check whether to enable assertions in the style of @file{assert.h}.
5316 Assertions are enabled by default, but the user can override this by
5317 invoking @command{configure} with the @option{--disable-assert} option.
5320 @anchor{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}
5321 @defmac AC_HEADER_DIRENT
5322 @acindex{HEADER_DIRENT}
5323 @cvindex HAVE_DIRENT_H
5324 @cvindex HAVE_NDIR_H
5325 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
5326 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5328 @hdrindex{sys/ndir.h}
5329 @hdrindex{sys/dir.h}
5331 Check for the following header files. For the first one that is
5332 found and defines @samp{DIR}, define the listed C preprocessor macro:
5334 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
5335 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
5336 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
5337 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
5338 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
5341 The directory-library declarations in your source code should look
5342 something like the following:
5346 #include <sys/types.h>
5347 #ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
5348 # include <dirent.h>
5349 # define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen ((dirent)->d_name)
5351 # define dirent direct
5352 # define NAMLEN(dirent) ((dirent)->d_namlen)
5353 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5354 # include <sys/ndir.h>
5356 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
5357 # include <sys/dir.h>
5366 Using the above declarations, the program would declare variables to be
5367 of type @code{struct dirent}, not @code{struct direct}, and would access
5368 the length of a directory entry name by passing a pointer to a
5369 @code{struct dirent} to the @code{NAMLEN} macro.
5371 This macro also checks for the SCO Xenix @file{dir} and @file{x} libraries.
5373 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems with directory
5374 libraries have @code{<dirent.h>}. New programs need not use this macro.
5376 Also see @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} and
5377 @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE} (@pxref{Particular Structures}).
5380 @anchor{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}
5381 @defmac AC_HEADER_MAJOR
5382 @acindex{HEADER_MAJOR}
5383 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
5384 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
5385 @hdrindex{sys/mkdev.h}
5386 @hdrindex{sys/sysmacros.h}
5387 If @file{sys/types.h} does not define @code{major}, @code{minor}, and
5388 @code{makedev}, but @file{sys/mkdev.h} does, define
5389 @code{MAJOR_IN_MKDEV}; otherwise, if @file{sys/sysmacros.h} does, define
5390 @code{MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS}.
5393 @defmac AC_HEADER_RESOLV
5394 @acindex{HEADER_RESOLV}
5395 @cvindex HAVE_RESOLV_H
5397 Checks for header @file{resolv.h}, checking for prerequisites first.
5398 To properly use @file{resolv.h}, your code should contain something like
5402 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
5403 # include <sys/types.h>
5405 #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
5406 # include <netinet/in.h> /* inet_ functions / structs */
5408 #ifdef HAVE_ARPA_NAMESER_H
5409 # include <arpa/nameser.h> /* DNS HEADER struct */
5418 @anchor{AC_HEADER_STAT}
5419 @defmac AC_HEADER_STAT
5420 @acindex{HEADER_STAT}
5421 @cvindex STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
5422 @hdrindex{sys/stat.h}
5423 If the macros @code{S_ISDIR}, @code{S_ISREG}, etc.@: defined in
5424 @file{sys/stat.h} do not work properly (returning false positives),
5425 define @code{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}. This is the case on Tektronix UTekV,
5426 Amdahl UTS and Motorola System V/88.
5428 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
5429 New programs need not use this macro.
5432 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
5433 @acindex{HEADER_STDBOOL}
5434 @cvindex HAVE_STDBOOL_H
5436 @hdrindex{stdbool.h}
5438 If @file{stdbool.h} exists and conforms to C99, define
5439 @code{HAVE_STDBOOL_H} to 1; if the type @code{_Bool} is defined, define
5440 @code{HAVE__BOOL} to 1. To fulfill the C99 requirements, your
5441 @file{system.h} could contain the following code:
5444 #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
5445 # include <stdbool.h>
5451 # define _Bool signed char
5457 # define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
5461 Alternatively you can use the @samp{stdbool} package of Gnulib
5462 (@pxref{Gnulib}); it packages the above code into a replacement header
5463 and contains a few other bells and whistles.
5467 @anchor{AC_HEADER_STDC}
5468 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDC
5469 @acindex{HEADER_STDC}
5470 @cvindex STDC_HEADERS
5476 Define @code{STDC_HEADERS} if the system has C header files
5477 conforming to @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
5478 Specifically, this macro checks for @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdarg.h},
5479 @file{string.h}, and @file{float.h}; if the system has those, it
5480 probably has the rest of the C89 header files. This macro also
5481 checks whether @file{string.h} declares @code{memchr} (and thus
5482 presumably the other @code{mem} functions), whether @file{stdlib.h}
5483 declare @code{free} (and thus presumably @code{malloc} and other related
5484 functions), and whether the @file{ctype.h} macros work on characters
5485 with the high bit set, as the C standard requires.
5487 If you use this macro, your code can refer to @code{STDC_HEADERS} to
5488 determine whether the system has conforming header files (and probably C
5491 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have conforming header
5492 files. New programs need not use this macro.
5495 @hdrindex{strings.h}
5496 Nowadays @file{string.h} is part of the C standard and declares functions like
5497 @code{strcpy}, and @file{strings.h} is standardized by Posix and declares
5498 @acronym{BSD} functions like @code{bcopy}; but
5499 historically, string functions were a major sticking point in this area.
5500 If you still want to worry about portability to ancient systems without
5501 standard headers, there is so much variation
5502 that it is probably easier to declare the functions you use than to
5503 figure out exactly what the system header files declare. Some ancient systems
5504 contained a mix of functions from the C standard and from @acronym{BSD};
5505 some were mostly standard but lacked @samp{memmove}; some defined the
5506 @acronym{BSD} functions as macros in @file{string.h} or
5507 @file{strings.h}; some had only the @acronym{BSD} functions but
5508 @file{string.h}; some declared the memory functions in @file{memory.h},
5509 some in @file{string.h}; etc. It is probably sufficient to check for
5510 one string function and one memory function; if the library had the
5511 standard versions of those then it probably had most of the others.
5512 If you put the following in @file{configure.ac}:
5515 # This example is obsolescent.
5516 # Nowadays you can omit these macro calls.
5518 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strchr memcpy])
5522 then, in your code, you can use declarations like this:
5526 /* This example is obsolescent.
5527 Nowadays you can just #include <string.h>. */
5529 # include <string.h>
5531 # ifndef HAVE_STRCHR
5532 # define strchr index
5533 # define strrchr rindex
5535 char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
5536 # ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
5537 # define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5538 # define memmove(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5545 If you use a function like @code{memchr}, @code{memset}, @code{strtok},
5546 or @code{strspn}, which have no @acronym{BSD} equivalent, then macros don't
5547 suffice to port to ancient hosts; you must provide an implementation of
5548 each function. An easy
5549 way to incorporate your implementations only when needed (since the ones
5550 in system C libraries may be hand optimized) is to, taking @code{memchr}
5551 for example, put it in @file{memchr.c} and use
5552 @samp{AC_REPLACE_FUNCS([memchr])}.
5555 @defmac AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
5556 @acindex{HEADER_SYS_WAIT}
5557 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
5558 @hdrindex{sys/wait.h}
5559 If @file{sys/wait.h} exists and is compatible with Posix, define
5560 @code{HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H}. Incompatibility can occur if @file{sys/wait.h}
5561 does not exist, or if it uses the old @acronym{BSD} @code{union wait} instead
5562 of @code{int} to store a status value. If @file{sys/wait.h} is not
5563 Posix compatible, then instead of including it, define the
5564 Posix macros with their usual interpretations. Here is an
5569 #include <sys/types.h>
5570 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
5571 # include <sys/wait.h>
5574 # define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8)
5577 # define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
5583 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems are compatible with Posix.
5584 New programs need not use this macro.
5587 @cvindex _POSIX_VERSION
5589 @code{_POSIX_VERSION} is defined when @file{unistd.h} is included on
5590 Posix systems. If there is no @file{unistd.h}, it is definitely
5591 not a Posix system. However, some non-Posix systems do
5592 have @file{unistd.h}.
5594 The way to check whether the system supports Posix is:
5598 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
5599 # include <sys/types.h>
5600 # include <unistd.h>
5603 #ifdef _POSIX_VERSION
5604 /* Code for Posix systems. */
5609 @anchor{AC_HEADER_TIME}
5610 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIME
5611 @acindex{HEADER_TIME}
5612 @cvindex TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5614 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
5615 If a program may include both @file{time.h} and @file{sys/time.h},
5616 define @code{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}. On some ancient systems,
5617 @file{sys/time.h} included @file{time.h}, but @file{time.h} was not
5618 protected against multiple inclusion, so programs could not explicitly
5619 include both files. This macro is useful in programs that use, for
5620 example, @code{struct timeval} as well as
5621 @code{struct tm}. It is best used in conjunction with
5622 @code{HAVE_SYS_TIME_H}, which can be checked for using
5623 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/time.h])}.
5627 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5628 # include <sys/time.h>
5631 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
5632 # include <sys/time.h>
5641 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems can include both files
5642 when they exist. New programs need not use this macro.
5646 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ
5647 @acindex{HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ}
5648 @cvindex GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5649 @hdrindex{sys/ioctl.h}
5650 @hdrindex{termios.h}
5651 @c FIXME: I need clarifications from Jim.
5652 If the use of @code{TIOCGWINSZ} requires @file{<sys/ioctl.h>}, then
5653 define @code{GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL}. Otherwise @code{TIOCGWINSZ} can be
5654 found in @file{<termios.h>}.
5660 #ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
5661 # include <termios.h>
5664 #ifdef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5665 # include <sys/ioctl.h>
5671 @node Generic Headers
5672 @subsection Generic Header Checks
5674 These macros are used to find system header files not covered by the
5675 ``particular'' test macros. If you need to check the contents of a header
5676 as well as find out whether it is present, you have to write your own
5677 test for it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
5679 @anchor{AC_CHECK_HEADER}
5680 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADER (@var{header-file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5681 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5682 @acindex{CHECK_HEADER}
5683 If the system header file @var{header-file} is compilable, execute shell
5684 commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute
5685 @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just want to define a symbol if the
5686 header file is available, consider using @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
5689 For compatibility issues with older versions of Autoconf, please read
5693 @anchor{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
5694 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS (@var{header-file}@dots{}, @
5695 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @
5696 @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5697 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS}
5698 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5699 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5700 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5701 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals). If @var{action-if-found}
5702 is given, it is additional shell code to execute when one of the header
5703 files is found. You can give it a value of @samp{break} to break out of
5704 the loop on the first match. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it
5705 is executed when one of the header files is not found.
5707 For compatibility issues with older versions of Autoconf, please read
5711 Previous versions of Autoconf merely checked whether the header was
5712 accepted by the preprocessor. This was changed because the old test was
5713 inappropriate for typical uses. Headers are typically used to compile,
5714 not merely to preprocess, and the old behavior sometimes accepted
5715 headers that clashed at compile-time. If you need to check whether a
5716 header is preprocessable, you can use @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}
5717 (@pxref{Running the Preprocessor}).
5719 This scheme, which improves the robustness of the test, also requires
5720 that you make sure that headers that must be included before the
5721 @var{header-file} be part of the @var{includes}, (@pxref{Default
5722 Includes}). If looking for @file{bar.h}, which requires that
5723 @file{foo.h} be included before if it exists, we suggest the following
5727 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h])
5728 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([bar.h], [], [],
5735 The following variant generates smaller, faster @command{configure}
5736 files if you do not need the full power of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}.
5738 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE (@var{header-file}@dots{})
5739 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE}
5740 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5741 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5742 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5743 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals).
5744 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}. It generates the
5745 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
5746 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
5747 early during the @command{configure} run.
5751 @section Declarations
5752 @cindex Declaration, checking
5754 The following macros check for the declaration of variables and
5755 functions. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
5756 symbol you need, then you can use the general macros (@pxref{Generic
5757 Declarations}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
5758 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
5761 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
5762 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
5765 @node Particular Declarations
5766 @subsection Particular Declaration Checks
5768 There are no specific macros for declarations.
5770 @node Generic Declarations
5771 @subsection Generic Declaration Checks
5773 These macros are used to find declarations not covered by the ``particular''
5776 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECL (@var{symbol}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5777 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5778 @acindex{CHECK_DECL}
5779 If @var{symbol} (a function, variable, or constant) is not declared in
5780 @var{includes} and a declaration is needed, run the shell commands
5781 @var{action-if-not-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-found}. If no
5782 @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
5783 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
5785 This macro actually tests whether @var{symbol} is defined as a macro or
5786 can be used as an r-value, not whether it is really declared, because it
5787 is much safer to avoid
5788 introducing extra declarations when they are not needed.
5791 @anchor{AC_CHECK_DECLS}
5792 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS (@var{symbols}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5793 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5794 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS}
5795 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
5796 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
5797 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
5798 @var{symbol} is declared, otherwise to @samp{0}. If
5799 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
5800 execute when one of the function declarations is needed, otherwise
5801 @var{action-if-found} is executed.
5803 This macro uses an M4 list as first argument:
5805 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strdup])
5806 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strlen])
5807 AC_CHECK_DECLS([malloc, realloc, calloc, free])
5810 Unlike the other @samp{AC_CHECK_*S} macros, when a @var{symbol} is not
5811 declared, @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} is defined to @samp{0} instead
5812 of leaving @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} undeclared. When you are
5813 @emph{sure} that the check was performed, use
5814 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} in @code{#if}:
5817 #if !HAVE_DECL_SYMBOL
5818 extern char *symbol;
5823 If the test may have not been performed, however, because it is safer
5824 @emph{not} to declare a symbol than to use a declaration that conflicts
5825 with the system's one, you should use:
5828 #if defined HAVE_DECL_MALLOC && !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
5829 void *malloc (size_t *s);
5834 You fall into the second category only in extreme situations: either
5835 your files may be used without being configured, or they are used during
5836 the configuration. In most cases the traditional approach is enough.
5839 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE (@var{symbols})
5840 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS_ONCE}
5841 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
5842 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
5843 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
5844 @var{symbol} is declared in the default include files, otherwise to
5845 @samp{0}. This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS}. It
5846 generates the checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is
5847 smaller and faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are
5848 always done once, early during the @command{configure} run.
5854 @cindex Structure, checking
5856 The following macros check for the presence of certain members in C
5857 structures. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
5858 member you need, then you can use the general structure-member macros
5859 (@pxref{Generic Structures}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
5860 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
5863 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
5864 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
5867 @node Particular Structures
5868 @subsection Particular Structure Checks
5870 The following macros check for certain structures or structure members.
5872 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
5873 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}
5874 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
5875 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
5876 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_ino}
5877 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}.
5879 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} indicates only the presence of
5880 @code{d_ino}, not whether its contents are always reliable.
5881 Traditionally, a zero @code{d_ino} indicated a deleted directory entry,
5882 though current systems hide this detail from the user and never return
5883 zero @code{d_ino} values.
5884 Many current systems report an incorrect @code{d_ino} for a directory
5885 entry that is a mount point.
5888 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
5889 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}
5890 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
5891 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
5892 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_type}
5893 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}.
5896 @anchor{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
5897 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS
5898 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
5899 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
5900 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
5902 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blocks} member, define
5903 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS}. Otherwise, require an
5904 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{fileblocks}. The former name,
5905 @code{HAVE_ST_BLOCKS} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in the
5909 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TM
5911 @cvindex TM_IN_SYS_TIME
5913 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
5914 If @file{time.h} does not define @code{struct tm}, define
5915 @code{TM_IN_SYS_TIME}, which means that including @file{sys/time.h}
5916 had better define @code{struct tm}.
5918 This macro is obsolescent, as @file{time.h} defines @code{struct tm} in
5919 current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
5922 @anchor{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
5923 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
5924 @acindex{STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
5925 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
5926 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
5927 @cvindex HAVE_TM_ZONE
5928 @cvindex HAVE_TZNAME
5929 Figure out how to get the current timezone. If @code{struct tm} has a
5930 @code{tm_zone} member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE} (and the
5931 obsoleted @code{HAVE_TM_ZONE}). Otherwise, if the external array
5932 @code{tzname} is found, define @code{HAVE_TZNAME}; if it is declared,
5933 define @code{HAVE_DECL_TZNAME}.
5936 @node Generic Structures
5937 @subsection Generic Structure Checks
5939 These macros are used to find structure members not covered by the
5940 ``particular'' test macros.
5942 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBER (@var{aggregate}.@var{member}, @
5943 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @
5944 @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5945 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBER}
5946 Check whether @var{member} is a member of the aggregate @var{aggregate}.
5947 If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
5948 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
5951 AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct passwd.pw_gecos], [],
5952 [AC_MSG_ERROR([We need `passwd.pw_gecos'!])],
5956 You can use this macro for submembers:
5959 AC_CHECK_MEMBER(struct top.middle.bot)
5963 @anchor{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}
5964 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBERS (@var{members}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5965 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
5966 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBERS}
5967 @cvindex HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}
5968 Check for the existence of each @samp{@var{aggregate}.@var{member}} of
5969 @var{members} using the previous macro. When @var{member} belongs to
5970 @var{aggregate}, define @code{HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}} (in all
5971 capitals, with spaces and dots replaced by underscores). If
5972 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is executed for each of the found
5973 members. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed for each
5974 of the members that could not be found.
5976 This macro uses M4 lists:
5978 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev, struct stat.st_blksize])
5988 The following macros check for C types, either builtin or typedefs. If
5989 there is no macro specifically defined to check for a type you need, and
5990 you don't need to check for any special properties of it, then you can
5991 use a general type-check macro.
5994 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
5995 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
5998 @node Particular Types
5999 @subsection Particular Type Checks
6001 @hdrindex{sys/types.h}
6004 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
6005 These macros check for particular C types in @file{sys/types.h},
6006 @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdint.h}, @file{inttypes.h} and others, if they
6009 The Gnulib @code{stdint} module is an alternate way to define many of
6010 these symbols; it is useful if you prefer your code to assume a
6011 C99-or-better environment. @xref{Gnulib}.
6013 @anchor{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}
6014 @defmac AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
6015 @acindex{TYPE_GETGROUPS}
6016 @cvindex GETGROUPS_T
6017 Define @code{GETGROUPS_T} to be whichever of @code{gid_t} or @code{int}
6018 is the base type of the array argument to @code{getgroups}.
6021 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT8_T
6022 @acindex{TYPE_INT8_T}
6023 @cvindex HAVE_INT8_T
6025 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
6026 @code{int8_t}, define @code{int8_t} to a signed
6027 integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide and that uses two's complement
6028 representation, if such a type exists.
6029 If you are worried about porting to hosts that lack such a type, you can
6030 use the results of this macro in C89-or-later code as follows:
6034 # include <stdint.h>
6036 #if defined INT8_MAX || defined int8_t
6037 @emph{code using int8_t}
6039 @emph{complicated alternative using >8-bit 'signed char'}
6044 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT16_T
6045 @acindex{TYPE_INT16_T}
6046 @cvindex HAVE_INT16_T
6048 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
6051 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT32_T
6052 @acindex{TYPE_INT32_T}
6053 @cvindex HAVE_INT32_T
6055 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
6058 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT64_T
6059 @acindex{TYPE_INT64_T}
6060 @cvindex HAVE_INT64_T
6062 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
6065 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T
6066 @acindex{TYPE_INTMAX_T}
6067 @cvindex HAVE_INTMAX_T
6069 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intmax_t},
6070 define @code{HAVE_INTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intmax_t} to the
6071 widest signed integer type.
6074 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTPTR_T
6075 @acindex{TYPE_INTPTR_T}
6076 @cvindex HAVE_INTPTR_T
6078 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intptr_t},
6079 define @code{HAVE_INTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intptr_t} to a
6080 signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
6084 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE
6085 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE}
6086 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
6087 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type, define
6088 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}. The @code{long double} type might have the
6089 same range and precision as @code{double}.
6091 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{long
6092 double}. New programs need not use this macro.
6095 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
6096 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}
6097 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
6098 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
6099 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
6100 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}.
6103 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT
6104 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT}
6105 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
6106 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long long int} type, define
6107 @code{HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT}.
6110 @defmac AC_TYPE_MBSTATE_T
6111 @acindex{TYPE_MBSTATE_T}
6114 Define @code{HAVE_MBSTATE_T} if @code{<wchar.h>} declares the
6115 @code{mbstate_t} type. Also, define @code{mbstate_t} to be a type if
6116 @code{<wchar.h>} does not declare it.
6119 @anchor{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}
6120 @defmac AC_TYPE_MODE_T
6121 @acindex{TYPE_MODE_T}
6123 Define @code{mode_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6127 @anchor{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}
6128 @defmac AC_TYPE_OFF_T
6129 @acindex{TYPE_OFF_T}
6131 Define @code{off_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6135 @anchor{AC_TYPE_PID_T}
6136 @defmac AC_TYPE_PID_T
6137 @acindex{TYPE_PID_T}
6139 Define @code{pid_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6143 @anchor{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}
6144 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
6145 @acindex{TYPE_SIGNAL}
6148 If @file{signal.h} declares @code{signal} as returning a pointer to a
6149 function returning @code{void}, define @code{RETSIGTYPE} to be
6150 @code{void}; otherwise, define it to be @code{int}.
6152 Define signal handlers as returning type @code{RETSIGTYPE}:
6165 @anchor{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}
6166 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
6167 @acindex{TYPE_SIZE_T}
6169 Define @code{size_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6173 @defmac AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T
6174 @acindex{TYPE_SSIZE_T}
6176 Define @code{ssize_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6180 @anchor{AC_TYPE_UID_T}
6181 @defmac AC_TYPE_UID_T
6182 @acindex{TYPE_UID_T}
6185 Define @code{uid_t} and @code{gid_t} to suitable types, if standard
6186 headers do not define them.
6189 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT8_T
6190 @acindex{TYPE_UINT8_T}
6191 @cvindex HAVE_UINT8_T
6193 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
6194 @code{uint8_t}, define @code{uint8_t} to an
6195 unsigned integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide, if such a type
6197 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for unsigned integers.
6200 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT16_T
6201 @acindex{TYPE_UINT16_T}
6202 @cvindex HAVE_UINT16_T
6204 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
6207 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT32_T
6208 @acindex{TYPE_UINT32_T}
6209 @cvindex HAVE_UINT32_T
6211 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
6214 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT64_T
6215 @acindex{TYPE_UINT64_T}
6216 @cvindex HAVE_UINT64_T
6218 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
6221 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T
6222 @acindex{TYPE_UINTMAX_T}
6223 @cvindex HAVE_UINTMAX_T
6225 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintmax_t},
6226 define @code{HAVE_UINTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintmax_t} to the
6227 widest unsigned integer type.
6230 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTPTR_T
6231 @acindex{TYPE_UINTPTR_T}
6232 @cvindex HAVE_UINTPTR_T
6234 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintptr_t},
6235 define @code{HAVE_UINTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintptr_t} to an
6236 unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
6240 @defmac AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6241 @acindex{TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}
6242 @cvindex HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6243 If the C compiler supports a working @code{unsigned long long int} type,
6244 define @code{HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}.
6248 @subsection Generic Type Checks
6250 These macros are used to check for types not covered by the ``particular''
6253 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6254 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6255 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
6256 Check whether @var{type} is defined. It may be a compiler builtin type
6257 or defined by the @var{includes} (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6259 In C, @var{type} must be a type-name, so that the expression @samp{sizeof
6260 (@var{type})} is valid (but @samp{sizeof ((@var{type}))} is not). The
6261 same test is applied when compiling for C++, which means that in C++
6262 @var{type} should be a type-id and should not be an anonymous
6263 @samp{struct} or @samp{union}.
6267 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPES (@var{types}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6268 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6269 @acindex{CHECK_TYPES}
6270 @cvindex HAVE_@var{type}
6271 For each @var{type} of the @var{types} that is defined, define
6272 @code{HAVE_@var{type}} (in all capitals). Each @var{type} must follow
6273 the rules of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}. If no @var{includes} are
6274 specified, the default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}). If
6275 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to execute
6276 when one of the types is found. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given,
6277 it is executed when one of the types is not found.
6279 This macro uses M4 lists:
6281 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
6282 AC_CHECK_TYPES([unsigned long long int, uintmax_t])
6287 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide to another version of
6288 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, broken by design. In order to keep backward
6289 compatibility, a simple heuristic, quite safe but not totally, is
6290 implemented. In case of doubt, read the documentation of the former
6291 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, see @ref{Obsolete Macros}.
6294 @node Compilers and Preprocessors
6295 @section Compilers and Preprocessors
6297 @cindex Preprocessors
6300 All the tests for compilers (@code{AC_PROG_CC}, @code{AC_PROG_CXX},
6301 @code{AC_PROG_F77}) define the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on
6302 the output of the compiler, typically to the empty string if
6303 Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6306 They also define the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the
6307 output of the compiler, after @file{.c} files have been excluded, typically
6308 to @samp{o} if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6310 If the compiler being used does not produce executables, the tests fail. If
6311 the executables can't be run, and cross-compilation is not enabled, they
6312 fail too. @xref{Manual Configuration}, for more on support for cross
6316 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
6317 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
6318 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
6319 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
6320 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
6321 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
6322 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
6325 @node Specific Compiler Characteristics
6326 @subsection Specific Compiler Characteristics
6328 Some compilers exhibit different behaviors.
6331 @item Static/Dynamic Expressions
6332 Autoconf relies on a trick to extract one bit of information from the C
6333 compiler: using negative array sizes. For instance the following
6334 excerpt of a C source demonstrates how to test whether @samp{int} objects are 4
6338 static int test_array[sizeof (int) == 4 ? 1 : -1];
6342 To our knowledge, there is a single compiler that does not support this
6343 trick: the @acronym{HP} C compilers (the real ones, not only the
6344 ``bundled'') on @acronym{HP-UX} 11.00.
6345 They incorrectly reject the above program with the diagnostic
6346 ``Variable-length arrays cannot have static storage.''
6347 This bug comes from @acronym{HP} compilers' mishandling of @code{sizeof (int)},
6348 not from the @code{? 1 : -1}, and
6349 Autoconf works around this problem by casting @code{sizeof (int)} to
6350 @code{long int} before comparing it.
6353 @node Generic Compiler Characteristics
6354 @subsection Generic Compiler Characteristics
6356 @anchor{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}
6357 @defmac AC_CHECK_SIZEOF (@var{type-or-expr}, @ovar{unused}, @
6358 @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6359 @acindex{CHECK_SIZEOF}
6360 @cvindex SIZEOF_@var{type-or-expr}
6361 Define @code{SIZEOF_@var{type-or-expr}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be
6362 the size in bytes of @var{type-or-expr}, which may be either a type or
6363 an expression returning a value that has a size. If the expression
6364 @samp{sizeof (@var{type-or-expr})} is invalid, the result is 0. If no
6365 @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6366 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6368 This macro now works even when cross-compiling. The @var{unused}
6369 argument was used when cross-compiling.
6371 For example, the call
6374 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int *])
6378 defines @code{SIZEOF_INT_P} to be 8 on DEC Alpha AXP systems.
6381 @defmac AC_CHECK_ALIGNOF (@var{type}, @dvar{includes, default-includes})
6382 @acindex{CHECK_ALIGNOF}
6383 @cvindex ALIGNOF_@var{type}
6384 Define @code{ALIGNOF_@var{type}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be the
6385 alignment in bytes of @var{type}. @samp{@var{type} y;} must be valid as
6386 a structure member declaration. If @samp{type} is unknown, the result
6387 is 0. If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6388 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6391 @defmac AC_COMPUTE_INT (@var{var}, @var{expression}, @
6392 @dvar{includes, default-includes}, @ovar{action-if-fails})
6393 @acindex{COMPUTE_INT}
6394 Store into the shell variable @var{var} the value of the integer
6395 @var{expression}. The
6396 value should fit in an initializer in a C variable of type @code{signed
6397 long}. To support cross compilation (in which case, the macro only works on
6398 hosts that use twos-complement arithmetic), it should be possible to evaluate
6399 the expression at compile-time. If no @var{includes} are specified, the
6400 default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6402 Execute @var{action-if-fails} if the value cannot be determined correctly.
6405 @defmac AC_LANG_WERROR
6406 @acindex{LANG_WERROR}
6407 Normally Autoconf ignores warnings generated by the compiler, linker, and
6408 preprocessor. If this macro is used, warnings count as fatal
6409 errors for the current language. This macro is useful when the
6410 results of configuration are used where warnings are unacceptable; for
6411 instance, if parts of a program are built with the @acronym{GCC}
6413 option. If the whole program is built using @option{-Werror} it is
6414 often simpler to put @option{-Werror} in the compiler flags (@code{CFLAGS},
6421 @ovindex OPENMP_CFLAGS
6422 @ovindex OPENMP_CXXFLAGS
6423 @ovindex OPENMP_FFLAGS
6424 @ovindex OPENMP_FCFLAGS
6425 OpenMP (@url{http://www.openmp.org/}) specifies extensions of C, C++,
6426 and Fortran that simplify optimization of shared memory parallelism,
6427 which is a common problem on multicore CPUs.
6429 If the current language is C, the macro @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the
6430 variable @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} to the C compiler flags needed for
6431 supporting OpenMP@. @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} is set to empty if the
6432 compiler already supports OpenMP, if it has no way to activate OpenMP
6433 support, or if the user rejects OpenMP support by invoking
6434 @samp{configure} with the @samp{--disable-openmp} option.
6436 @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} needs to be used when compiling programs, when
6437 preprocessing program source, and when linking programs. Therefore you
6438 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to the @code{CFLAGS} of C programs
6439 that use OpenMP@. If you preprocess OpenMP-specific C code, you also
6440 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to @code{CPPFLAGS}. The presence of
6441 OpenMP support is revealed at compile time by the preprocessor macro
6444 Linking a program with @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} typically adds one more
6445 shared library to the program's dependencies, so its use is recommended
6446 only on programs that actually require OpenMP.
6448 If the current language is C++, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the variable
6449 @code{OPENMP_CXXFLAGS}, suitably for the C++ compiler. The same remarks
6452 If the current language is Fortran 77 or Fortran, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets
6453 the variable @code{OPENMP_FFLAGS} or @code{OPENMP_FCFLAGS},
6454 respectively. Similar remarks as for C hold, except that
6455 @code{CPPFLAGS} is not used for Fortran, and no preprocessor macro
6456 signals OpenMP support.
6460 @subsection C Compiler Characteristics
6462 The following macros provide ways to find and exercise a C Compiler.
6463 There are a few constructs that ought to be avoided, but do not deserve
6464 being checked for, since they can easily be worked around.
6467 @item Don't use lines containing solitary backslashes
6468 They tickle a bug in the @acronym{HP-UX} C compiler (checked on
6469 @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20,
6470 11.00, and 11i). When given the following source:
6475 * A comment with backslash-newlines in it. %@{ %@} *\
6479 " A string with backslash-newlines in it %@{ %@} \\
6481 char apostrophe = '\\
6489 the compiler incorrectly fails with the diagnostics ``Non-terminating
6490 comment at end of file'' and ``Missing @samp{#endif} at end of file.''
6491 Removing the lines with solitary backslashes solves the problem.
6493 @item Don't compile several files at once if output matters to you
6494 Some compilers, such as @acronym{HP}'s, report names of files being
6495 compiled when given more than one file operand. For instance:
6504 This can cause problems if you observe the output of the compiler to
6505 detect failures. Invoking @samp{cc -c a.c && cc -c b.c && cc -o c a.o
6506 b.o} solves the issue.
6508 @item Don't rely on @code{#error} failing
6509 The @sc{irix} C compiler does not fail when #error is preprocessed; it
6510 simply emits a diagnostic and continues, exiting successfully. So,
6511 instead of an error directive like @code{#error "Unsupported word size"}
6512 it is more portable to use an invalid directive like @code{#Unsupported
6513 word size} in Autoconf tests. In ordinary source code, @code{#error} is
6514 OK, since installers with inadequate compilers like @sc{irix} can simply
6515 examine these compilers' diagnostic output.
6517 @item Don't rely on correct @code{#line} support
6518 On Solaris, @command{c89} (at least Sun C 5.3 through 5.8)
6519 diagnoses @code{#line} directives whose line
6520 numbers are greater than 32767. Nothing in Posix
6521 makes this invalid. That is why Autoconf stopped issuing
6522 @code{#line} directives.
6525 @defmac AC_PROG_CC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6529 Determine a C compiler to use. If @code{CC} is not already set in the
6530 environment, check for @code{gcc} and @code{cc}, then for other C
6531 compilers. Set output variable @code{CC} to the name of the compiler
6534 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6535 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C compilers to
6536 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6537 alternative search list for the C compiler. For example, if you didn't
6538 like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CC} like
6542 AC_PROG_CC([gcc cl cc])
6545 If the C compiler does not handle function prototypes correctly by
6546 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6547 so. This macro tries various options that select standard-conformance
6548 modes on various systems.
6550 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6551 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90); if not, the shell
6553 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}. See also
6554 @code{AC_C_PROTOTYPES} below.
6556 If using the @acronym{GNU} C compiler, set shell variable @code{GCC} to
6557 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CFLAGS} was not already set, set
6558 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C compiler (@option{-O2} on systems
6559 where @acronym{GCC} does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for
6563 @anchor{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}
6564 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C_O
6565 @acindex{PROG_CC_C_O}
6566 @cvindex NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6567 If the C compiler does not accept the @option{-c} and @option{-o} options
6568 simultaneously, define @code{NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}. This macro actually
6569 tests both the compiler found by @code{AC_PROG_CC}, and, if different,
6570 the first @code{cc} in the path. The test fails if one fails. This
6571 macro was created for @acronym{GNU} Make to choose the default C compilation
6579 Set output variable @code{CPP} to a command that runs the
6580 C preprocessor. If @samp{$CC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6581 It is only portable to run @code{CPP} on files with a @file{.c}
6584 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
6585 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
6586 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
6587 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported.
6588 For most preprocessors, though, warnings do not cause include-file
6589 tests to fail unless @code{AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR} is also specified.
6592 @defmac AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR
6593 @acindex{PROG_CPP_WERROR}
6595 This acts like @code{AC_PROG_CPP}, except it treats warnings from the
6596 preprocessor as errors even if the preprocessor exit status indicates
6597 success. This is useful for avoiding headers that generate mandatory
6598 warnings, such as deprecation notices.
6602 The following macros check for C compiler or machine architecture
6603 features. To check for characteristics not listed here, use
6604 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
6605 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}).
6607 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
6608 @acindex{PROG_CC_STDC}
6609 If the C compiler cannot compile @acronym{ISO} Standard C (currently
6610 C99), try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it work.
6611 If the compiler does not support C99, fall back to supporting
6612 @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
6614 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6615 set to accept Standard C; if not, the shell variable
6616 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.
6619 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C89
6620 @acindex{PROG_CC_C89}
6621 If the C compiler is not in @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90) mode by
6622 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6623 so. This macro tries various options that select @acronym{ANSI} C89 on
6624 some system or another. It considers the compiler to be in
6625 @acronym{ANSI} C89 mode if it handles function prototypes correctly.
6627 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6628 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89; if not, the shell variable
6629 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}.
6631 This macro is called automatically by @code{AC_PROG_CC}.
6634 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C99
6635 @acindex{PROG_CC_C99}
6636 If the C compiler is not in C99 mode by default, try to add an
6637 option to output variable @code{CC} to make it so. This macro tries
6638 various options that select C99 on some system or another. It
6639 considers the compiler to be in C99 mode if it handles @code{_Bool},
6640 @code{//} comments, flexible array members, @code{inline}, signed and
6641 unsigned @code{long long int}, mixed code and declarations, named
6642 initialization of structs,
6643 @code{restrict}, @code{va_copy}, varargs macros, variable declarations
6644 in @code{for} loops, and variable length arrays.
6646 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6647 set to accept C99; if not, the shell variable
6648 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c99} is set to @samp{no}.
6651 @defmac AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
6652 @acindex{C_BACKSLASH_A}
6653 @cvindex HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
6654 Define @samp{HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A} to 1 if the C compiler understands
6657 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers understand @samp{\a}.
6658 New programs need not use this macro.
6661 @anchor{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}
6662 @defmac AC_C_BIGENDIAN (@ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false}, @
6663 @ovar{action-if-unknown}, @ovar{action-if-universal})
6664 @acindex{C_BIGENDIAN}
6665 @cvindex WORDS_BIGENDIAN
6667 If words are stored with the most significant byte first (like Motorola
6668 and SPARC CPUs), execute @var{action-if-true}. If words are stored with
6669 the least significant byte first (like Intel and VAX CPUs), execute
6670 @var{action-if-false}.
6672 This macro runs a test-case if endianness cannot be determined from the
6673 system header files. When cross-compiling, the test-case is not run but
6674 grep'ed for some magic values. @var{action-if-unknown} is executed if
6675 the latter case fails to determine the byte sex of the host system.
6677 In some cases a single run of a compiler can generate code for multiple
6678 architectures. This can happen, for example, when generating Mac OS X
6679 universal binary files, which work on both PowerPC and Intel
6680 architectures. In this case, the different variants might be for
6681 different architectures whose endiannesses differ. If
6682 @command{configure} detects this, it executes @var{action-if-universal}
6683 instead of @var{action-if-unknown}.
6685 The default for @var{action-if-true} is to define
6686 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}. The default for @var{action-if-false} is to do
6687 nothing. The default for @var{action-if-unknown} is to
6688 abort configure and tell the installer how to bypass this test.
6689 And finally, the default for @var{action-if-universal} is to define
6690 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} or not, depending on the architecture that the
6691 code is being generated for.
6693 If you use this macro without specifying @var{action-if-universal}, you
6694 should also use @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; otherwise
6695 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} may be set incorrectly for Mac OS X universal
6703 If the C compiler does not fully support the @code{const} keyword,
6704 define @code{const} to be empty. Some C compilers that do
6705 not define @code{__STDC__} do support @code{const}; some compilers that
6706 define @code{__STDC__} do not completely support @code{const}. Programs
6707 can simply use @code{const} as if every C compiler supported it; for
6708 those that don't, the makefile or configuration header file
6709 defines it as empty.
6711 Occasionally installers use a C++ compiler to compile C code, typically
6712 because they lack a C compiler. This causes problems with @code{const},
6713 because C and C++ treat @code{const} differently. For example:
6720 is valid in C but not in C++. These differences unfortunately cannot be
6721 papered over by defining @code{const} to be empty.
6723 If @command{autoconf} detects this situation, it leaves @code{const} alone,
6724 as this generally yields better results in practice. However, using a
6725 C++ compiler to compile C code is not recommended or supported, and
6726 installers who run into trouble in this area should get a C compiler
6727 like @acronym{GCC} to compile their C code.
6729 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{const}.
6730 New programs need not use this macro.
6733 @defmac AC_C_RESTRICT
6734 @acindex{C_RESTRICT}
6736 If the C compiler recognizes a variant spelling for the @code{restrict}
6737 keyword (@code{__restrict}, @code{__restrict__}, or @code{_Restrict}),
6738 then define @code{restrict} to that; this is more likely to do the right
6739 thing with compilers that support language variants where plain
6740 @code{restrict} is not a keyword. Otherwise, if the C compiler
6741 recognizes the @code{restrict} keyword, don't do anything.
6742 Otherwise, define @code{restrict} to be empty.
6743 Thus, programs may simply use @code{restrict} as if every C compiler
6744 supported it; for those that do not, the makefile
6745 or configuration header defines it away.
6747 Although support in C++ for the @code{restrict} keyword is not
6748 required, several C++ compilers do accept the keyword.
6749 This macro works for them, too.
6752 @defmac AC_C_VOLATILE
6753 @acindex{C_VOLATILE}
6755 If the C compiler does not understand the keyword @code{volatile},
6756 define @code{volatile} to be empty. Programs can simply use
6757 @code{volatile} as if every C compiler supported it; for those that do
6758 not, the makefile or configuration header defines it as
6761 If the correctness of your program depends on the semantics of
6762 @code{volatile}, simply defining it to be empty does, in a sense, break
6763 your code. However, given that the compiler does not support
6764 @code{volatile}, you are at its mercy anyway. At least your
6765 program compiles, when it wouldn't before.
6766 @xref{Volatile Objects}, for more about @code{volatile}.
6768 In general, the @code{volatile} keyword is a standard C feature, so
6769 you might expect that @code{volatile} is available only when
6770 @code{__STDC__} is defined. However, Ultrix 4.3's native compiler does
6771 support volatile, but does not define @code{__STDC__}.
6773 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{volatile}.
6774 New programs need not use this macro.
6777 @anchor{AC_C_INLINE}
6781 If the C compiler supports the keyword @code{inline}, do nothing.
6782 Otherwise define @code{inline} to @code{__inline__} or @code{__inline}
6783 if it accepts one of those, otherwise define @code{inline} to be empty.
6786 @anchor{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
6787 @defmac AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
6788 @acindex{C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
6789 @cvindex __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
6790 If the C type @code{char} is unsigned, define @code{__CHAR_UNSIGNED__},
6791 unless the C compiler predefines it.
6794 @defmac AC_C_STRINGIZE
6795 @acindex{C_STRINGIZE}
6796 @cvindex HAVE_STRINGIZE
6797 If the C preprocessor supports the stringizing operator, define
6798 @code{HAVE_STRINGIZE}. The stringizing operator is @samp{#} and is
6799 found in macros such as this:
6805 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support the
6806 stringizing operator. New programs need not use this macro.
6809 @defmac AC_C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
6810 @acindex{C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER}
6811 @cvindex FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
6812 If the C compiler supports flexible array members, define
6813 @code{FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER} to nothing; otherwise define it to 1.
6814 That way, a declaration like this:
6820 double val[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
6825 will let applications use the ``struct hack'' even with compilers that
6826 do not support flexible array members. To allocate and use such an
6827 object, you can use code like this:
6831 size_t n = compute_value_count ();
6833 malloc (offsetof (struct s, val)
6834 + n * sizeof (double));
6836 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
6837 p->val[i] = compute_value (i);
6841 @defmac AC_C_VARARRAYS
6842 @acindex{C_VARARRAYS}
6843 @cvindex HAVE_C_VARARRAYS
6844 If the C compiler supports variable-length arrays, define
6845 @code{HAVE_C_VARARRAYS}. A variable-length array is an array of automatic
6846 storage duration whose length is determined at run time, when the array
6852 @cvindex HAVE_TYPEOF
6854 If the C compiler supports @acronym{GCC}'s @code{typeof} syntax either
6856 through a different spelling of the keyword (e.g., @code{__typeof__}),
6857 define @code{HAVE_TYPEOF}. If the support is available only through a
6858 different spelling, define @code{typeof} to that spelling.
6861 @defmac AC_C_PROTOTYPES
6862 @acindex{C_PROTOTYPES}
6864 @cvindex __PROTOTYPES
6866 If function prototypes are understood by the compiler (as determined by
6867 @code{AC_PROG_CC}), define @code{PROTOTYPES} and @code{__PROTOTYPES}.
6868 Defining @code{__PROTOTYPES} is for the benefit of
6869 header files that cannot use macros that infringe on user name space.
6871 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support prototypes.
6872 New programs need not use this macro.
6875 @anchor{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
6876 @defmac AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
6877 @acindex{PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
6879 Add @option{-traditional} to output variable @code{CC} if using the
6880 @acronym{GNU} C compiler and @code{ioctl} does not work properly without
6881 @option{-traditional}. That usually happens when the fixed header files
6882 have not been installed on an old system.
6884 This macro is obsolescent, since current versions of the @acronym{GNU} C
6885 compiler fix the header files automatically when installed.
6890 @subsection C++ Compiler Characteristics
6893 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6897 Determine a C++ compiler to use. Check whether the environment variable
6898 @code{CXX} or @code{CCC} (in that order) is set; if so, then set output
6899 variable @code{CXX} to its value.
6901 Otherwise, if the macro is invoked without an argument, then search for
6902 a C++ compiler under the likely names (first @code{g++} and @code{c++}
6903 then other names). If none of those checks succeed, then as a last
6904 resort set @code{CXX} to @code{g++}.
6906 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6907 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C++ compilers to
6908 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6909 alternative search list for the C++ compiler. For example, if you
6910 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CXX}
6914 AC_PROG_CXX([gcc cl KCC CC cxx cc++ xlC aCC c++ g++])
6917 If using the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler, set shell variable @code{GXX} to
6918 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CXXFLAGS} was not already set, set
6919 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler (@option{-O2} on
6920 systems where G++ does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other
6924 @defmac AC_PROG_CXXCPP
6925 @acindex{PROG_CXXCPP}
6927 Set output variable @code{CXXCPP} to a command that runs the C++
6928 preprocessor. If @samp{$CXX -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6929 It is portable to run @code{CXXCPP} only on files with a @file{.c},
6930 @file{.C}, @file{.cc}, or @file{.cpp} extension.
6932 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
6933 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
6934 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
6935 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported. However,
6936 it is not known whether such broken preprocessors exist for C++.
6939 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX_C_O
6940 @acindex{PROG_CXX_C_O}
6941 @cvindex CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6942 Test whether the C++ compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
6943 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O},
6948 @node Objective C Compiler
6949 @subsection Objective C Compiler Characteristics
6952 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6956 Determine an Objective C compiler to use. If @code{OBJC} is not already
6957 set in the environment, check for Objective C compilers. Set output
6958 variable @code{OBJC} to the name of the compiler found.
6960 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6961 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Objective C compilers to
6962 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6963 alternative search list for the Objective C compiler. For example, if you
6964 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_OBJC}
6968 AC_PROG_OBJC([gcc objcc objc])
6971 If using the @acronym{GNU} Objective C compiler, set shell variable
6972 @code{GOBJC} to @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{OBJCFLAGS} was not
6973 already set, set it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} Objective C
6974 compiler (@option{-O2} on systems where @command{gcc} does not accept
6975 @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other compilers.
6978 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJCPP
6979 @acindex{PROG_OBJCPP}
6981 Set output variable @code{OBJCPP} to a command that runs the Objective C
6982 preprocessor. If @samp{$OBJC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6986 @node Erlang Compiler and Interpreter
6987 @subsection Erlang Compiler and Interpreter Characteristics
6990 Autoconf defines the following macros for determining paths to the essential
6991 Erlang/OTP programs:
6993 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
6994 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERLC}
6997 Determine an Erlang compiler to use. If @code{ERLC} is not already set in the
6998 environment, check for @command{erlc}. Set output variable @code{ERLC} to the
6999 complete path of the compiler command found. In addition, if @code{ERLCFLAGS}
7000 is not set in the environment, set it to an empty value.
7002 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
7003 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erlc} program. For
7004 example, to look for @command{erlc} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
7008 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
7012 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERLC (@dvar{path, $PATH})
7013 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERLC}
7014 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC} macro, that prints an
7015 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erlc}
7016 program is not found.
7019 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
7020 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERL}
7022 Determine an Erlang interpreter to use. If @code{ERL} is not already
7024 environment, check for @command{erl}. Set output variable @code{ERL} to the
7025 complete path of the interpreter command found.
7027 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
7028 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erl} program. For
7029 example, to look for @command{erl} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
7033 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
7037 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERL (@dvar{path, $PATH})
7038 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERL}
7039 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL} macro, that prints an
7040 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erl}
7041 program is not found.
7045 @node Fortran Compiler
7046 @subsection Fortran Compiler Characteristics
7050 The Autoconf Fortran support is divided into two categories: legacy
7051 Fortran 77 macros (@code{F77}), and modern Fortran macros (@code{FC}).
7052 The former are intended for traditional Fortran 77 code, and have output
7053 variables like @code{F77}, @code{FFLAGS}, and @code{FLIBS}. The latter
7054 are for newer programs that can (or must) compile under the newer
7055 Fortran standards, and have output variables like @code{FC},
7056 @code{FCFLAGS}, and @code{FCLIBS}.
7058 Except for two new macros @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} and
7059 @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} (see below), the @code{FC} and @code{F77} macros
7060 behave almost identically, and so they are documented together in this
7064 @defmac AC_PROG_F77 (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
7068 Determine a Fortran 77 compiler to use. If @code{F77} is not already
7069 set in the environment, then check for @code{g77} and @code{f77}, and
7070 then some other names. Set the output variable @code{F77} to the name
7071 of the compiler found.
7073 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
7074 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran 77
7075 compilers to search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to
7076 specify an alternative search list for the Fortran 77 compiler. For
7077 example, if you didn't like the default order, then you could invoke
7078 @code{AC_PROG_F77} like this:
7081 AC_PROG_F77([fl32 f77 fort77 xlf g77 f90 xlf90])
7084 If using @code{g77} (the @acronym{GNU} Fortran 77 compiler), then
7085 set the shell variable @code{G77} to @samp{yes}.
7086 If the output variable @code{FFLAGS} was not already set in the
7087 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @code{g77} (or @option{-O2}
7088 where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise, set
7089 @code{FFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran 77 compilers.
7092 @defmac AC_PROG_FC (@ovar{compiler-search-list}, @ovar{dialect})
7096 Determine a Fortran compiler to use. If @code{FC} is not already set in
7097 the environment, then @code{dialect} is a hint to indicate what Fortran
7098 dialect to search for; the default is to search for the newest available
7099 dialect. Set the output variable @code{FC} to the name of the compiler
7102 By default, newer dialects are preferred over older dialects, but if
7103 @code{dialect} is specified then older dialects are preferred starting
7104 with the specified dialect. @code{dialect} can currently be one of
7105 Fortran 77, Fortran 90, or Fortran 95. However, this is only a hint of
7106 which compiler @emph{name} to prefer (e.g., @code{f90} or @code{f95}),
7107 and no attempt is made to guarantee that a particular language standard
7108 is actually supported. Thus, it is preferable that you avoid the
7109 @code{dialect} option, and use AC_PROG_FC only for code compatible with
7110 the latest Fortran standard.
7112 This macro may, alternatively, be invoked with an optional first argument
7113 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran
7114 compilers to search for, just as in @code{AC_PROG_F77}.
7116 If the output variable @code{FCFLAGS} was not already set in the
7117 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @acronym{GNU} @code{g77} (or
7118 @option{-O2} where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise,
7119 set @code{FCFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran compilers.
7122 @defmac AC_PROG_F77_C_O
7123 @defmacx AC_PROG_FC_C_O
7124 @acindex{PROG_F77_C_O}
7125 @acindex{PROG_FC_C_O}
7126 @cvindex F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7127 @cvindex FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7128 Test whether the Fortran compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
7129 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O} or
7130 @code{FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}, respectively, if it does not.
7133 The following macros check for Fortran compiler characteristics.
7134 To check for characteristics not listed here, use
7135 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
7136 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}), making sure to first set the
7137 current language to Fortran 77 or Fortran via @code{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])}
7138 or @code{AC_LANG(Fortran)} (@pxref{Language Choice}).
7141 @defmac AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
7142 @defmacx AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
7143 @acindex{F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
7145 @acindex{FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
7147 Determine the linker flags (e.g., @option{-L} and @option{-l}) for the
7148 @dfn{Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries} that are required to
7149 successfully link a Fortran program or shared library. The output
7150 variable @code{FLIBS} or @code{FCLIBS} is set to these flags (which
7151 should be included after @code{LIBS} when linking).
7153 This macro is intended to be used in those situations when it is
7154 necessary to mix, e.g., C++ and Fortran source code in a single
7155 program or shared library (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , ,
7156 automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}).
7158 For example, if object files from a C++ and Fortran compiler must be
7159 linked together, then the C++ compiler/linker must be used for linking
7160 (since special C++-ish things need to happen at link time like calling
7161 global constructors, instantiating templates, enabling exception
7164 However, the Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries must be linked in
7165 as well, but the C++ compiler/linker doesn't know by default how to add
7166 these Fortran 77 libraries. Hence, this macro was created to determine
7167 these Fortran libraries.
7169 The macros @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7170 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} are probably also necessary to
7171 link C/C++ with Fortran; see below.
7174 @defmac AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7175 @defmacx AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7176 @acindex{F77_DUMMY_MAIN}
7177 @cvindex F77_DUMMY_MAIN
7178 With many compilers, the Fortran libraries detected by
7179 @code{AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} or @code{AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} provide
7180 their own @code{main} entry function that initializes things like
7181 Fortran I/O, and which then calls a user-provided entry function named
7182 (say) @code{MAIN__} to run the user's program. The
7183 @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7184 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros figure out how to deal with
7187 When using Fortran for purely numerical functions (no I/O, etc.)@: often
7188 one prefers to provide one's own @code{main} and skip the Fortran
7189 library initializations. In this case, however, one may still need to
7190 provide a dummy @code{MAIN__} routine in order to prevent linking errors
7191 on some systems. @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN}
7192 detects whether any such routine is @emph{required} for linking, and
7193 what its name is; the shell variable @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7194 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} holds this name, @code{unknown} when no solution
7195 was found, and @code{none} when no such dummy main is needed.
7197 By default, @var{action-if-found} defines @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7198 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} to the name of this routine (e.g., @code{MAIN__})
7199 @emph{if} it is required. @var{action-if-not-found} defaults to
7200 exiting with an error.
7202 In order to link with Fortran routines, the user's C/C++ program should
7203 then include the following code to define the dummy main if it is
7207 #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN
7211 int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() @{ return 1; @}
7215 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7217 Note that this macro is called automatically from @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS}
7218 or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}; there is generally no need to call it
7219 explicitly unless one wants to change the default actions.
7228 As discussed above, many Fortran libraries allow you to provide an entry
7229 point called (say) @code{MAIN__} instead of the usual @code{main}, which
7230 is then called by a @code{main} function in the Fortran libraries that
7231 initializes things like Fortran I/O@. The
7232 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros detect whether it is
7233 @emph{possible} to utilize such an alternate main function, and defines
7234 @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} to the name of the function. (If no
7235 alternate main function name is found, @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} are
7236 simply defined to @code{main}.)
7238 Thus, when calling Fortran routines from C that perform things like I/O,
7239 one should use this macro and declare the "main" function like so:
7245 int F77_MAIN(int argc, char *argv[]);
7248 (Again, replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7251 @defmac AC_F77_WRAPPERS
7252 @defmacx AC_FC_WRAPPERS
7253 @acindex{F77_WRAPPERS}
7256 @acindex{FC_WRAPPERS}
7259 Defines C macros @code{F77_FUNC (name, NAME)}, @code{FC_FUNC (name, NAME)},
7260 @code{F77_FUNC_(name, NAME)}, and @code{FC_FUNC_(name, NAME)} to properly
7261 mangle the names of C/C++ identifiers, and identifiers with underscores,
7262 respectively, so that they match the name-mangling scheme used by the
7265 Fortran is case-insensitive, and in order to achieve this the Fortran
7266 compiler converts all identifiers into a canonical case and format. To
7267 call a Fortran subroutine from C or to write a C function that is
7268 callable from Fortran, the C program must explicitly use identifiers in
7269 the format expected by the Fortran compiler. In order to do this, one
7270 simply wraps all C identifiers in one of the macros provided by
7271 @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}. For example, suppose
7272 you have the following Fortran 77 subroutine:
7275 subroutine foobar (x, y)
7276 double precision x, y
7282 You would then declare its prototype in C or C++ as:
7285 #define FOOBAR_F77 F77_FUNC (foobar, FOOBAR)
7287 extern "C" /* prevent C++ name mangling */
7289 void FOOBAR_F77(double *x, double *y);
7292 Note that we pass both the lowercase and uppercase versions of the
7293 function name to @code{F77_FUNC} so that it can select the right one.
7294 Note also that all parameters to Fortran 77 routines are passed as
7295 pointers (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , , automake, @acronym{GNU}
7298 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7300 Although Autoconf tries to be intelligent about detecting the
7301 name-mangling scheme of the Fortran compiler, there may be Fortran
7302 compilers that it doesn't support yet. In this case, the above code
7303 generates a compile-time error, but some other behavior
7304 (e.g., disabling Fortran-related features) can be induced by checking
7305 whether @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} is defined.
7307 Now, to call that routine from a C program, we would do something like:
7311 double x = 2.7183, y;
7312 FOOBAR_F77 (&x, &y);
7316 If the Fortran identifier contains an underscore (e.g., @code{foo_bar}),
7317 you should use @code{F77_FUNC_} or @code{FC_FUNC_} instead of
7318 @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} (with the same arguments). This is
7319 because some Fortran compilers mangle names differently if they contain
7323 @defmac AC_F77_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
7324 @defmacx AC_FC_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
7327 Given an identifier @var{name}, set the shell variable @var{shellvar} to
7328 hold the mangled version @var{name} according to the rules of the
7329 Fortran linker (see also @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or
7330 @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}). @var{shellvar} is optional; if it is not
7331 supplied, the shell variable is simply @var{name}. The purpose of
7332 this macro is to give the caller a way to access the name-mangling
7333 information other than through the C preprocessor as above, for example,
7334 to call Fortran routines from some language other than C/C++.
7337 @defmac AC_FC_SRCEXT (@var{ext}, @ovar{action-if-success}, @
7338 @ovar{action-if-failure})
7340 By default, the @code{FC} macros perform their tests using a @file{.f}
7341 extension for source-code files. Some compilers, however, only enable
7342 newer language features for appropriately named files, e.g., Fortran 90
7343 features only for @file{.f90} files. On the other hand, some other
7344 compilers expect all source files to end in @file{.f} and require
7345 special flags to support other file name extensions. The
7346 @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} macro deals with both of these issues.
7348 The @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} tries to get the @code{FC} compiler to accept files
7349 ending with the extension .@var{ext} (i.e., @var{ext} does @emph{not}
7350 contain the dot). If any special compiler flags are needed for this, it
7351 stores them in the output variable @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext}. This
7352 extension and these flags are then used for all subsequent @code{FC} tests
7353 (until @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} is called again).
7355 For example, you would use @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT(f90)} to employ the
7356 @file{.f90} extension in future tests, and it would set a
7357 @code{FCFLAGS_f90} output variable with any extra flags that are needed
7358 to compile such files.
7360 The @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can @emph{not} be simply absorbed into
7361 @code{FCFLAGS}, for two reasons based on the limitations of some
7362 compilers. First, only one @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can be used at a
7363 time, so files with different extensions must be compiled separately.
7364 Second, @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} must appear @emph{immediately} before
7365 the source-code file name when compiling. So, continuing the example
7366 above, you might compile a @file{foo.f90} file in your makefile with the
7371 $(FC) -c $(FCFLAGS) $(FCFLAGS_f90) '$(srcdir)/foo.f90'
7374 If @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} succeeds in compiling files with the @var{ext}
7375 extension, it calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If
7376 it fails, and cannot find a way to make the @code{FC} compiler accept such
7377 files, it calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an
7382 @defmac AC_FC_FREEFORM (@ovar{action-if-success}, @ovar{action-if-failure})
7383 @acindex{FC_FREEFORM}
7385 The @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} tries to ensure that the Fortran compiler
7386 (@code{$FC}) allows free-format source code (as opposed to the older
7387 fixed-format style from Fortran 77). If necessary, it may add some
7388 additional flags to @code{FCFLAGS}.
7390 This macro is most important if you are using the default @file{.f}
7391 extension, since many compilers interpret this extension as indicating
7392 fixed-format source unless an additional flag is supplied. If you
7393 specify a different extension with @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}, such as
7394 @file{.f90} or @file{.f95}, then @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} ordinarily
7395 succeeds without modifying @code{FCFLAGS}.
7397 If @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} succeeds in compiling free-form source, it
7398 calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
7399 calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an error
7403 @node System Services
7404 @section System Services
7406 The following macros check for operating system services or capabilities.
7412 @cindex X Window System
7413 Try to locate the X Window System include files and libraries. If the
7414 user gave the command line options @option{--x-includes=@var{dir}} and
7415 @option{--x-libraries=@var{dir}}, use those directories.
7417 If either or both were not given, get the missing values by running
7418 @code{xmkmf} (or an executable pointed to by the @code{XMKMF}
7419 environment variable) on a trivial @file{Imakefile} and examining the
7420 makefile that it produces. Setting @code{XMKMF} to @samp{false}
7421 disables this method.
7423 If this method fails to find the X Window System, @command{configure}
7424 looks for the files in several directories where they often reside.
7425 If either method is successful, set the shell variables
7426 @code{x_includes} and @code{x_libraries} to their locations, unless they
7427 are in directories the compiler searches by default.
7429 If both methods fail, or the user gave the command line option
7430 @option{--without-x}, set the shell variable @code{no_x} to @samp{yes};
7431 otherwise set it to the empty string.
7434 @anchor{AC_PATH_XTRA}
7435 @defmac AC_PATH_XTRA
7439 @ovindex X_EXTRA_LIBS
7441 @cvindex X_DISPLAY_MISSING
7442 An enhanced version of @code{AC_PATH_X}. It adds the C compiler flags
7443 that X needs to output variable @code{X_CFLAGS}, and the X linker flags
7444 to @code{X_LIBS}. Define @code{X_DISPLAY_MISSING} if X is not
7447 This macro also checks for special libraries that some systems need in
7448 order to compile X programs. It adds any that the system needs to
7449 output variable @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS}. And it checks for special X11R6
7450 libraries that need to be linked with before @option{-lX11}, and adds
7451 any found to the output variable @code{X_PRE_LIBS}.
7453 @c This is an incomplete kludge. Make a real way to do it.
7454 @c If you need to check for other X functions or libraries yourself, then
7455 @c after calling this macro, add the contents of @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS} to
7456 @c @code{LIBS} temporarily, like this: (FIXME - add example)
7459 @anchor{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER}
7460 @defmac AC_SYS_INTERPRETER
7461 @acindex{SYS_INTERPRETER}
7462 Check whether the system supports starting scripts with a line of the
7463 form @samp{#!/bin/sh} to select the interpreter to use for the script.
7464 After running this macro, shell code in @file{configure.ac} can check
7465 the shell variable @code{interpval}; it is set to @samp{yes}
7466 if the system supports @samp{#!}, @samp{no} if not.
7469 @defmac AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
7470 @acindex{SYS_LARGEFILE}
7471 @cvindex _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
7472 @cvindex _LARGE_FILES
7474 @cindex Large file support
7477 @uref{http://www.unix-systems.org/@/version2/@/whatsnew/@/lfs20mar.html,
7478 large-file support}. On some hosts, one must use special compiler
7479 options to build programs that can access large files. Append any such
7480 options to the output variable @code{CC}. Define
7481 @code{_FILE_OFFSET_BITS} and @code{_LARGE_FILES} if necessary.
7483 Large-file support can be disabled by configuring with the
7484 @option{--disable-largefile} option.
7486 If you use this macro, check that your program works even when
7487 @code{off_t} is wider than @code{long int}, since this is common when
7488 large-file support is enabled. For example, it is not correct to print
7489 an arbitrary @code{off_t} value @code{X} with @code{printf ("%ld",
7492 The LFS introduced the @code{fseeko} and @code{ftello} functions to
7493 replace their C counterparts @code{fseek} and @code{ftell} that do not
7494 use @code{off_t}. Take care to use @code{AC_FUNC_FSEEKO} to make their
7495 prototypes available when using them and large-file support is
7499 @anchor{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
7500 @defmac AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7501 @acindex{SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
7502 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7503 If the system supports file names longer than 14 characters, define
7504 @code{HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
7507 @defmac AC_SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS
7508 @acindex{SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS}
7509 @cindex Posix termios headers
7510 @cindex termios Posix headers
7511 Check to see if the Posix termios headers and functions are available on the
7512 system. If so, set the shell variable @code{ac_cv_sys_posix_termios} to
7513 @samp{yes}. If not, set the variable to @samp{no}.
7516 @node Posix Variants
7517 @section Posix Variants
7519 The following macro makes it possible to use features of Posix that are
7520 extensions to C, as well as platform extensions not defined by Posix.
7522 @anchor{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
7523 @defmac AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
7524 @acindex{USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
7525 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
7526 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
7528 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7529 @cvindex _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
7530 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
7531 @cvindex _TANDEM_SOURCE
7532 @cvindex __EXTENSIONS__
7533 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.60. If possible, enable
7534 extensions to C or Posix on hosts that normally disable the extensions,
7535 typically due to standards-conformance namespace issues. This should be
7536 called before any macros that run the C compiler. The following
7537 preprocessor macros are defined where appropriate:
7541 Enable extensions on @acronym{GNU}/Linux.
7542 @item __EXTENSIONS__
7543 Enable general extensions on Solaris.
7544 @item _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
7545 Enable threading extensions on Solaris.
7546 @item _TANDEM_SOURCE
7547 Enable extensions for the @acronym{HP} NonStop platform.
7549 Enable extensions for @acronym{AIX} 3, and for Interix.
7551 Enable Posix functions for Minix.
7552 @item _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7553 Enable additional Posix functions for Minix.
7555 Identify Minix platform. This particular preprocessor macro is
7556 obsolescent, and may be removed in a future release of Autoconf.
7561 @node Erlang Libraries
7562 @section Erlang Libraries
7563 @cindex Erlang, Library, checking
7565 The following macros check for an installation of Erlang/OTP, and for the
7566 presence of certain Erlang libraries. All those macros require the
7567 configuration of an Erlang interpreter and an Erlang compiler
7568 (@pxref{Erlang Compiler and Interpreter}).
7570 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR
7571 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR}
7572 @ovindex ERLANG_ROOT_DIR
7574 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_ROOT_DIR} to the path to the base
7575 directory in which Erlang/OTP is installed (as returned by Erlang's
7576 @code{code:root_dir/0} function). The result of this test is cached if
7577 caching is enabled when running @command{configure}.
7580 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR
7581 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
7582 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR
7584 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_LIB_DIR} to the path of the library
7585 directory of Erlang/OTP (as returned by Erlang's
7586 @code{code:lib_dir/0} function), which subdirectories each contain an installed
7587 Erlang/OTP library. The result of this test is cached if caching is enabled
7588 when running @command{configure}.
7591 @defmac AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
7592 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7593 @acindex{ERLANG_CHECK_LIB}
7594 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7595 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}
7597 Test whether the Erlang/OTP library @var{library} is installed by
7598 calling Erlang's @code{code:lib_dir/1} function. The result of this
7599 test is cached if caching is enabled when running @command{configure}.
7600 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the library
7601 is installed; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell commands to
7602 run if it is not. Additionally, if the library is installed, the output
7603 variable @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} is set to the path to the
7604 library installation directory, and the output variable
7605 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the version number that is
7606 part of the subdirectory name, if it is in the standard form
7607 (@code{@var{library}-@var{version}}). If the directory name does not
7608 have a version part, @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the
7609 empty string. If the library is not installed,
7610 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} and
7611 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} are set to @code{"not found"}. For
7612 example, to check if library @code{stdlib} is installed:
7615 AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB([stdlib],
7616 [echo "stdlib version \"$ERLANG_LIB_VER_stdlib\""
7617 echo "is installed in \"$ERLANG_LIB_DIR_stdlib\""],
7618 [AC_MSG_ERROR([stdlib was not found!])])
7622 In addition to the above macros, which test installed Erlang libraries, the
7623 following macros determine the paths to the directories into which newly built
7624 Erlang libraries are to be installed:
7626 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7627 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
7628 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7630 Set the @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} output variable to the directory into
7631 which every built Erlang library should be installed in a separate
7633 If this variable is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs,
7634 its default value is @code{$ERLANG_LIB_DIR}, which value is set by the
7635 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR} macro.
7638 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR (@var{library}, @var{version})
7639 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
7640 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7642 Set the @samp{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} output variable to the
7643 directory into which the built Erlang library @var{library} version
7644 @var{version} should be installed. If this variable is not set in the
7645 environment when @command{configure} runs, its default value is
7646 @samp{$ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR/@var{library}-@var{version}}, the value of the
7647 @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} variable being set by the
7648 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} macro.
7655 @c ========================================================= Writing Tests
7658 @chapter Writing Tests
7660 If the existing feature tests don't do something you need, you have to
7661 write new ones. These macros are the building blocks. They provide
7662 ways for other macros to check whether various kinds of features are
7663 available and report the results.
7665 This chapter contains some suggestions and some of the reasons why the
7666 existing tests are written the way they are. You can also learn a lot
7667 about how to write Autoconf tests by looking at the existing ones. If
7668 something goes wrong in one or more of the Autoconf tests, this
7669 information can help you understand the assumptions behind them, which
7670 might help you figure out how to best solve the problem.
7672 These macros check the output of the compiler system of the current
7673 language (@pxref{Language Choice}). They do not cache the results of
7674 their tests for future use (@pxref{Caching Results}), because they don't
7675 know enough about the information they are checking for to generate a
7676 cache variable name. They also do not print any messages, for the same
7677 reason. The checks for particular kinds of features call these macros
7678 and do cache their results and print messages about what they're
7681 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
7682 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
7683 @xref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for how to do that.
7686 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
7687 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
7688 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
7689 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
7690 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
7691 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
7692 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
7693 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
7696 @node Language Choice
7697 @section Language Choice
7700 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts check for the C compiler and
7701 its features by default. Packages that use other programming languages
7702 (maybe more than one, e.g., C and C++) need to test features of the
7703 compilers for the respective languages. The following macros determine
7704 which programming language is used in the subsequent tests in
7705 @file{configure.ac}.
7708 @defmac AC_LANG (@var{language})
7709 Do compilation tests using the compiler, preprocessor, and file
7710 extensions for the specified @var{language}.
7712 Supported languages are:
7716 Do compilation tests using @code{CC} and @code{CPP} and use extension
7717 @file{.c} for test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{CPPFLAGS} with
7718 @code{CPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{CFLAGS} with @code{CC}.
7721 Do compilation tests using @code{CXX} and @code{CXXCPP} and use
7722 extension @file{.C} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7723 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{CXXCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7724 @code{CXXFLAGS} with @code{CXX}.
7727 Do compilation tests using @code{F77} and use extension @file{.f} for
7728 test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{FFLAGS}.
7731 Do compilation tests using @code{FC} and use extension @file{.f} (or
7732 whatever has been set by @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}) for test programs. Use
7733 compilation flags: @code{FCFLAGS}.
7739 Compile and execute tests using @code{ERLC} and @code{ERL} and use extension
7740 @file{.erl} for test Erlang modules. Use compilation flags: @code{ERLCFLAGS}.
7743 Do compilation tests using @code{OBJC} and @code{OBJCPP} and use
7744 extension @file{.m} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7745 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{OBJCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7746 @code{OBJCFLAGS} with @code{OBJC}.
7750 @anchor{AC_LANG_PUSH}
7751 @defmac AC_LANG_PUSH (@var{language})
7753 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack, and
7754 then select the @var{language}. Use this macro and @code{AC_LANG_POP}
7755 in macros that need to temporarily switch to a particular language.
7758 @defmac AC_LANG_POP (@ovar{language})
7760 Select the language that is saved on the top of the stack, as set by
7761 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH}, and remove it from the stack.
7763 If given, @var{language} specifies the language we just @emph{quit}. It
7764 is a good idea to specify it when it's known (which should be the
7765 case@dots{}), since Autoconf detects inconsistencies.
7768 AC_LANG_PUSH([Fortran 77])
7769 # Perform some tests on Fortran 77.
7771 AC_LANG_POP([Fortran 77])
7775 @defmac AC_LANG_ASSERT (@var{language})
7776 @acindex{LANG_ASSERT} Check statically that the current language is
7777 @var{language}. You should use this in your language specific macros
7778 to avoid that they be called with an inappropriate language.
7780 This macro runs only at @command{autoconf} time, and incurs no cost at
7781 @command{configure} time. Sadly enough and because Autoconf is a two
7782 layer language @footnote{Because M4 is not aware of Sh code,
7783 especially conditionals, some optimizations that look nice statically
7784 may produce incorrect results at runtime.}, the macros
7785 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} and @code{AC_LANG_POP} cannot be ``optimizing'',
7786 therefore as much as possible you ought to avoid using them to wrap
7787 your code, rather, require from the user to run the macro with a
7788 correct current language, and check it with @code{AC_LANG_ASSERT}.
7789 And anyway, that may help the user understand she is running a Fortran
7790 macro while expecting a result about her Fortran 77 compiler@dots{}
7794 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_CPP
7795 @acindex{REQUIRE_CPP}
7796 Ensure that whichever preprocessor would currently be used for tests has
7797 been found. Calls @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}) with an
7798 argument of either @code{AC_PROG_CPP} or @code{AC_PROG_CXXCPP},
7799 depending on which language is current.
7803 @node Writing Test Programs
7804 @section Writing Test Programs
7806 Autoconf tests follow a common scheme: feed some program with some
7807 input, and most of the time, feed a compiler with some source file.
7808 This section is dedicated to these source samples.
7811 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
7812 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
7813 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
7817 @subsection Guidelines for Test Programs
7819 The most important rule to follow when writing testing samples is:
7821 @center @emph{Look for realism.}
7823 This motto means that testing samples must be written with the same
7824 strictness as real programs are written. In particular, you should
7825 avoid ``shortcuts'' and simplifications.
7827 Don't just play with the preprocessor if you want to prepare a
7828 compilation. For instance, using @command{cpp} to check whether a header is
7829 functional might let your @command{configure} accept a header which
7830 causes some @emph{compiler} error. Do not hesitate to check a header with
7831 other headers included before, especially required headers.
7833 Make sure the symbols you use are properly defined, i.e., refrain for
7834 simply declaring a function yourself instead of including the proper
7837 Test programs should not write to standard output. They
7838 should exit with status 0 if the test succeeds, and with status 1
7839 otherwise, so that success
7840 can be distinguished easily from a core dump or other failure;
7841 segmentation violations and other failures produce a nonzero exit
7842 status. Unless you arrange for @code{exit} to be declared, test
7843 programs should @code{return}, not @code{exit}, from @code{main},
7844 because on many systems @code{exit} is not declared by default.
7846 Test programs can use @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} to check the values of
7847 preprocessor macros defined by tests that have already run. For
7848 example, if you call @code{AC_HEADER_STDBOOL}, then later on in
7849 @file{configure.ac} you can have a test program that includes
7850 @file{stdbool.h} conditionally:
7854 #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
7855 # include <stdbool.h>
7860 Both @code{#if HAVE_STDBOOL_H} and @code{#ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H} will
7861 work with any standard C compiler. Some developers prefer @code{#if}
7862 because it is easier to read, while others prefer @code{#ifdef} because
7863 it avoids diagnostics with picky compilers like @acronym{GCC} with the
7864 @option{-Wundef} option.
7866 If a test program needs to use or create a data file, give it a name
7867 that starts with @file{conftest}, such as @file{conftest.data}. The
7868 @command{configure} script cleans up by running @samp{rm -f -r conftest*}
7869 after running test programs and if the script is interrupted.
7871 @node Test Functions
7872 @subsection Test Functions
7874 These days it's safe to assume support for function prototypes
7875 (introduced in C89).
7877 Functions that test programs declare should also be conditionalized for
7878 C++, which requires @samp{extern "C"} prototypes. Make sure to not
7879 include any header files containing clashing prototypes.
7885 void *valloc (size_t);
7888 If a test program calls a function with invalid parameters (just to see
7889 whether it exists), organize the program to ensure that it never invokes
7890 that function. You can do this by calling it in another function that is
7891 never invoked. You can't do it by putting it after a call to
7892 @code{exit}, because @acronym{GCC} version 2 knows that @code{exit}
7894 and optimizes out any code that follows it in the same block.
7896 If you include any header files, be sure to call the functions
7897 relevant to them with the correct number of arguments, even if they are
7898 just 0, to avoid compilation errors due to prototypes. @acronym{GCC}
7900 has internal prototypes for several functions that it automatically
7901 inlines; for example, @code{memcpy}. To avoid errors when checking for
7902 them, either pass them the correct number of arguments or redeclare them
7903 with a different return type (such as @code{char}).
7906 @node Generating Sources
7907 @subsection Generating Sources
7909 Autoconf provides a set of macros that can be used to generate test
7910 source files. They are written to be language generic, i.e., they
7911 actually depend on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}) to
7912 ``format'' the output properly.
7915 @defmac AC_LANG_CONFTEST (@var{source})
7916 @acindex{LANG_CONFTEST}
7917 Save the @var{source} text in the current test source file:
7918 @file{conftest.@var{extension}} where the @var{extension} depends on the
7921 Note that the @var{source} is evaluated exactly once, like regular
7922 Autoconf macro arguments, and therefore (i) you may pass a macro
7923 invocation, (ii) if not, be sure to double quote if needed.
7926 @defmac AC_LANG_SOURCE (@var{source})
7927 @acindex{LANG_SOURCE}
7928 Expands into the @var{source}, with the definition of
7929 all the @code{AC_DEFINE} performed so far.
7932 For instance executing (observe the double quotation!):
7935 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
7936 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
7937 [Greetings string.])
7940 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]])])
7941 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
7951 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
7952 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
7953 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
7954 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
7955 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
7956 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
7958 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
7961 When the test language is Fortran or Erlang, the @code{AC_DEFINE} definitions
7962 are not automatically translated into constants in the source code by this
7965 @defmac AC_LANG_PROGRAM (@var{prologue}, @var{body})
7966 @acindex{LANG_PROGRAM}
7967 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
7968 then @var{body} as body of the main function (e.g., @code{main} in
7969 C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE}, the features of the latter are
7976 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
7977 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
7978 [Greetings string.])
7980 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
7981 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])])
7982 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
7992 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
7993 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
7994 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
7995 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
7996 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
7997 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
7999 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
8009 In Erlang tests, the created source file is that of an Erlang module called
8010 @code{conftest} (@file{conftest.erl}). This module defines and exports
8012 one @code{start/0} function, which is called to perform the test. The
8013 @var{prologue} is optional code that is inserted between the module header and
8014 the @code{start/0} function definition. @var{body} is the body of the
8015 @code{start/0} function without the final period (@pxref{Runtime}, about
8016 constraints on this function's behavior).
8021 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8024 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[-define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").]],
8025 [[io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])]])])
8035 -define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").
8037 io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])
8041 @defmac AC_LANG_CALL (@var{prologue}, @var{function})
8043 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
8044 then a call to the @var{function} as body of the main function (e.g.,
8045 @code{main} in C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the feature
8046 of the latter are available.
8048 This function will probably be replaced in the future by a version
8049 which would enable specifying the arguments. The use of this macro is
8050 not encouraged, as it violates strongly the typing system.
8052 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
8055 @defmac AC_LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY (@var{function})
8056 @acindex{LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY}
8057 Expands into a source file which uses the @var{function} in the body of
8058 the main function (e.g., @code{main} in C). Since it uses
8059 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the features of the latter are available.
8061 As @code{AC_LANG_CALL}, this macro is documented only for completeness.
8062 It is considered to be severely broken, and in the future will be
8063 removed in favor of actual function calls (with properly typed
8066 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
8069 @node Running the Preprocessor
8070 @section Running the Preprocessor
8072 Sometimes one might need to run the preprocessor on some source file.
8073 @emph{Usually it is a bad idea}, as you typically need to @emph{compile}
8074 your project, not merely run the preprocessor on it; therefore you
8075 certainly want to run the compiler, not the preprocessor. Resist the
8076 temptation of following the easiest path.
8078 Nevertheless, if you need to run the preprocessor, then use
8079 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}.
8081 The macros described in this section cannot be used for tests in Erlang or
8082 Fortran, since those languages require no preprocessor.
8084 @anchor{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}
8085 @defmac AC_PREPROC_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8086 @ovar{action-if-false})
8087 @acindex{PREPROC_IFELSE}
8088 Run the preprocessor of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice})
8089 on the @var{input}, run the shell commands @var{action-if-true} on
8090 success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The @var{input} can be made
8091 by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8093 This macro uses @code{CPPFLAGS}, but not @code{CFLAGS}, because
8094 @option{-g}, @option{-O}, etc.@: are not valid options to many C
8097 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8098 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
8104 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8105 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
8106 [Greetings string.])
8108 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
8109 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])],
8110 [AC_MSG_RESULT([OK])],
8111 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([unexpected preprocessor failure])])
8118 checking for gcc... gcc
8119 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
8120 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
8121 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
8122 checking for suffix of executables...
8123 checking for suffix of object files... o
8124 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
8125 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
8126 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
8127 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
8133 The macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}) used to play the
8134 role of @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but double quotes its argument, making
8135 it impossible to use it to elaborate sources. You are encouraged to
8136 get rid of your old use of the macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} in favor of
8137 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but, in the first place, are you sure you need
8138 to run the @emph{preprocessor} and not the compiler?
8140 @anchor{AC_EGREP_HEADER}
8141 @defmac AC_EGREP_HEADER (@var{pattern}, @var{header-file}, @
8142 @var{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
8143 @acindex{EGREP_HEADER}
8144 If the output of running the preprocessor on the system header file
8145 @var{header-file} matches the extended regular expression
8146 @var{pattern}, execute shell commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise
8147 execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
8150 @anchor{AC_EGREP_CPP}
8151 @defmac AC_EGREP_CPP (@var{pattern}, @var{program}, @
8152 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
8154 @var{program} is the text of a C or C++ program, on which shell
8155 variable, back quote, and backslash substitutions are performed. If the
8156 output of running the preprocessor on @var{program} matches the
8157 extended regular expression @var{pattern}, execute shell commands
8158 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
8163 @node Running the Compiler
8164 @section Running the Compiler
8166 To check for a syntax feature of the current language's (@pxref{Language
8167 Choice}) compiler, such as whether it recognizes a certain keyword, or
8168 simply to try some library feature, use @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} to try
8169 to compile a small program that uses that feature.
8171 @defmac AC_COMPILE_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8172 @ovar{action-if-false})
8173 @acindex{COMPILE_IFELSE}
8174 Run the compiler and compilation flags of the current language
8175 (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell commands
8176 @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The
8177 @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8179 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8180 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to link; use
8181 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Running the
8186 For tests in Erlang, the @var{input} must be the source code of a module named
8187 @code{conftest}. @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} generates a @file{conftest.beam}
8188 file that can be interpreted by the Erlang virtual machine (@code{ERL}). It is
8189 recommended to use @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} to specify the test program,
8190 to ensure that the Erlang module has the right name.
8192 @node Running the Linker
8193 @section Running the Linker
8195 To check for a library, a function, or a global variable, Autoconf
8196 @command{configure} scripts try to compile and link a small program that
8197 uses it. This is unlike Metaconfig, which by default uses @code{nm} or
8198 @code{ar} on the C library to try to figure out which functions are
8199 available. Trying to link with the function is usually a more reliable
8200 approach because it avoids dealing with the variations in the options
8201 and output formats of @code{nm} and @code{ar} and in the location of the
8202 standard libraries. It also allows configuring for cross-compilation or
8203 checking a function's runtime behavior if needed. On the other hand,
8204 it can be slower than scanning the libraries once, but accuracy is more
8205 important than speed.
8207 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} is used to compile test programs to test for
8208 functions and global variables. It is also used by @code{AC_CHECK_LIB}
8209 to check for libraries (@pxref{Libraries}), by adding the library being
8210 checked for to @code{LIBS} temporarily and trying to link a small
8213 @anchor{AC_LINK_IFELSE}
8214 @defmac AC_LINK_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8215 @ovar{action-if-false})
8216 @acindex{LINK_IFELSE}
8217 Run the compiler (and compilation flags) and the linker of the current
8218 language (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell
8219 commands @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false}
8220 otherwise. The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and
8223 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
8224 current compilation flags.
8226 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8227 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to execute the program;
8228 use @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Runtime}).
8231 The @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} macro cannot be used for Erlang tests, since Erlang
8232 programs are interpreted and do not require linking.
8237 @section Checking Runtime Behavior
8239 Sometimes you need to find out how a system performs at runtime, such
8240 as whether a given function has a certain capability or bug. If you
8241 can, make such checks when your program runs instead of when it is
8242 configured. You can check for things like the machine's endianness when
8243 your program initializes itself.
8245 If you really need to test for a runtime behavior while configuring,
8246 you can write a test program to determine the result, and compile and
8247 run it using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. Avoid running test programs if
8248 possible, because this prevents people from configuring your package for
8251 @anchor{AC_RUN_IFELSE}
8252 @defmac AC_RUN_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8253 @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
8254 @acindex{RUN_IFELSE}
8255 If @var{program} compiles and links successfully and returns an exit
8256 status of 0 when executed, run shell commands @var{action-if-true}.
8257 Otherwise, run shell commands @var{action-if-false}.
8259 The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8260 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
8261 compilation flags of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}).
8263 If the compiler being used does not produce executables that run on the
8264 system where @command{configure} is being run, then the test program is
8265 not run. If the optional shell commands @var{action-if-cross-compiling}
8266 are given, they are run instead. Otherwise, @command{configure} prints
8267 an error message and exits.
8269 In the @var{action-if-false} section, the failing exit status is
8270 available in the shell variable @samp{$?}. This exit status might be
8271 that of a failed compilation, or it might be that of a failed program
8274 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8275 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
8278 Try to provide a pessimistic default value to use when cross-compiling
8279 makes runtime tests impossible. You do this by passing the optional
8280 last argument to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. @command{autoconf} prints a
8281 warning message when creating @command{configure} each time it
8282 encounters a call to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} with no
8283 @var{action-if-cross-compiling} argument given. You may ignore the
8284 warning, though users cannot configure your package for
8285 cross-compiling. A few of the macros distributed with Autoconf produce
8286 this warning message.
8288 To configure for cross-compiling you can also choose a value for those
8289 parameters based on the canonical system name (@pxref{Manual
8290 Configuration}). Alternatively, set up a test results cache file with
8291 the correct values for the host system (@pxref{Caching Results}).
8293 @ovindex cross_compiling
8294 To provide a default for calls of @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} that are embedded
8295 in other macros, including a few of the ones that come with Autoconf,
8296 you can test whether the shell variable @code{cross_compiling} is set to
8297 @samp{yes}, and then use an alternate method to get the results instead
8298 of calling the macros.
8300 A C or C++ runtime test should be portable.
8301 @xref{Portable C and C++}.
8303 Erlang tests must exit themselves the Erlang VM by calling the @code{halt/1}
8304 function: the given status code is used to determine the success of the test
8305 (status is @code{0}) or its failure (status is different than @code{0}), as
8306 explained above. It must be noted that data output through the standard output
8307 (e.g., using @code{io:format/2}) may be truncated when halting the VM.
8308 Therefore, if a test must output configuration information, it is recommended
8309 to create and to output data into the temporary file named @file{conftest.out},
8310 using the functions of module @code{file}. The @code{conftest.out} file is
8311 automatically deleted by the @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} macro. For instance, a
8312 simplified implementation of Autoconf's @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
8316 AC_INIT([LibdirTest], [1.0], [bug-libdirtest@@example.org])
8320 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [dnl
8321 file:write_file("conftest.out", code:lib_dir()),
8323 [echo "code:lib_dir() returned: `cat conftest.out`"],
8324 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([test Erlang program execution failed])])
8329 @section Systemology
8332 This section aims at presenting some systems and pointers to
8333 documentation. It may help you addressing particular problems reported
8336 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/susv3, Posix-conforming systems} are
8337 derived from the @uref{http://www.bell-labs.com/history/unix/, Unix
8340 The @uref{http://bhami.com/rosetta.html, Rosetta Stone for Unix}
8341 contains a table correlating the features of various Posix-conforming
8342 systems. @uref{http://www.levenez.com/unix/, Unix History} is a
8343 simplified diagram of how many Unix systems were derived from each
8346 @uref{http://heirloom.sourceforge.net/, The Heirloom Project}
8347 provides some variants of traditional implementations of Unix utilities.
8352 Darwin is also known as Mac OS X@. Beware that the file system @emph{can} be
8353 case-preserving, but case insensitive. This can cause nasty problems,
8354 since for instance the installation attempt for a package having an
8355 @file{INSTALL} file can result in @samp{make install} report that
8356 nothing was to be done!
8358 That's all dependent on whether the file system is a UFS (case
8359 sensitive) or HFS+ (case preserving). By default Apple wants you to
8360 install the OS on HFS+. Unfortunately, there are some pieces of
8361 software which really need to be built on UFS@. We may want to rebuild
8362 Darwin to have both UFS and HFS+ available (and put the /local/build
8365 @item @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8366 @cindex @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8367 @c FIXME: Please, if you feel like writing something more precise,
8368 @c it'd be great. In particular, I can't understand the difference with
8370 @acronym{QNX} is a realtime operating system running on Intel architecture
8371 meant to be scalable from the small embedded systems to the hundred
8372 processor super-computer. It claims to be Posix certified. More
8373 information is available on the
8374 @uref{http://www.qnx.com/, @acronym{QNX} home page}.
8378 @uref{http://h30097.www3.hp.com/@/docs/,
8379 Documentation of several versions of Tru64} is available in different
8382 @item Unix version 7
8383 @cindex Unix version 7
8385 Officially this was called the ``Seventh Edition'' of ``the @sc{unix}
8386 time-sharing system'' but we use the more-common name ``Unix version 7''.
8387 Documentation is available in the
8388 @uref{http://plan9.bell-labs.com/@/7thEdMan/, Unix Seventh Edition Manual}.
8389 Previous versions of Unix are called ``Unix version 6'', etc., but
8390 they were not as widely used.
8394 @node Multiple Cases
8395 @section Multiple Cases
8397 Some operations are accomplished in several possible ways, depending on
8398 the OS variant. Checking for them essentially requires a ``case
8399 statement''. Autoconf does not directly provide one; however, it is
8400 easy to simulate by using a shell variable to keep track of whether a
8401 way to perform the operation has been found yet.
8403 Here is an example that uses the shell variable @code{fstype} to keep
8404 track of whether the remaining cases need to be checked.
8408 AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to get file system type])
8410 # The order of these tests is important.
8411 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statvfs.h>
8412 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8413 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_STATVFS], [1],
8414 [Define if statvfs exists.])
8416 if test $fstype = no; then
8417 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8418 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8419 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_USG_STATFS], [1],
8420 [Define if USG statfs.])
8423 if test $fstype = no; then
8424 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8425 #include <sys/vmount.h>]])]),
8426 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_AIX_STATFS], [1],
8427 [Define if AIX statfs.])
8430 # (more cases omitted here)
8431 AC_MSG_RESULT([$fstype])
8435 @c ====================================================== Results of Tests.
8438 @chapter Results of Tests
8440 Once @command{configure} has determined whether a feature exists, what can
8441 it do to record that information? There are four sorts of things it can
8442 do: define a C preprocessor symbol, set a variable in the output files,
8443 save the result in a cache file for future @command{configure} runs, and
8444 print a message letting the user know the result of the test.
8447 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
8448 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
8449 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
8450 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
8451 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
8454 @node Defining Symbols
8455 @section Defining C Preprocessor Symbols
8457 A common action to take in response to a feature test is to define a C
8458 preprocessor symbol indicating the results of the test. That is done by
8459 calling @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}.
8461 By default, @code{AC_OUTPUT} places the symbols defined by these macros
8462 into the output variable @code{DEFS}, which contains an option
8463 @option{-D@var{symbol}=@var{value}} for each symbol defined. Unlike in
8464 Autoconf version 1, there is no variable @code{DEFS} defined while
8465 @command{configure} is running. To check whether Autoconf macros have
8466 already defined a certain C preprocessor symbol, test the value of the
8467 appropriate cache variable, as in this example:
8470 AC_CHECK_FUNC([vprintf], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_VPRINTF], [1],
8471 [Define if vprintf exists.])])
8472 if test "$ac_cv_func_vprintf" != yes; then
8473 AC_CHECK_FUNC([_doprnt], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DOPRNT], [1],
8474 [Define if _doprnt exists.])])
8478 If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} has been called, then instead of creating
8479 @code{DEFS}, @code{AC_OUTPUT} creates a header file by substituting the
8480 correct values into @code{#define} statements in a template file.
8481 @xref{Configuration Headers}, for more information about this kind of
8484 @defmac AC_DEFINE (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8485 @defmacx AC_DEFINE (@var{variable})
8486 @cvindex @var{variable}
8488 Define @var{variable} to @var{value} (verbatim), by defining a C
8489 preprocessor macro for @var{variable}. @var{variable} should be a C
8490 identifier, optionally suffixed by a parenthesized argument list to
8491 define a C preprocessor macro with arguments. The macro argument list,
8492 if present, should be a comma-separated list of C identifiers, possibly
8493 terminated by an ellipsis @samp{...} if C99 syntax is employed.
8494 @var{variable} should not contain comments, white space, trigraphs,
8495 backslash-newlines, universal character names, or non-@acronym{ASCII}
8498 @var{value} should not contain literal newlines, and if you are not
8499 using @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} it should not contain any @samp{#}
8500 characters, as @command{make} tends to eat them. To use a shell variable,
8501 use @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} instead.
8502 @var{description} is only useful if you are using
8503 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}. In this case, @var{description} is put into
8504 the generated @file{config.h.in} as the comment before the macro define.
8505 The following example defines the C preprocessor variable
8506 @code{EQUATION} to be the string constant @samp{"$a > $b"}:
8509 AC_DEFINE([EQUATION], ["$a > $b"],
8513 If neither @var{value} nor @var{description} are given, then
8514 @var{value} defaults to 1 instead of to the empty string. This is for
8515 backwards compatibility with older versions of Autoconf, but this usage
8516 is obsolescent and may be withdrawn in future versions of Autoconf.
8518 If the @var{variable} is a literal string, it is passed to
8519 @code{m4_pattern_allow} (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8521 If multiple @code{AC_DEFINE} statements are executed for the same
8522 @var{variable} name (not counting any parenthesized argument list),
8526 @defmac AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8527 @defmacx AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable})
8528 @acindex{DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8529 @cvindex @var{variable}
8530 Like @code{AC_DEFINE}, but three shell expansions are
8531 performed---once---on @var{variable} and @var{value}: variable expansion
8532 (@samp{$}), command substitution (@samp{`}), and backslash escaping
8533 (@samp{\}). Single and double quote characters in the value have no
8534 special meaning. Use this macro instead of @code{AC_DEFINE} when
8535 @var{variable} or @var{value} is a shell variable. Examples:
8538 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([config_machfile], ["$machfile"],
8539 [Configuration machine file.])
8540 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETGROUPS_T], [$ac_cv_type_getgroups],
8541 [getgroups return type.])
8542 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([$ac_tr_hdr], [1],
8543 [Translated header name.])
8547 Due to a syntactical bizarreness of the Bourne shell, do not use
8548 semicolons to separate @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8549 calls from other macro calls or shell code; that can cause syntax errors
8550 in the resulting @command{configure} script. Use either blanks or
8551 newlines. That is, do this:
8554 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8555 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]) LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8562 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8563 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4])
8564 LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8571 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8572 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]); LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8575 @node Setting Output Variables
8576 @section Setting Output Variables
8577 @cindex Output variables
8579 Another way to record the results of tests is to set @dfn{output
8580 variables}, which are shell variables whose values are substituted into
8581 files that @command{configure} outputs. The two macros below create new
8582 output variables. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, for a list of output
8583 variables that are always available.
8585 @defmac AC_SUBST (@var{variable}, @ovar{value})
8587 Create an output variable from a shell variable. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8588 substitute the variable @var{variable} into output files (typically one
8589 or more makefiles). This means that @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8590 replaces instances of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in input files with the
8591 value that the shell variable @var{variable} has when @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8592 is called. The value can contain any non-@code{NUL} character, including
8594 Variable occurrences should not overlap: e.g., an input file should
8595 not contain @samp{@@@var{var1}@@@var{var2}@@} if @var{var1} and @var{var2}
8597 The substituted value is not rescanned for more output variables;
8598 occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in the value are inserted
8599 literally into the output file. (The algorithm uses the special marker
8600 @code{|#_!!_#|} internally, so neither the substituted value nor the
8601 output file may contain @code{|#_!!_#|}.)
8603 If @var{value} is given, in addition assign it to @var{variable}.
8605 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8606 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8609 @defmac AC_SUBST_FILE (@var{variable})
8610 @acindex{SUBST_FILE}
8611 Another way to create an output variable from a shell variable. Make
8612 @code{AC_OUTPUT} insert (without substitutions) the contents of the file
8613 named by shell variable @var{variable} into output files. This means
8614 that @code{AC_OUTPUT} replaces instances of
8615 @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in output files (such as @file{Makefile.in})
8616 with the contents of the file that the shell variable @var{variable}
8617 names when @code{AC_OUTPUT} is called. Set the variable to
8618 @file{/dev/null} for cases that do not have a file to insert.
8619 This substitution occurs only when the @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} is on a
8620 line by itself, optionally surrounded by spaces and tabs. The
8621 substitution replaces the whole line, including the spaces, tabs, and
8622 the terminating newline.
8624 This macro is useful for inserting makefile fragments containing
8625 special dependencies or other @code{make} directives for particular host
8626 or target types into makefiles. For example, @file{configure.ac}
8630 AC_SUBST_FILE([host_frag])
8631 host_frag=$srcdir/conf/sun4.mh
8635 and then a @file{Makefile.in} could contain:
8641 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8642 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8645 @cindex Precious Variable
8646 @cindex Variable, Precious
8647 Running @command{configure} in varying environments can be extremely
8648 dangerous. If for instance the user runs @samp{CC=bizarre-cc
8649 ./configure}, then the cache, @file{config.h}, and many other output
8650 files depend upon @command{bizarre-cc} being the C compiler. If
8651 for some reason the user runs @command{./configure} again, or if it is
8652 run via @samp{./config.status --recheck}, (@xref{Automatic Remaking},
8653 and @pxref{config.status Invocation}), then the configuration can be
8654 inconsistent, composed of results depending upon two different
8657 Environment variables that affect this situation, such as @samp{CC}
8658 above, are called @dfn{precious variables}, and can be declared as such
8659 by @code{AC_ARG_VAR}.
8661 @defmac AC_ARG_VAR (@var{variable}, @var{description})
8663 Declare @var{variable} is a precious variable, and include its
8664 @var{description} in the variable section of @samp{./configure --help}.
8666 Being precious means that
8669 @var{variable} is substituted via @code{AC_SUBST}.
8672 The value of @var{variable} when @command{configure} was launched is
8673 saved in the cache, including if it was not specified on the command
8674 line but via the environment. Indeed, while @command{configure} can
8675 notice the definition of @code{CC} in @samp{./configure CC=bizarre-cc},
8676 it is impossible to notice it in @samp{CC=bizarre-cc ./configure},
8677 which, unfortunately, is what most users do.
8679 We emphasize that it is the @emph{initial} value of @var{variable} which
8680 is saved, not that found during the execution of @command{configure}.
8681 Indeed, specifying @samp{./configure FOO=foo} and letting
8682 @samp{./configure} guess that @code{FOO} is @code{foo} can be two
8686 @var{variable} is checked for consistency between two
8687 @command{configure} runs. For instance:
8690 $ @kbd{./configure --silent --config-cache}
8691 $ @kbd{CC=cc ./configure --silent --config-cache}
8692 configure: error: `CC' was not set in the previous run
8693 configure: error: changes in the environment can compromise \
8695 configure: error: run `make distclean' and/or \
8696 `rm config.cache' and start over
8700 and similarly if the variable is unset, or if its content is changed.
8704 @var{variable} is kept during automatic reconfiguration
8705 (@pxref{config.status Invocation}) as if it had been passed as a command
8706 line argument, including when no cache is used:
8709 $ @kbd{CC=/usr/bin/cc ./configure var=raboof --silent}
8710 $ @kbd{./config.status --recheck}
8711 running CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/sh /bin/sh ./configure var=raboof \
8712 CC=/usr/bin/cc --no-create --no-recursion
8717 @node Special Chars in Variables
8718 @section Special Characters in Output Variables
8719 @cindex Output variables, special characters in
8721 Many output variables are intended to be evaluated both by
8722 @command{make} and by the shell. Some characters are expanded
8723 differently in these two contexts, so to avoid confusion these
8724 variables' values should not contain any of the following characters:
8727 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < > ? [ \ ^ ` |
8730 Also, these variables' values should neither contain newlines, nor start
8731 with @samp{~}, nor contain white space or @samp{:} immediately followed
8732 by @samp{~}. The values can contain nonempty sequences of white space
8733 characters like tabs and spaces, but each such sequence might
8734 arbitrarily be replaced by a single space during substitution.
8736 These restrictions apply both to the values that @command{configure}
8737 computes, and to the values set directly by the user. For example, the
8738 following invocations of @command{configure} are problematic, since they
8739 attempt to use special characters within @code{CPPFLAGS} and white space
8740 within @code{$(srcdir)}:
8743 CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"' '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure'
8745 '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure' CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"'
8748 @node Caching Results
8749 @section Caching Results
8752 To avoid checking for the same features repeatedly in various
8753 @command{configure} scripts (or in repeated runs of one script),
8754 @command{configure} can optionally save the results of many checks in a
8755 @dfn{cache file} (@pxref{Cache Files}). If a @command{configure} script
8756 runs with caching enabled and finds a cache file, it reads the results
8757 of previous runs from the cache and avoids rerunning those checks. As a
8758 result, @command{configure} can then run much faster than if it had to
8759 perform all of the checks every time.
8761 @defmac AC_CACHE_VAL (@var{cache-id}, @var{commands-to-set-it})
8763 Ensure that the results of the check identified by @var{cache-id} are
8764 available. If the results of the check were in the cache file that was
8765 read, and @command{configure} was not given the @option{--quiet} or
8766 @option{--silent} option, print a message saying that the result was
8767 cached; otherwise, run the shell commands @var{commands-to-set-it}. If
8768 the shell commands are run to determine the value, the value is
8769 saved in the cache file just before @command{configure} creates its output
8770 files. @xref{Cache Variable Names}, for how to choose the name of the
8771 @var{cache-id} variable.
8773 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
8774 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
8777 @defmac AC_CACHE_CHECK (@var{message}, @var{cache-id}, @
8778 @var{commands-to-set-it})
8779 @acindex{CACHE_CHECK}
8780 A wrapper for @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} that takes care of printing the
8781 messages. This macro provides a convenient shorthand for the most
8782 common way to use these macros. It calls @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} for
8783 @var{message}, then @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} with the @var{cache-id} and
8784 @var{commands} arguments, and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} with @var{cache-id}.
8786 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
8787 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
8790 It is common to find buggy macros using @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} or
8791 @code{AC_CACHE_CHECK}, because people are tempted to call
8792 @code{AC_DEFINE} in the @var{commands-to-set-it}. Instead, the code that
8793 @emph{follows} the call to @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} should call
8794 @code{AC_DEFINE}, by examining the value of the cache variable. For
8795 instance, the following macro is broken:
8799 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
8800 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
8801 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
8802 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes
8803 if test "$my_cv_shell_true_works" = yes; then
8804 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
8805 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
8812 This fails if the cache is enabled: the second time this macro is run,
8813 @code{TRUE_WORKS} @emph{will not be defined}. The proper implementation
8818 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
8819 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
8820 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
8821 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes])
8822 if test "$my_cv_shell_true_works" = yes; then
8823 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
8824 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
8830 Also, @var{commands-to-set-it} should not print any messages, for
8831 example with @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}; do that before calling
8832 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, so the messages are printed regardless of whether
8833 the results of the check are retrieved from the cache or determined by
8834 running the shell commands.
8837 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
8838 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
8839 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
8842 @node Cache Variable Names
8843 @subsection Cache Variable Names
8844 @cindex Cache variable
8846 The names of cache variables should have the following format:
8849 @var{package-prefix}_cv_@var{value-type}_@var{specific-value}_@ovar{additional-options}
8853 for example, @samp{ac_cv_header_stat_broken} or
8854 @samp{ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional}. The parts of the variable name are:
8857 @item @var{package-prefix}
8858 An abbreviation for your package or organization; the same prefix you
8859 begin local Autoconf macros with, except lowercase by convention.
8860 For cache values used by the distributed Autoconf macros, this value is
8864 Indicates that this shell variable is a cache value. This string
8865 @emph{must} be present in the variable name, including the leading
8868 @item @var{value-type}
8869 A convention for classifying cache values, to produce a rational naming
8870 system. The values used in Autoconf are listed in @ref{Macro Names}.
8872 @item @var{specific-value}
8873 Which member of the class of cache values this test applies to.
8874 For example, which function (@samp{alloca}), program (@samp{gcc}), or
8875 output variable (@samp{INSTALL}).
8877 @item @var{additional-options}
8878 Any particular behavior of the specific member that this test applies to.
8879 For example, @samp{broken} or @samp{set}. This part of the name may
8880 be omitted if it does not apply.
8883 The values assigned to cache variables may not contain newlines.
8884 Usually, their values are Boolean (@samp{yes} or @samp{no}) or the
8885 names of files or functions; so this is not an important restriction.
8888 @subsection Cache Files
8890 A cache file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
8891 tests run on one system so they can be shared between configure scripts
8892 and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. If its contents
8893 are invalid for some reason, the user may delete or edit it.
8895 By default, @command{configure} uses no cache file,
8896 to avoid problems caused by accidental
8897 use of stale cache files.
8899 To enable caching, @command{configure} accepts @option{--config-cache} (or
8900 @option{-C}) to cache results in the file @file{config.cache}.
8901 Alternatively, @option{--cache-file=@var{file}} specifies that
8902 @var{file} be the cache file. The cache file is created if it does not
8903 exist already. When @command{configure} calls @command{configure} scripts in
8904 subdirectories, it uses the @option{--cache-file} argument so that they
8905 share the same cache. @xref{Subdirectories}, for information on
8906 configuring subdirectories with the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro.
8908 @file{config.status} only pays attention to the cache file if it is
8909 given the @option{--recheck} option, which makes it rerun
8910 @command{configure}.
8912 It is wrong to try to distribute cache files for particular system types.
8913 There is too much room for error in doing that, and too much
8914 administrative overhead in maintaining them. For any features that
8915 can't be guessed automatically, use the standard method of the canonical
8916 system type and linking files (@pxref{Manual Configuration}).
8918 The site initialization script can specify a site-wide cache file to
8919 use, instead of the usual per-program cache. In this case, the cache
8920 file gradually accumulates information whenever someone runs a new
8921 @command{configure} script. (Running @command{configure} merges the new cache
8922 results with the existing cache file.) This may cause problems,
8923 however, if the system configuration (e.g., the installed libraries or
8924 compilers) changes and the stale cache file is not deleted.
8926 @node Cache Checkpointing
8927 @subsection Cache Checkpointing
8929 If your configure script, or a macro called from @file{configure.ac}, happens
8930 to abort the configure process, it may be useful to checkpoint the cache
8931 a few times at key points using @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE}. Doing so
8932 reduces the amount of time it takes to rerun the configure script with
8933 (hopefully) the error that caused the previous abort corrected.
8935 @c FIXME: Do we really want to document this guy?
8936 @defmac AC_CACHE_LOAD
8937 @acindex{CACHE_LOAD}
8938 Loads values from existing cache file, or creates a new cache file if a
8939 cache file is not found. Called automatically from @code{AC_INIT}.
8942 @defmac AC_CACHE_SAVE
8943 @acindex{CACHE_SAVE}
8944 Flushes all cached values to the cache file. Called automatically from
8945 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, but it can be quite useful to call
8946 @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE} at key points in @file{configure.ac}.
8952 @r{ @dots{} AC_INIT, etc. @dots{}}
8954 # Checks for programs.
8957 @r{ @dots{} more program checks @dots{}}
8962 # Checks for libraries.
8963 AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])
8964 AC_CHECK_LIB([socket], [connect])
8965 @r{ @dots{} more lib checks @dots{}}
8970 # Might abort@dots{}
8971 AM_PATH_GTK([1.0.2], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
8972 AM_PATH_GTKMM([0.9.5], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
8974 @r{ @dots{} AC_OUTPUT, etc. @dots{}}
8977 @node Printing Messages
8978 @section Printing Messages
8979 @cindex Messages, from @command{configure}
8981 @command{configure} scripts need to give users running them several kinds
8982 of information. The following macros print messages in ways appropriate
8983 for each kind. The arguments to all of them get enclosed in shell
8984 double quotes, so the shell performs variable and back-quote
8985 substitution on them.
8987 These macros are all wrappers around the @command{echo} shell command.
8988 They direct output to the appropriate file descriptor (@pxref{File
8989 Descriptor Macros}).
8990 @command{configure} scripts should rarely need to run @command{echo} directly
8991 to print messages for the user. Using these macros makes it easy to
8992 change how and when each kind of message is printed; such changes need
8993 only be made to the macro definitions and all the callers change
8996 To diagnose static issues, i.e., when @command{autoconf} is run, see
8997 @ref{Reporting Messages}.
8999 @defmac AC_MSG_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
9000 @acindex{MSG_CHECKING}
9001 Notify the user that @command{configure} is checking for a particular
9002 feature. This macro prints a message that starts with @samp{checking }
9003 and ends with @samp{...} and no newline. It must be followed by a call
9004 to @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} to print the result of the check and the
9005 newline. The @var{feature-description} should be something like
9006 @samp{whether the Fortran compiler accepts C++ comments} or @samp{for
9009 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9010 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9013 @anchor{AC_MSG_RESULT}
9014 @defmac AC_MSG_RESULT (@var{result-description})
9015 @acindex{MSG_RESULT}
9016 Notify the user of the results of a check. @var{result-description} is
9017 almost always the value of the cache variable for the check, typically
9018 @samp{yes}, @samp{no}, or a file name. This macro should follow a call
9019 to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}, and the @var{result-description} should be
9020 the completion of the message printed by the call to
9021 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}.
9023 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9024 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9027 @anchor{AC_MSG_NOTICE}
9028 @defmac AC_MSG_NOTICE (@var{message})
9029 @acindex{MSG_NOTICE}
9030 Deliver the @var{message} to the user. It is useful mainly to print a
9031 general description of the overall purpose of a group of feature checks,
9035 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking if stack overflow is detectable])
9038 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9039 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9042 @anchor{AC_MSG_ERROR}
9043 @defmac AC_MSG_ERROR (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
9045 Notify the user of an error that prevents @command{configure} from
9046 completing. This macro prints an error message to the standard error
9047 output and exits @command{configure} with @var{exit-status} (1 by default).
9048 @var{error-description} should be something like @samp{invalid value
9051 The @var{error-description} should start with a lower-case letter, and
9052 ``cannot'' is preferred to ``can't''.
9055 @defmac AC_MSG_FAILURE (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
9056 @acindex{MSG_FAILURE}
9057 This @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} wrapper notifies the user of an error that
9058 prevents @command{configure} from completing @emph{and} that additional
9059 details are provided in @file{config.log}. This is typically used when
9060 abnormal results are found during a compilation.
9063 @anchor{AC_MSG_WARN}
9064 @defmac AC_MSG_WARN (@var{problem-description})
9066 Notify the @command{configure} user of a possible problem. This macro
9067 prints the message to the standard error output; @command{configure}
9068 continues running afterward, so macros that call @code{AC_MSG_WARN} should
9069 provide a default (back-up) behavior for the situations they warn about.
9070 @var{problem-description} should be something like @samp{ln -s seems to
9076 @c ====================================================== Programming in M4.
9078 @node Programming in M4
9079 @chapter Programming in M4
9082 Autoconf is written on top of two layers: @dfn{M4sugar}, which provides
9083 convenient macros for pure M4 programming, and @dfn{M4sh}, which
9084 provides macros dedicated to shell script generation.
9086 As of this version of Autoconf, these two layers are still experimental,
9087 and their interface might change in the future. As a matter of fact,
9088 @emph{anything that is not documented must not be used}.
9091 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
9092 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
9093 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
9094 * Programming in M4sh:: Common shell Constructs
9095 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
9099 @section M4 Quotation
9100 @cindex M4 quotation
9103 The most common problem with existing macros is an improper quotation.
9104 This section, which users of Autoconf can skip, but which macro writers
9105 @emph{must} read, first justifies the quotation scheme that was chosen
9106 for Autoconf and then ends with a rule of thumb. Understanding the
9107 former helps one to follow the latter.
9110 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
9111 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
9112 * Quoting and Parameters:: M4 vs. shell parameters
9113 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
9114 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
9115 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
9116 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
9119 @node Active Characters
9120 @subsection Active Characters
9122 To fully understand where proper quotation is important, you first need
9123 to know what the special characters are in Autoconf: @samp{#} introduces
9124 a comment inside which no macro expansion is performed, @samp{,}
9125 separates arguments, @samp{[} and @samp{]} are the quotes themselves,
9126 @samp{(} and @samp{)} (which M4 tries to match by pairs), and finally
9127 @samp{$} inside a macro definition.
9129 In order to understand the delicate case of macro calls, we first have
9130 to present some obvious failures. Below they are ``obvious-ified'',
9131 but when you find them in real life, they are usually in disguise.
9133 Comments, introduced by a hash and running up to the newline, are opaque
9134 tokens to the top level: active characters are turned off, and there is
9138 # define([def], ine)
9139 @result{}# define([def], ine)
9142 Each time there can be a macro expansion, there is a quotation
9143 expansion, i.e., one level of quotes is stripped:
9149 @result{}int tab[10];
9152 Without this in mind, the reader might try hopelessly to use her macro
9156 define([array], [int tab[10];])
9164 How can you correctly output the intended results@footnote{Using
9168 @node One Macro Call
9169 @subsection One Macro Call
9171 Let's proceed on the interaction between active characters and macros
9172 with this small macro, which just returns its first argument:
9179 The two pairs of quotes above are not part of the arguments of
9180 @code{define}; rather, they are understood by the top level when it
9181 tries to find the arguments of @code{define}. Therefore, assuming
9182 @code{car} is not already defined, it is equivalent to write:
9189 But, while it is acceptable for a @file{configure.ac} to avoid unnecessary
9190 quotes, it is bad practice for Autoconf macros which must both be more
9191 robust and also advocate perfect style.
9193 At the top level, there are only two possibilities: either you
9199 [car(foo, bar, baz)]
9200 @result{}car(foo, bar, baz)
9203 Let's pay attention to the special characters:
9207 @error{}EOF in argument list
9210 The closing parenthesis is hidden in the comment; with a hypothetical
9211 quoting, the top level understood it this way:
9218 Proper quotation, of course, fixes the problem:
9225 Here are more examples:
9248 @node Quoting and Parameters
9251 When M4 encounters @samp{$} within a macro definition, followed
9252 immediately by a character it recognizes (@samp{0}@dots{}@samp{9},
9253 @samp{#}, @samp{@@}, or @samp{*}), it will perform M4 parameter
9254 expansion. This happens regardless of how many layers of quotes the
9255 parameter expansion is nested within, or even if it occurs in text that
9256 will be rescanned as a comment.
9259 define([none], [$1])
9261 define([one], [[$1]])
9263 define([two], [[[$1]]])
9265 define([comment], [# $1])
9267 define([active], [ACTIVE])
9279 On the other hand, since autoconf generates shell code, you often want
9280 to output shell variable expansion, rather than performing M4 parameter
9281 expansion. To do this, you must use M4 quoting to separate the @samp{$}
9282 from the next character in the definition of your macro. If the macro
9283 definition occurs in single-quoted text, then insert another level of
9284 quoting; if the usage is already inside a double-quoted string, then
9285 split it into concatenated strings.
9288 define([single], [a single-quoted $[]1 definition])
9290 define([double], [[a double-quoted $][1 definition]])
9293 @result{}a single-quoted $1 definition
9295 @result{}a double-quoted $1 definition
9298 Posix states that M4 implementations are free to provide implementation
9299 extensions when @samp{$@{} is encountered in a macro definition.
9300 Autoconf reserves the longer sequence @samp{$@{@{} for use with planned
9301 extensions that will be available in the future @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0,
9302 but guarantees that all other instances of @samp{$@{} will be output
9303 literally. Therefore, this idiom can also be used to output shell code
9304 parameter references:
9307 define([first], [$@{1@}])first
9311 Posix also states that @samp{$11} should expand to the first parameter
9312 concatenated with a literal @samp{1}, although some versions of
9313 @acronym{GNU} M4 expand the eleventh parameter instead. For
9314 portability, you should only use single-digit M4 parameter expansion.
9316 With this in mind, we can explore the cases where macros invoke
9319 @node Quotation and Nested Macros
9320 @subsection Quotation and Nested Macros
9322 The examples below use the following macros:
9326 define([active], [ACT, IVE])
9327 define([array], [int tab[10]])
9330 Each additional embedded macro call introduces other possible
9331 interesting quotations:
9342 In the first case, the top level looks for the arguments of @code{car},
9343 and finds @samp{active}. Because M4 evaluates its arguments
9344 before applying the macro, @samp{active} is expanded, which results in:
9352 In the second case, the top level gives @samp{active} as first and only
9353 argument of @code{car}, which results in:
9361 i.e., the argument is evaluated @emph{after} the macro that invokes it.
9362 In the third case, @code{car} receives @samp{[active]}, which results in:
9370 exactly as we already saw above.
9372 The example above, applied to a more realistic example, gives:
9379 car([[int tab[10];]])
9380 @result{}int tab[10];
9384 Huh? The first case is easily understood, but why is the second wrong,
9385 and the third right? To understand that, you must know that after
9386 M4 expands a macro, the resulting text is immediately subjected
9387 to macro expansion and quote removal. This means that the quote removal
9388 occurs twice---first before the argument is passed to the @code{car}
9389 macro, and second after the @code{car} macro expands to the first
9392 As the author of the Autoconf macro @code{car}, you then consider it to
9393 be incorrect that your users have to double-quote the arguments of
9394 @code{car}, so you ``fix'' your macro. Let's call it @code{qar} for
9398 define([qar], [[$1]])
9402 and check that @code{qar} is properly fixed:
9406 @result{}int tab[10];
9410 Ahhh! That's much better.
9412 But note what you've done: now that the result of @code{qar} is always
9413 a literal string, the only time a user can use nested macros is if she
9414 relies on an @emph{unquoted} macro call:
9424 leaving no way for her to reproduce what she used to do with @code{car}:
9432 Worse yet: she wants to use a macro that produces a set of @code{cpp}
9436 define([my_includes], [#include <stdio.h>])
9438 @result{}#include <stdio.h>
9440 @error{}EOF in argument list
9443 This macro, @code{qar}, because it double quotes its arguments, forces
9444 its users to leave their macro calls unquoted, which is dangerous.
9445 Commas and other active symbols are interpreted by M4 before
9446 they are given to the macro, often not in the way the users expect.
9447 Also, because @code{qar} behaves differently from the other macros,
9448 it's an exception that should be avoided in Autoconf.
9450 @node Changequote is Evil
9451 @subsection @code{changequote} is Evil
9452 @cindex @code{changequote}
9454 The temptation is often high to bypass proper quotation, in particular
9455 when it's late at night. Then, many experienced Autoconf hackers
9456 finally surrender to the dark side of the force and use the ultimate
9457 weapon: @code{changequote}.
9459 The M4 builtin @code{changequote} belongs to a set of primitives that
9460 allow one to adjust the syntax of the language to adjust it to one's
9461 needs. For instance, by default M4 uses @samp{`} and @samp{'} as
9462 quotes, but in the context of shell programming (and actually of most
9463 programming languages), that's about the worst choice one can make:
9464 because of strings and back-quoted expressions in shell code (such as
9465 @samp{'this'} and @samp{`that`}), and because of literal characters in usual
9466 programming languages (as in @samp{'0'}), there are many unbalanced
9467 @samp{`} and @samp{'}. Proper M4 quotation then becomes a nightmare, if
9468 not impossible. In order to make M4 useful in such a context, its
9469 designers have equipped it with @code{changequote}, which makes it
9470 possible to choose another pair of quotes. M4sugar, M4sh, Autoconf, and
9471 Autotest all have chosen to use @samp{[} and @samp{]}. Not especially
9472 because they are unlikely characters, but @emph{because they are
9473 characters unlikely to be unbalanced}.
9475 There are other magic primitives, such as @code{changecom} to specify
9476 what syntactic forms are comments (it is common to see
9477 @samp{changecom(<!--, -->)} when M4 is used to produce HTML pages),
9478 @code{changeword} and @code{changesyntax} to change other syntactic
9479 details (such as the character to denote the @var{n}th argument, @samp{$} by
9480 default, the parenthesis around arguments, etc.).
9482 These primitives are really meant to make M4 more useful for specific
9483 domains: they should be considered like command line options:
9484 @option{--quotes}, @option{--comments}, @option{--words}, and
9485 @option{--syntax}. Nevertheless, they are implemented as M4 builtins, as
9486 it makes M4 libraries self contained (no need for additional options).
9488 There lies the problem@enddots{}
9492 The problem is that it is then tempting to use them in the middle of an
9493 M4 script, as opposed to its initialization. This, if not carefully
9494 thought out, can lead to disastrous effects: @emph{you are changing the
9495 language in the middle of the execution}. Changing and restoring the
9496 syntax is often not enough: if you happened to invoke macros in between,
9497 these macros are lost, as the current syntax is probably not
9498 the one they were implemented with.
9500 @c FIXME: I've been looking for a short, real case example, but I
9505 @subsection Quadrigraphs
9506 @cindex quadrigraphs
9507 @cindex @samp{@@S|@@}
9508 @cindex @samp{@@&t@@}
9509 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
9510 @c @cindex @samp{@@<:@@}
9511 @c @cindex @samp{@@:>@@}
9512 @c @cindex @samp{@@%:@@}
9514 When writing an Autoconf macro you may occasionally need to generate
9515 special characters that are difficult to express with the standard
9516 Autoconf quoting rules. For example, you may need to output the regular
9517 expression @samp{[^[]}, which matches any character other than @samp{[}.
9518 This expression contains unbalanced brackets so it cannot be put easily
9521 You can work around this problem by using one of the following
9537 Quadrigraphs are replaced at a late stage of the translation process,
9538 after @command{m4} is run, so they do not get in the way of M4 quoting.
9539 For example, the string @samp{^@@<:@@}, independently of its quotation,
9540 appears as @samp{^[} in the output.
9542 The empty quadrigraph can be used:
9545 @item to mark trailing spaces explicitly
9547 Trailing spaces are smashed by @command{autom4te}. This is a feature.
9549 @item to produce other quadrigraphs
9551 For instance @samp{@@<@@&t@@:@@} produces @samp{@@<:@@}.
9553 @item to escape @emph{occurrences} of forbidden patterns
9555 For instance you might want to mention @code{AC_FOO} in a comment, while
9556 still being sure that @command{autom4te} still catches unexpanded
9557 @samp{AC_*}. Then write @samp{AC@@&t@@_FOO}.
9560 The name @samp{@@&t@@} was suggested by Paul Eggert:
9563 I should give some credit to the @samp{@@&t@@} pun. The @samp{&} is my
9564 own invention, but the @samp{t} came from the source code of the
9565 @sc{algol68c} compiler, written by Steve Bourne (of Bourne shell fame),
9566 and which used @samp{mt} to denote the empty string. In C, it would
9567 have looked like something like:
9570 char const mt[] = "";
9574 but of course the source code was written in Algol 68.
9576 I don't know where he got @samp{mt} from: it could have been his own
9577 invention, and I suppose it could have been a common pun around the
9578 Cambridge University computer lab at the time.
9581 @node Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9582 @subsection Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9584 To conclude, the quotation rule of thumb is:
9586 @center @emph{One pair of quotes per pair of parentheses.}
9588 Never over-quote, never under-quote, in particular in the definition of
9589 macros. In the few places where the macros need to use brackets
9590 (usually in C program text or regular expressions), properly quote
9591 @emph{the arguments}!
9593 It is common to read Autoconf programs with snippets like:
9597 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9599 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9600 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9602 changequote([, ])dnl
9603 [atoi (*tzname);], ac_cv_var_tzname=yes, ac_cv_var_tzname=no)
9607 which is incredibly useless since @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is @emph{already}
9608 double quoting, so you just need:
9613 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9614 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9617 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
9618 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
9622 The M4-fluent reader might note that these two examples are rigorously
9623 equivalent, since M4 swallows both the @samp{changequote(<<, >>)}
9624 and @samp{<<} @samp{>>} when it @dfn{collects} the arguments: these
9625 quotes are not part of the arguments!
9627 Simplified, the example above is just doing this:
9630 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9632 changequote([, ])dnl
9642 With macros that do not double quote their arguments (which is the
9643 rule), double-quote the (risky) literals:
9646 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
9648 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9649 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9651 [atoi (*tzname);])],
9652 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
9653 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
9656 Please note that the macro @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is obsolete, so you really
9657 should be using @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} instead.
9659 @xref{Quadrigraphs}, for what to do if you run into a hopeless case
9660 where quoting does not suffice.
9662 When you create a @command{configure} script using newly written macros,
9663 examine it carefully to check whether you need to add more quotes in
9664 your macros. If one or more words have disappeared in the M4
9665 output, you need more quotes. When in doubt, quote.
9667 However, it's also possible to put on too many layers of quotes. If
9668 this happens, the resulting @command{configure} script may contain
9669 unexpanded macros. The @command{autoconf} program checks for this problem
9670 by looking for the string @samp{AC_} in @file{configure}. However, this
9671 heuristic does not work in general: for example, it does not catch
9672 overquoting in @code{AC_DEFINE} descriptions.
9675 @c ---------------------------------------- Using autom4te
9677 @node Using autom4te
9678 @section Using @command{autom4te}
9680 The Autoconf suite, including M4sugar, M4sh, and Autotest, in addition
9681 to Autoconf per se, heavily rely on M4. All these different uses
9682 revealed common needs factored into a layer over M4:
9683 @command{autom4te}@footnote{
9685 Yet another great name from Lars J. Aas.
9689 @command{autom4te} is a preprocessor that is like @command{m4}.
9690 It supports M4 extensions designed for use in tools like Autoconf.
9693 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
9694 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
9697 @node autom4te Invocation
9698 @subsection Invoking @command{autom4te}
9700 The command line arguments are modeled after M4's:
9703 autom4te @var{options} @var{files}
9708 where the @var{files} are directly passed to @command{m4}. By default,
9709 @acronym{GNU} M4 is found during configuration, but the environment
9711 @env{M4} can be set to tell @command{autom4te} where to look. In addition
9712 to the regular expansion, it handles the replacement of the quadrigraphs
9713 (@pxref{Quadrigraphs}), and of @samp{__oline__}, the current line in the
9714 output. It supports an extended syntax for the @var{files}:
9717 @item @var{file}.m4f
9718 This file is an M4 frozen file. Note that @emph{all the previous files
9719 are ignored}. See the option @option{--melt} for the rationale.
9722 If found in the library path, the @var{file} is included for expansion,
9723 otherwise it is ignored instead of triggering a failure.
9728 Of course, it supports the Autoconf common subset of options:
9733 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
9737 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
9741 Report processing steps.
9745 Don't remove the temporary files and be even more verbose.
9747 @item --include=@var{dir}
9749 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations
9752 @item --output=@var{file}
9753 @itemx -o @var{file}
9754 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
9755 for the standard output.
9760 As an extension of @command{m4}, it includes the following options:
9763 @item --warnings=@var{category}
9764 @itemx -W @var{category}
9766 @c FIXME: Point to the M4sugar macros, not Autoconf's.
9767 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
9768 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
9769 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
9774 report all the warnings
9780 treats warnings as errors
9782 @item no-@var{category}
9783 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
9786 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
9787 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
9788 honored. @samp{autom4te -W @var{category}} actually
9789 behaves as if you had run:
9792 autom4te --warnings=syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}
9796 For example, if you want to disable defaults and @env{WARNINGS}
9797 of @command{autom4te}, but enable the warnings about obsolete
9798 constructs, you would use @option{-W none,obsolete}.
9801 @cindex Macro invocation stack
9802 @command{autom4te} displays a back trace for errors, but not for
9803 warnings; if you want them, just pass @option{-W error}.
9807 Do not use frozen files. Any argument @code{@var{file}.m4f} is
9808 replaced by @code{@var{file}.m4}. This helps tracing the macros which
9809 are executed only when the files are frozen, typically
9810 @code{m4_define}. For instance, running:
9813 autom4te --melt 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
9817 is roughly equivalent to running:
9820 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 4.m4 input.m4
9827 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
9834 m4 --reload-state=4.m4f input.m4
9839 Produce a frozen state file. @command{autom4te} freezing is stricter
9840 than M4's: it must produce no warnings, and no output other than empty
9841 lines (a line with white space is @emph{not} empty) and comments
9842 (starting with @samp{#}). Unlike @command{m4}'s similarly-named option,
9843 this option takes no argument:
9846 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze --output=3.m4f
9853 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze-state=3.m4f
9856 @item --mode=@var{octal-mode}
9857 @itemx -m @var{octal-mode}
9858 Set the mode of the non-traces output to @var{octal-mode}; by default
9864 @cindex @file{autom4te.cache}
9865 As another additional feature over @command{m4}, @command{autom4te}
9866 caches its results. @acronym{GNU} M4 is able to produce a regular
9867 output and traces at the same time. Traces are heavily used in the
9868 @acronym{GNU} Build System: @command{autoheader} uses them to build
9869 @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoreconf} to determine what
9870 @acronym{GNU} Build System components are used, @command{automake} to
9871 ``parse'' @file{configure.ac} etc. To avoid recomputation,
9872 traces are cached while performing regular expansion,
9873 and conversely. This cache is (actually, the caches are) stored in
9874 the directory @file{autom4te.cache}. @emph{It can safely be removed}
9875 at any moment (especially if for some reason @command{autom4te}
9876 considers it is trashed).
9879 @item --cache=@var{directory}
9880 @itemx -C @var{directory}
9881 Specify the name of the directory where the result should be cached.
9882 Passing an empty value disables caching. Be sure to pass a relative
9883 file name, as for the time being, global caches are not supported.
9886 Don't cache the results.
9890 If a cache is used, consider it obsolete (but update it anyway).
9895 Because traces are so important to the @acronym{GNU} Build System,
9896 @command{autom4te} provides high level tracing features as compared to
9897 M4, and helps exploiting the cache:
9900 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
9901 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
9902 Trace the invocations of @var{macro} according to the @var{format}.
9903 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments can be used to list several macros.
9904 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments for a single macro are not
9905 cumulative; instead, you should just make @var{format} as long as
9908 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
9909 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}. It can
9910 use the following special escapes:
9914 The character @samp{$}.
9917 The file name from which @var{macro} is called.
9920 The line number from which @var{macro} is called.
9923 The depth of the @var{macro} call. This is an M4 technical detail that
9924 you probably don't want to know about.
9927 The name of the @var{macro}.
9930 The @var{num}th argument of the call to @var{macro}.
9934 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}@@
9935 All the arguments passed to @var{macro}, separated by the character
9936 @var{sep} or the string @var{separator} (@samp{,} by default). Each
9937 argument is quoted, i.e., enclosed in a pair of square brackets.
9941 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}*
9942 As above, but the arguments are not quoted.
9946 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}%
9947 As above, but the arguments are not quoted, all new line characters in
9948 the arguments are smashed, and the default separator is @samp{:}.
9950 The escape @samp{$%} produces single-line trace outputs (unless you put
9951 newlines in the @samp{separator}), while @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*} do
9955 @xref{autoconf Invocation}, for examples of trace uses.
9957 @item --preselect=@var{macro}
9958 @itemx -p @var{macro}
9959 Cache the traces of @var{macro}, but do not enable traces. This is
9960 especially important to save CPU cycles in the future. For instance,
9961 when invoked, @command{autoconf} preselects all the macros that
9962 @command{autoheader}, @command{automake}, @command{autoreconf}, etc.,
9963 trace, so that running @command{m4} is not needed to trace them: the
9964 cache suffices. This results in a huge speed-up.
9969 @cindex Autom4te Library
9970 Finally, @command{autom4te} introduces the concept of @dfn{Autom4te
9971 libraries}. They consists in a powerful yet extremely simple feature:
9972 sets of combined command line arguments:
9975 @item --language=@var{language}
9976 @itemx -l @var{language}
9977 Use the @var{language} Autom4te library. Current languages include:
9981 create M4sugar output.
9984 create M4sh executable shell scripts.
9987 create Autotest executable test suites.
9989 @item Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4
9990 create Autoconf executable configure scripts without
9991 reading @file{aclocal.m4}.
9994 create Autoconf executable configure scripts. This language inherits
9995 all the characteristics of @code{Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4} and
9996 additionally reads @file{aclocal.m4}.
9999 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
10001 Prepend directory @var{dir} to the search path. This is used to include
10002 the language-specific files before any third-party macros.
10006 @cindex @file{autom4te.cfg}
10007 As an example, if Autoconf is installed in its default location,
10008 @file{/usr/local}, the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sugar foo.m4} is
10009 strictly equivalent to the command:
10012 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
10013 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f --warnings syntax foo.m4
10017 Recursive expansion applies here: the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sh foo.m4}
10018 is the same as @samp{autom4te --language M4sugar m4sugar/m4sh.m4f
10022 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
10023 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f m4sugar/m4sh.m4f --mode 777 foo.m4
10027 The definition of the languages is stored in @file{autom4te.cfg}.
10029 @node Customizing autom4te
10030 @subsection Customizing @command{autom4te}
10032 One can customize @command{autom4te} via @file{~/.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
10033 as found in the user home directory), and @file{./.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
10034 as found in the directory from which @command{autom4te} is run). The
10035 order is first reading @file{autom4te.cfg}, then @file{~/.autom4te.cfg},
10036 then @file{./.autom4te.cfg}, and finally the command line arguments.
10038 In these text files, comments are introduced with @code{#}, and empty
10039 lines are ignored. Customization is performed on a per-language basis,
10040 wrapped in between a @samp{begin-language: "@var{language}"},
10041 @samp{end-language: "@var{language}"} pair.
10043 Customizing a language stands for appending options (@pxref{autom4te
10044 Invocation}) to the current definition of the language. Options, and
10045 more generally arguments, are introduced by @samp{args:
10046 @var{arguments}}. You may use the traditional shell syntax to quote the
10049 As an example, to disable Autoconf caches (@file{autom4te.cache})
10050 globally, include the following lines in @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}:
10053 ## ------------------ ##
10054 ## User Preferences. ##
10055 ## ------------------ ##
10057 begin-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
10059 end-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
10063 @node Programming in M4sugar
10064 @section Programming in M4sugar
10067 M4 by itself provides only a small, but sufficient, set of all-purpose
10068 macros. M4sugar introduces additional generic macros. Its name was
10069 coined by Lars J. Aas: ``Readability And Greater Understanding Stands 4
10073 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
10074 * Conditional constructs:: Conditions in M4
10075 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
10076 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
10077 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
10078 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
10081 @node Redefined M4 Macros
10082 @subsection Redefined M4 Macros
10085 @msindex{changecom}
10086 @msindex{changequote}
10087 @msindex{debugfile}
10088 @msindex{debugmode}
10111 With a few exceptions, all the M4 native macros are moved in the
10112 @samp{m4_} pseudo-namespace, e.g., M4sugar renames @code{define} as
10113 @code{m4_define} etc.
10115 Some M4 macros are redefined, and are slightly incompatible with their
10120 This macro kept its original name: no @code{m4_dnl} is defined.
10123 @defmac m4_defn (@var{macro})
10125 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
10126 defined. See @code{m4_undefine}.
10129 @c FIXME: Need to document m4_divert, m4_undivert, m4_divert_push,
10130 @c m4_divert_pop, m4_divert_text, m4_divert_once
10132 @defmac m4_exit (@var{exit-status})
10134 This macro corresponds to @code{m4exit}.
10137 @defmac m4_if (@var{comment})
10138 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @ovar{not-equal})
10139 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @dots{})
10141 This macro corresponds to @code{ifelse}. @var{string-1} and
10142 @var{string-2} are compared literally, so usually one of the two
10143 arguments is passed unquoted. @xref{Conditional constructs} for more
10144 conditional idioms.
10147 @defmac m4_include (@var{file})
10148 @defmacx m4_sinclude (@var{file})
10151 Like the M4 builtins, but warn against multiple inclusions of @var{file}.
10154 @defmac m4_mkstemp (@var{template})
10155 @defmacx m4_maketemp (@var{template})
10158 Posix requires @code{maketemp} to replace the trailing @samp{X}
10159 characters in @var{template} with the process id, without regards to the
10160 existence of a file by that name, but this a security hole. When this
10161 was pointed out to the Posix folks, they agreed to invent a new macro
10162 @code{mkstemp} that always creates a uniquely named file, but not all
10163 versions of @acronym{GNU} M4 support the new macro. In M4sugar,
10164 @code{m4_maketemp} and @code{m4_mkstemp} are synonyms for each other,
10165 and both have the secure semantics regardless of which macro the
10166 underlying M4 provides.
10169 @defmac m4_bpatsubst (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
10170 @msindex{bpatsubst}
10171 This macro corresponds to @code{patsubst}. The name @code{m4_patsubst}
10172 is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0 is
10173 released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
10176 @defmac m4_popdef (@var{macro})
10178 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
10179 defined. See @code{m4_undefine}.
10182 @defmac m4_bregexp (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
10184 This macro corresponds to @code{regexp}. The name @code{m4_regexp}
10185 is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0 is
10186 released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
10189 @defmac m4_undefine (@var{macro})
10191 Unlike the M4 builtin, this macro fails if @var{macro} is not
10195 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [m4_undefine([@var{macro}])])
10199 to recover the behavior of the builtin.
10202 @defmac m4_wrap (@var{text})
10204 This macro corresponds to @code{m4wrap}.
10206 Posix requires arguments of multiple @code{m4wrap} calls to be
10207 reprocessed at @acronym{EOF} in the same order as the original calls.
10208 @acronym{GNU} M4 versions through 1.4.x, however, reprocess them in
10209 reverse order. Your code should not depend on the order.
10211 Also, Posix requires @code{m4wrap} to ignore its second and succeeding
10212 arguments, but @acronym{GNU} M4 versions through 1.4.x concatenate the
10213 arguments with intervening spaces. Your code should not pass more than
10216 You are encouraged to end @var{text} with @samp{[]}, to avoid unexpected
10217 token pasting between consecutive invocations of @code{m4_wrap}, as in:
10220 m4_define([foo], [bar])
10221 m4_define([foofoo], [OUCH])
10229 @node Conditional constructs
10230 @subsection Conditional constructs
10232 The following macros provide additional conditional contructs, as
10233 convenience wrappers around @code{m4_if}.
10235 @defmac m4_bmatch (@var{string}, @var{regex-1}, @var{value-1}, @dots{}, @
10238 The string @var{string} is repeatedly compared against a series of
10239 @var{regex} arguments; if a match is found, the expansion is the
10240 corresponding @var{value}, otherwise, the macro moves on to the next
10241 @var{regex}. If no @var{regex} match, then the result is the optional
10242 @var{default}, or nothing.
10245 @defmac m4_bpatsubsts (@var{string}, @var{regex-1}, @var{subst-1}, @dots{})
10246 @msindex{bpatsubsts}
10247 The string @var{string} is altered by @var{regex-1} and @var{subst-1},
10250 m4_bpatsubst([[@var{string}]], [@var{regex}], [@var{subst}])
10254 The result of the substitution is then passed through the next set of
10255 @var{regex} and @var{subst}, and so forth. An empty @var{subst} implies
10256 deletion of any matched portions in the current string. Note that this
10257 macro over-quotes @var{string}; this behavior is intentional, so that
10258 the result of each step of the recursion remains as a quoted string.
10259 However, it means that anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$} in the @var{regex}
10260 will line up with the extra quotations, and not the characters of the
10264 @defmac m4_case (@var{string}, @var{value-1}, @var{if-value-1}, @dots{}, @
10267 Test @var{string} against multiple @var{value} possibilities, resulting
10268 in the first @var{if-value} for a match, or in the optional
10269 @var{default}. This is shorthand for:
10271 m4_if([@var{string}], [@var{value-1}], [@var{if-value-1}],
10272 [@var{string}], [@var{value-2}], [@var{if-value-2}], @dots{},
10277 @defmac m4_cond (@var{test-1}, @var{value-1}, @var{if-value-1}, @
10278 @var{test-2}, @var{value-2}, @var{if-value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10280 Similar to @code{m4_if}, except that each @var{test} is expanded only
10281 when it is encountered. This is useful for short-circuiting expensive
10282 tests; while @code{m4_if} requires all its strings to be expanded up
10283 front before doing comparisons, @code{m4_cond} only expands a @var{test}
10284 when all earlier tests have failed.
10286 For an example, these two sequences give the same result, but in the
10287 case where @samp{$1} does not contain a backslash, the @code{m4_cond}
10288 version only expands @code{m4_index} once, instead of five times, for
10289 faster computation if this is a common case for @samp{$1}. Notice that
10290 every third argument is unquoted for @code{m4_if}, and quoted for
10294 m4_if(m4_index([$1], [\]), [-1], [$2],
10295 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0), [1], [$2],
10296 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0), [1], [$2],
10297 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0), [1], [$3],
10298 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0), [1], [$3],
10300 m4_cond([m4_index([$1], [\])], [-1], [$2],
10301 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0)], [1], [$2],
10302 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0)], [1], [$2],
10303 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0)], [1], [$3],
10304 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0)], [1], [$3],
10309 @defmac m4_default (@var{expr-1}, @var{expr-2})
10311 If @var{expr-1} is not empty, use it. Otherwise, expand to
10312 @var{expr-2}. Useful for providing a fixed default if the expression
10313 that results in @var{expr-1} would otherwise be empty.
10316 @defmac m4_ifndef (@var{macro}, @var{if-not-defined}, @ovar{if-defined})
10318 This is shorthand for:
10320 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [@var{if-defined}], [@var{if-not-defined}])
10324 @defmac m4_ifset (@var{macro}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
10326 If @var{macro} is undefined, or is defined as the empty string, expand
10327 to @var{if-false}. Otherwise, expands to @var{if-true}. Similar to:
10329 m4_ifval(m4_defn([@var{macro}]), [@var{if-true}], [@var{if-false}])
10332 except that it is not an error if @var{macro} is undefined.
10335 @defmac m4_ifval (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
10337 Expands to @var{if-true} if @var{cond} is not empty, otherwise to
10338 @var{if-false}. This is shorthand for:
10340 m4_if([@var{cond}], [], [@var{if-true}], [@var{if-false}])
10344 @defmac m4_ifvaln (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
10346 Similar to @code{m4_ifval}, except guarantee that a newline is present
10347 after any non-empty expansion.
10350 @defmac m4_n (@var{text})
10352 Expand to @var{text}, and add a newline if @var{text} is not empty.
10356 @node Looping constructs
10357 @subsection Looping constructs
10359 The following macros implement loops in M4.
10361 @defmac m4_for (@var{var}, @var{first}, @var{last}, @ovar{step}, @
10364 Loop over the numeric values between @var{first} and @var{last}
10365 including bounds by increments of @var{step}. For each iteration,
10366 expand @var{expression} with the numeric value assigned to @var{var}.
10367 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to @samp{1} or @samp{-1} depending
10368 on the order of the limits. If given, @var{step} has to match this
10372 @defmac m4_foreach (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
10374 Loop over the comma-separated M4 list @var{list}, assigning each value
10375 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}. The following example
10379 m4_foreach([myvar], [[foo], [bar, baz]],
10386 @anchor{m4_foreach_w}
10387 @defmac m4_foreach_w (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
10388 @msindex{foreach_w}
10389 Loop over the white-space-separated list @var{list}, assigning each value
10390 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}.
10392 The deprecated macro @code{AC_FOREACH} is an alias of
10393 @code{m4_foreach_w}.
10396 The following macros are useful in implementing recursive algorithms.
10398 @defmac m4_do(@dots{})
10400 This macro loops over its arguments and expands each one in sequence.
10401 Its main use is for readability; it allows the use of indentation and
10402 fewer @code{dnl} to result in the same expansion.
10405 @defmac m4_shiftn (@var{count}, @dots{})
10406 @defmacx m4_shift2 (@dots{})
10407 @defmacx m4_shift3 (@dots{})
10411 @code{m4_shiftn} performs @var{count} iterations of @code{m4_shift},
10412 along with validation that enough arguments were passed in to match the
10413 shift count. @code{m4_shift2} and @code{m4_shift3} are specializations
10414 of @code{m4_shiftn} that are more efficient for two and three shifts,
10419 @node Evaluation Macros
10420 @subsection Evaluation Macros
10422 The following macros give some control over the order of the evaluation
10423 by adding or removing levels of quotes. They are meant for hard-core M4
10426 @defmac m4_dquote (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10428 Return the arguments as a quoted list of quoted arguments.
10431 @defmac m4_quote (@var{arg1}, @dots{})
10433 Return the arguments as a single entity, i.e., wrap them into a pair of
10437 The following example aims at emphasizing the difference between (i), not
10438 using these macros, (ii), using @code{m4_quote}, and (iii), using
10442 $ @kbd{cat example.m4}
10443 # Overquote, so that quotes are visible.
10444 m4_define([show], [$[]1 = [$1], $[]@@ = [$@@]])
10445 m4_define([mkargs], [1, 2, 3])
10446 m4_define([arg1], [[$1]])
10449 show(m4_quote(a, b))
10450 show(m4_dquote(a, b))
10453 arg1(m4_defn([mkargs]))
10454 arg1(m4_quote(mkargs))
10455 arg1(m4_dquote(mkargs))
10456 $ @kbd{autom4te -l m4sugar example.m4}
10457 $1 = a, $@@ = [a],[b]
10458 $1 = a,b, $@@ = [a,b]
10459 $1 = [a],[b], $@@ = [[a],[b]]
10469 @node Text processing Macros
10470 @subsection Text processing Macros
10472 The following macros may be used to manipulate strings in M4.
10473 They are not intended for casual use.
10475 @defmac m4_re_escape (@var{string})
10476 @msindex{re_escape}
10477 Backslash-escape all characters in @var{string} that are active in
10481 @defmac m4_tolower (@var{string})
10482 @defmacx m4_toupper (@var{string})
10485 Return @var{string} with letters converted to upper or lower case,
10489 @defmac m4_split (@var{string}, @ovar{regexp})
10491 Split @var{string} into an M4 list of elements quoted by @samp{[} and
10492 @samp{]}, while keeping white space at the beginning and at the end.
10493 If @var{regexp} is given, use it instead of @samp{[\t ]+} for splitting.
10494 If @var{string} is empty, the result is an empty list.
10497 @defmac m4_normalize (@var{string})
10498 @msindex{normalize}
10499 Remove leading and trailing spaces and tabs, sequences of
10500 backslash-then-newline, and replace multiple spaces and tabs with a
10504 @defmac m4_append (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator})
10505 @defmacx m4_append_uniq (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator})
10507 @msindex{append_uniq}
10508 Redefine @var{macro-name} to its former contents with @var{separator}
10509 and @var{string} added at the end. If @var{macro-name} was undefined
10510 before (but not if it was defined but empty), then no @var{separator} is
10511 added. @code{m4_append} can be used to grow strings, and
10512 @code{m4_append_uniq} to grow strings without duplicating substrings.
10515 @anchor{m4_version_compare}
10516 @defmac m4_version_compare (@var{version-1}, @var{version-2})
10517 @msindex{version_compare}
10518 Introduced in autoconf 2.53. Compare the version strings
10519 @var{version-1} and @var{version-2}, and expand to @samp{-1} if
10520 @var{version-1} is smaller, @samp{0} if they are the same, or @samp{1}
10521 @var{version-2} is smaller. Version strings must be a list of elements
10522 separated by @samp{.}, where each element is a number along with an
10523 optional lower case letter. The comparison stops at the leftmost
10524 element that contains a difference, although a 0 element compares equal
10525 to a missing element.
10528 m4_version_compare([1.1], [2.0])
10530 m4_version_compare([2.0b], [2.0a])
10532 m4_version_compare([1.1.1], [1.1.1a])
10534 m4_version_compare([1.2], [1.1.1a])
10536 m4_version_compare([1.0], [1])
10542 @node Forbidden Patterns
10543 @subsection Forbidden Patterns
10544 @cindex Forbidden patterns
10545 @cindex Patterns, forbidden
10547 M4sugar provides a means to define suspicious patterns, patterns
10548 describing tokens which should not be found in the output. For
10549 instance, if an Autoconf @file{configure} script includes tokens such as
10550 @samp{AC_DEFINE}, or @samp{dnl}, then most probably something went
10551 wrong (typically a macro was not evaluated because of overquotation).
10553 M4sugar forbids all the tokens matching @samp{^m4_} and @samp{^dnl$}.
10555 @defmac m4_pattern_forbid (@var{pattern})
10556 @msindex{pattern_forbid}
10557 Declare that no token matching @var{pattern} must be found in the output.
10558 Comments are not checked; this can be a problem if, for instance, you
10559 have some macro left unexpanded after an @samp{#include}. No consensus
10560 is currently found in the Autoconf community, as some people consider it
10561 should be valid to name macros in comments (which doesn't make sense to
10562 the author of this documentation, as @samp{#}-comments should document
10563 the output, not the input, documented by @samp{dnl} comments).
10566 Of course, you might encounter exceptions to these generic rules, for
10567 instance you might have to refer to @samp{$m4_flags}.
10569 @defmac m4_pattern_allow (@var{pattern})
10570 @msindex{pattern_allow}
10571 Any token matching @var{pattern} is allowed, including if it matches an
10572 @code{m4_pattern_forbid} pattern.
10575 @node Programming in M4sh
10576 @section Programming in M4sh
10578 @c FIXME: Eventually will become a chapter, as it is not related to
10579 @c programming in M4 per se.
10581 M4sh, pronounced ``mash'', is aiming at producing portable Bourne shell
10582 scripts. This name was coined by Lars J. Aas, who notes that,
10583 according to the Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary (1913):
10586 Mash \Mash\, n. [Akin to G. meisch, maisch, meische, maische, mash,
10587 wash, and prob.@: to AS. miscian to mix. See ``Mix''.]
10591 A mass of mixed ingredients reduced to a soft pulpy state by beating or
10595 A mixture of meal or bran and water fed to animals.
10598 A mess; trouble. [Obs.] --Beau.@: & Fl.
10603 For the time being, it is not mature enough to be widely used.
10605 M4sh provides portable alternatives for some common shell constructs
10606 that unfortunately are not portable in practice.
10608 @c Deprecated, to be replaced by a better API
10610 @defmac AS_BASENAME (@var{file-name})
10612 Output the non-directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
10613 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
10614 @code{base=`AS_BASENAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{base} to @samp{three}.
10618 @defmac AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE
10619 @asindex{BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}
10620 Set up the shell to be more compatible with the Bourne shell as
10621 standardized by Posix, if possible. This may involve setting
10622 environment variables, or setting options, or similar
10623 implementation-specific actions.
10626 @defmac AS_CASE (@var{word}, @ovar{pattern1}, @ovar{if-matched1}, @
10627 @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10629 Expand into a shell @samp{case} statement, where @var{word} is matched
10630 against one or more patterns. @var{if-matched} is run if the
10631 corresponding pattern matched @var{word}, else @var{default} is run.
10634 @defmac AS_DIRNAME (@var{file-name})
10636 Output the directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
10637 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
10638 @code{dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{dir} to @samp{/one/two}.
10641 @defmac AS_IF (@var{test1}, @ovar{run-if-true1}, @dots{}, @ovar{run-if-false})
10643 Run shell code @var{test1}. If @var{test1} exits with a zero status then
10644 run shell code @var{run-if-true1}, else examine further tests. If no test
10645 exits with a zero status, run shell code @var{run-if-false}, with
10646 simplifications if either @var{run-if-true1} or @var{run-if-false1}
10647 is empty. For example,
10650 AS_IF([test "$foo" = yes], [HANDLE_FOO([yes])],
10651 [test "$foo" != no], [HANDLE_FOO([maybe])],
10652 [echo foo not specified])
10656 ensures any required macros of @code{HANDLE_FOO}
10657 are expanded before the first test.
10660 @defmac AS_MKDIR_P (@var{file-name})
10662 Make the directory @var{file-name}, including intervening directories
10663 as necessary. This is equivalent to @samp{mkdir -p @var{file-name}},
10664 except that it is portable to older versions of @command{mkdir} that
10665 lack support for the @option{-p} option. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P}
10666 succeeds if @var{file-name} is a symbolic link to an existing directory,
10667 even though Posix is unclear whether @samp{mkdir -p} should
10668 succeed in that case. If creation of @var{file-name} fails, exit the
10671 Also see the @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
10674 @defmac AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
10675 @asindex{SHELL_SANITIZE}
10676 Initialize the shell suitably for @code{configure} scripts. This has
10677 the effect of @code{AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}, and sets some other
10678 environment variables for predictable results from configuration tests.
10679 For example, it sets @env{LC_ALL} to change to the default C locale.
10680 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
10683 @defmac AS_TR_CPP (@var{expression})
10685 Transform @var{expression} into a valid right-hand side for a C @code{#define}.
10689 # This outputs "#define HAVE_CHAR_P 1".
10691 echo "#define AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_$type]) 1"
10695 @defmac AS_TR_SH (@var{expression})
10697 Transform @var{expression} into a valid shell variable name. For example:
10700 # This outputs "Have it!".
10701 header="sys/some file.h"
10702 AS_TR_SH([HAVE_$header])=yes
10703 if test "$HAVE_sys_some_file_h" = yes; then echo "Have it!"; fi
10707 @defmac AS_SET_CATFILE (@var{var}, @var{dir}, @var{file})
10708 @asindex{SET_CATFILE}
10709 Set the shell variable @var{var} to @var{dir}/@var{file}, but
10710 optimizing the common cases (@var{dir} or @var{file} is @samp{.},
10711 @var{file} is absolute, etc.).
10715 @node File Descriptor Macros
10716 @section File Descriptor Macros
10718 @cindex standard input
10719 @cindex file descriptors
10720 @cindex descriptors
10721 @cindex low-level output
10722 @cindex output, low-level
10724 The following macros define file descriptors used to output messages
10725 (or input values) from @file{configure} scripts.
10729 echo "$wombats found" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
10730 echo 'Enter desired kangaroo count:' >&AS_MESSAGE_FD
10731 read kangaroos <&AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD`
10735 However doing so is seldom needed, because Autoconf provides higher
10736 level macros as described below.
10738 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_FD
10739 @asindex{MESSAGE_FD}
10740 The file descriptor for @samp{checking for...} messages and results.
10741 Normally this directs messages to the standard output, however when
10742 @command{configure} is run with the @option{-q} option, messages sent to
10743 @code{AS_MESSAGE_FD} are discarded.
10745 If you want to display some messages, consider using one of the printing
10746 macros (@pxref{Printing Messages}) instead. Copies of messages output
10747 via these macros are also recorded in @file{config.log}.
10750 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
10751 @asindex{MESSAGE_LOG_FD}
10753 The file descriptor for messages logged to @file{config.log}. Macros
10754 that run tools, like @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the
10755 Compiler}), redirect all output to this descriptor. You may want to do
10756 so if you develop such a low-level macro.
10759 @defmac AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD
10760 @asindex{ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}
10761 The file descriptor for the original standard input.
10763 When @command{configure} runs, it may accidentally execute an
10764 interactive command that has the same name as the non-interactive meant
10765 to be used or checked. If the standard input was the terminal, such
10766 interactive programs would cause @command{configure} to stop, pending
10767 some user input. Therefore @command{configure} redirects its standard
10768 input from @file{/dev/null} during its initialization. This is not
10769 normally a problem, since @command{configure} normally does not need
10772 In the extreme case where your @file{configure} script really needs to
10773 obtain some values from the original standard input, you can read them
10774 explicitly from @code{AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}.
10778 @c =================================================== Writing Autoconf Macros.
10780 @node Writing Autoconf Macros
10781 @chapter Writing Autoconf Macros
10783 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
10784 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
10785 Here are some instructions and guidelines for writing Autoconf macros.
10788 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
10789 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
10790 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
10791 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
10792 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
10793 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
10796 @node Macro Definitions
10797 @section Macro Definitions
10800 Autoconf macros are defined using the @code{AC_DEFUN} macro, which is
10801 similar to the M4 builtin @code{m4_define} macro. In addition to
10802 defining a macro, @code{AC_DEFUN} adds to it some code that is used to
10803 constrain the order in which macros are called (@pxref{Prerequisite
10806 An Autoconf macro definition looks like this:
10809 AC_DEFUN(@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
10812 You can refer to any arguments passed to the macro as @samp{$1},
10813 @samp{$2}, etc. @xref{Definitions, , How to define new macros, m4.info,
10814 @acronym{GNU} M4}, for more complete information on writing M4 macros.
10816 Be sure to properly quote both the @var{macro-body} @emph{and} the
10817 @var{macro-name} to avoid any problems if the macro happens to have
10818 been previously defined.
10820 Each macro should have a header comment that gives its prototype, and a
10821 brief description. When arguments have default values, display them in
10822 the prototype. For example:
10825 # AC_MSG_ERROR(ERROR, [EXIT-STATUS = 1])
10826 # --------------------------------------
10827 m4_define([AC_MSG_ERROR],
10828 [@{ AS_MESSAGE([error: $1], [2])
10829 exit m4_default([$2], [1]); @}])
10832 Comments about the macro should be left in the header comment. Most
10833 other comments make their way into @file{configure}, so just keep
10834 using @samp{#} to introduce comments.
10837 If you have some special comments about pure M4 code, comments
10838 that make no sense in @file{configure} and in the header comment, then
10839 use the builtin @code{dnl}: it causes M4 to discard the text
10840 through the next newline.
10842 Keep in mind that @code{dnl} is rarely needed to introduce comments;
10843 @code{dnl} is more useful to get rid of the newlines following macros
10844 that produce no output, such as @code{AC_REQUIRE}.
10848 @section Macro Names
10850 All of the Autoconf macros have all-uppercase names starting with
10851 @samp{AC_} to prevent them from accidentally conflicting with other
10852 text. All shell variables that they use for internal purposes have
10853 mostly-lowercase names starting with @samp{ac_}. To ensure that your
10854 macros don't conflict with present or future Autoconf macros, you should
10855 prefix your own macro names and any shell variables they use with some
10856 other sequence. Possibilities include your initials, or an abbreviation
10857 for the name of your organization or software package.
10859 Most of the Autoconf macros' names follow a structured naming convention
10860 that indicates the kind of feature check by the name. The macro names
10861 consist of several words, separated by underscores, going from most
10862 general to most specific. The names of their cache variables use the
10863 same convention (@pxref{Cache Variable Names}, for more information on
10866 The first word of the name after @samp{AC_} usually tells the category
10867 of the feature being tested. Here are the categories used in Autoconf for
10868 specific test macros, the kind of macro that you are more likely to
10869 write. They are also used for cache variables, in all-lowercase. Use
10870 them where applicable; where they're not, invent your own categories.
10874 C language builtin features.
10876 Declarations of C variables in header files.
10878 Functions in libraries.
10880 Posix group owners of files.
10886 The base names of programs.
10888 Members of aggregates.
10890 Operating system features.
10892 C builtin or declared types.
10894 C variables in libraries.
10897 After the category comes the name of the particular feature being
10898 tested. Any further words in the macro name indicate particular aspects
10899 of the feature. For example, @code{AC_PROG_CC_STDC} checks whether the
10900 C compiler supports @acronym{ISO} Standard C.
10902 An internal macro should have a name that starts with an underscore;
10903 Autoconf internals should therefore start with @samp{_AC_}.
10904 Additionally, a macro that is an internal subroutine of another macro
10905 should have a name that starts with an underscore and the name of that
10906 other macro, followed by one or more words saying what the internal
10907 macro does. For example, @code{AC_PATH_X} has internal macros
10908 @code{_AC_PATH_X_XMKMF} and @code{_AC_PATH_X_DIRECT}.
10910 @node Reporting Messages
10911 @section Reporting Messages
10912 @cindex Messages, from @command{autoconf}
10914 When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal,
10915 they should report them using these macros. For dynamic issues, i.e.,
10916 when @command{configure} is run, see @ref{Printing Messages}.
10918 @defmac AC_DIAGNOSE (@var{category}, @var{message})
10920 Report @var{message} as a warning (or as an error if requested by the
10921 user) if warnings of the @var{category} are turned on. You are
10922 encouraged to use standard categories, which currently include:
10926 messages that don't fall into one of the following categories. Use of an
10927 empty @var{category} is equivalent.
10930 related to cross compilation issues.
10933 use of an obsolete construct.
10936 dubious syntactic constructs, incorrectly ordered macro calls.
10940 @defmac AC_WARNING (@var{message})
10942 Equivalent to @samp{AC_DIAGNOSE([syntax], @var{message})}, but you are
10943 strongly encouraged to use a finer grained category.
10946 @defmac AC_FATAL (@var{message})
10948 Report a severe error @var{message}, and have @command{autoconf} die.
10951 When the user runs @samp{autoconf -W error}, warnings from
10952 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE} and @code{AC_WARNING} are reported as error, see
10953 @ref{autoconf Invocation}.
10955 @node Dependencies Between Macros
10956 @section Dependencies Between Macros
10957 @cindex Dependencies between macros
10959 Some Autoconf macros depend on other macros having been called first in
10960 order to work correctly. Autoconf provides a way to ensure that certain
10961 macros are called if needed and a way to warn the user if macros are
10962 called in an order that might cause incorrect operation.
10965 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
10966 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
10967 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
10970 @node Prerequisite Macros
10971 @subsection Prerequisite Macros
10972 @cindex Prerequisite macros
10973 @cindex Macros, prerequisites
10975 A macro that you write might need to use values that have previously
10976 been computed by other macros. For example, @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}
10977 examines the output of @code{flex} or @code{lex}, so it depends on
10978 @code{AC_PROG_LEX} having been called first to set the shell variable
10981 Rather than forcing the user of the macros to keep track of the
10982 dependencies between them, you can use the @code{AC_REQUIRE} macro to do
10983 it automatically. @code{AC_REQUIRE} can ensure that a macro is only
10984 called if it is needed, and only called once.
10986 @defmac AC_REQUIRE (@var{macro-name})
10988 If the M4 macro @var{macro-name} has not already been called, call it
10989 (without any arguments). Make sure to quote @var{macro-name} with
10990 square brackets. @var{macro-name} must have been defined using
10991 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
10992 that it has been called.
10994 @code{AC_REQUIRE} must be used inside a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}; it
10995 must not be called from the top level.
10998 @code{AC_REQUIRE} is often misunderstood. It really implements
10999 dependencies between macros in the sense that if one macro depends upon
11000 another, the latter is expanded @emph{before} the body of the
11001 former. To be more precise, the required macro is expanded before
11002 the outermost defined macro in the current expansion stack.
11003 In particular, @samp{AC_REQUIRE([FOO])} is not replaced with the body of
11004 @code{FOO}. For instance, this definition of macros:
11008 AC_DEFUN([TRAVOLTA],
11009 [test "$body_temperature_in_celsius" -gt "38" &&
11010 dance_floor=occupied])
11011 AC_DEFUN([NEWTON_JOHN],
11012 [test "$hair_style" = "curly" &&
11013 dance_floor=occupied])
11017 AC_DEFUN([RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR],
11018 [if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
11019 AC_REQUIRE([TRAVOLTA])
11020 AC_REQUIRE([NEWTON_JOHN])
11026 with this @file{configure.ac}
11029 AC_INIT([Dance Manager], [1.0], [bug-dance@@example.org])
11030 RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR
11031 if test "$dance_floor" = occupied; then
11032 AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot pick up here, let's move])
11037 does not leave you with a better chance to meet a kindred soul at
11038 other times than Saturday night since it expands into:
11042 test "$body_temperature_in_Celsius" -gt "38" &&
11043 dance_floor=occupied
11044 test "$hair_style" = "curly" &&
11045 dance_floor=occupied
11047 if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
11054 This behavior was chosen on purpose: (i) it prevents messages in
11055 required macros from interrupting the messages in the requiring macros;
11056 (ii) it avoids bad surprises when shell conditionals are used, as in:
11061 AC_REQUIRE([SOME_CHECK])
11068 The helper macros @code{AS_IF} and @code{AS_CASE} may be used to
11069 enforce expansion of required macros outside of shell conditional
11070 constructs. You are furthermore encouraged to put all @code{AC_REQUIRE} calls
11071 at the beginning of a macro. You can use @code{dnl} to avoid the empty
11074 @node Suggested Ordering
11075 @subsection Suggested Ordering
11076 @cindex Macros, ordering
11077 @cindex Ordering macros
11079 Some macros should be run before another macro if both are called, but
11080 neither @emph{requires} that the other be called. For example, a macro
11081 that changes the behavior of the C compiler should be called before any
11082 macros that run the C compiler. Many of these dependencies are noted in
11085 Autoconf provides the @code{AC_BEFORE} macro to warn users when macros
11086 with this kind of dependency appear out of order in a
11087 @file{configure.ac} file. The warning occurs when creating
11088 @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, not when running
11089 @command{configure}.
11091 For example, @code{AC_PROG_CPP} checks whether the C compiler
11092 can run the C preprocessor when given the @option{-E} option. It should
11093 therefore be called after any macros that change which C compiler is
11094 being used, such as @code{AC_PROG_CC}. So @code{AC_PROG_CC} contains:
11097 AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])dnl
11101 This warns the user if a call to @code{AC_PROG_CPP} has already occurred
11102 when @code{AC_PROG_CC} is called.
11104 @defmac AC_BEFORE (@var{this-macro-name}, @var{called-macro-name})
11106 Make M4 print a warning message to the standard error output if
11107 @var{called-macro-name} has already been called. @var{this-macro-name}
11108 should be the name of the macro that is calling @code{AC_BEFORE}. The
11109 macro @var{called-macro-name} must have been defined using
11110 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
11111 that it has been called.
11114 @node One-Shot Macros
11115 @subsection One-Shot Macros
11116 @cindex One-shot macros
11117 @cindex Macros, called once
11119 Some macros should be called only once, either because calling them
11120 multiple time is unsafe, or because it is bad style. For instance
11121 Autoconf ensures that @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} and cousins
11122 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) are evaluated only once, because it makes no
11123 sense to run these expensive checks more than once. Such one-shot
11124 macros can be defined using @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE}.
11126 @defmac AC_DEFUN_ONCE (@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
11127 @acindex{DEFUN_ONCE}
11129 Declare macro @var{macro-name} like @code{AC_DEFUN} would (@pxref{Macro
11130 Definitions}), and emit a warning any time the macro is called more than
11134 Obviously it is not sensible to evaluate a macro defined by
11135 @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE} in a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}.
11136 Most of the time you want to use @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite
11139 @node Obsoleting Macros
11140 @section Obsoleting Macros
11141 @cindex Obsoleting macros
11142 @cindex Macros, obsoleting
11144 Configuration and portability technology has evolved over the years.
11145 Often better ways of solving a particular problem are developed, or
11146 ad-hoc approaches are systematized. This process has occurred in many
11147 parts of Autoconf. One result is that some of the macros are now
11148 considered @dfn{obsolete}; they still work, but are no longer considered
11149 the best thing to do, hence they should be replaced with more modern
11150 macros. Ideally, @command{autoupdate} should replace the old macro calls
11151 with their modern implementation.
11153 Autoconf provides a simple means to obsolete a macro.
11156 @defmac AU_DEFUN (@var{old-macro}, @var{implementation}, @ovar{message})
11158 Define @var{old-macro} as @var{implementation}. The only difference
11159 with @code{AC_DEFUN} is that the user is warned that
11160 @var{old-macro} is now obsolete.
11162 If she then uses @command{autoupdate}, the call to @var{old-macro} is
11163 replaced by the modern @var{implementation}. @var{message} should
11164 include information on what to do after running @command{autoupdate};
11165 @command{autoupdate} prints it as a warning, and includes it
11166 in the updated @file{configure.ac} file.
11168 The details of this macro are hairy: if @command{autoconf} encounters an
11169 @code{AU_DEFUN}ed macro, all macros inside its second argument are expanded
11170 as usual. However, when @command{autoupdate} is run, only M4 and M4sugar
11171 macros are expanded here, while all other macros are disabled and
11172 appear literally in the updated @file{configure.ac}.
11175 @defmac AU_ALIAS (@var{old-name}, @var{new-name})
11177 Used if the @var{old-name} is to be replaced by a call to @var{new-macro}
11178 with the same parameters. This happens for example if the macro was renamed.
11182 @section Coding Style
11183 @cindex Coding style
11185 The Autoconf macros follow a strict coding style. You are encouraged to
11186 follow this style, especially if you intend to distribute your macro,
11187 either by contributing it to Autoconf itself, or via other means.
11189 The first requirement is to pay great attention to the quotation. For
11190 more details, see @ref{Autoconf Language}, and @ref{M4 Quotation}.
11192 Do not try to invent new interfaces. It is likely that there is a macro
11193 in Autoconf that resembles the macro you are defining: try to stick to
11194 this existing interface (order of arguments, default values, etc.). We
11195 @emph{are} conscious that some of these interfaces are not perfect;
11196 nevertheless, when harmless, homogeneity should be preferred over
11199 Be careful about clashes both between M4 symbols and between shell
11202 If you stick to the suggested M4 naming scheme (@pxref{Macro Names}),
11203 you are unlikely to generate conflicts. Nevertheless, when you need to
11204 set a special value, @emph{avoid using a regular macro name}; rather,
11205 use an ``impossible'' name. For instance, up to version 2.13, the macro
11206 @code{AC_SUBST} used to remember what @var{symbol} macros were already defined
11207 by setting @code{AC_SUBST_@var{symbol}}, which is a regular macro name.
11208 But since there is a macro named @code{AC_SUBST_FILE}, it was just
11209 impossible to @samp{AC_SUBST(FILE)}! In this case,
11210 @code{AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} or @code{_AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} should
11211 have been used (yes, with the parentheses).
11212 @c or better yet, high-level macros such as @code{m4_expand_once}
11214 No Autoconf macro should ever enter the user-variable name space; i.e.,
11215 except for the variables that are the actual result of running the
11216 macro, all shell variables should start with @code{ac_}. In
11217 addition, small macros or any macro that is likely to be embedded in
11218 other macros should be careful not to use obvious names.
11221 Do not use @code{dnl} to introduce comments: most of the comments you
11222 are likely to write are either header comments which are not output
11223 anyway, or comments that should make their way into @file{configure}.
11224 There are exceptional cases where you do want to comment special M4
11225 constructs, in which case @code{dnl} is right, but keep in mind that it
11228 M4 ignores the leading blanks and newlines before each argument.
11229 Use this feature to
11230 indent in such a way that arguments are (more or less) aligned with the
11231 opening parenthesis of the macro being called. For instance, instead of
11234 AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment,
11236 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, [return __EMX__;])],
11237 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes], [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
11244 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
11245 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
11246 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
11247 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
11254 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment],
11256 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
11257 [return __EMX__;])],
11258 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
11259 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
11262 When using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} or any macro that cannot work when
11263 cross-compiling, provide a pessimistic value (typically @samp{no}).
11265 Feel free to use various tricks to prevent auxiliary tools, such as
11266 syntax-highlighting editors, from behaving improperly. For instance,
11270 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$"])
11277 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$""])
11281 so that Emacsen do not open an endless ``string'' at the first quote.
11282 For the same reasons, avoid:
11292 test $[@@%:@@] != 0
11296 Otherwise, the closing bracket would be hidden inside a @samp{#}-comment,
11297 breaking the bracket-matching highlighting from Emacsen. Note the
11298 preferred style to escape from M4: @samp{$[1]}, @samp{$[@@]}, etc. Do
11299 not escape when it is unnecessary. Common examples of useless quotation
11300 are @samp{[$]$1} (write @samp{$$1}), @samp{[$]var} (use @samp{$var}),
11301 etc. If you add portability issues to the picture, you'll prefer
11302 @samp{$@{1+"$[@@]"@}} to @samp{"[$]@@"}, and you'll prefer do something
11303 better than hacking Autoconf @code{:-)}.
11305 When using @command{sed}, don't use @option{-e} except for indenting
11306 purposes. With the @code{s} and @code{y} commands, the preferred
11307 separator is @samp{/} unless @samp{/} itself might appear in the pattern
11308 or replacement, in which case you should use @samp{|}, or optionally
11309 @samp{,} if you know the pattern and replacement cannot contain a file
11310 name. If none of these characters will do, choose a printable character
11311 that cannot appear in the pattern or replacement. Characters from the
11312 set @samp{"#$&'()*;<=>?`|~} are good choices if the pattern or
11313 replacement might contain a file name, since they have special meaning
11314 to the shell and are less likely to occur in file names.
11316 @xref{Macro Definitions}, for details on how to define a macro. If a
11317 macro doesn't use @code{AC_REQUIRE}, is expected to never be the object
11318 of an @code{AC_REQUIRE} directive, and macros required by other macros
11319 inside arguments do not need to be expanded before this macro, then
11320 use @code{m4_define}. In case of doubt, use @code{AC_DEFUN}.
11321 All the @code{AC_REQUIRE} statements should be at the beginning of the
11322 macro, and each statement should be followed by @code{dnl}.
11324 You should not rely on the number of arguments: instead of checking
11325 whether an argument is missing, test that it is not empty. It provides
11326 both a simpler and a more predictable interface to the user, and saves
11327 room for further arguments.
11329 Unless the macro is short, try to leave the closing @samp{])} at the
11330 beginning of a line, followed by a comment that repeats the name of the
11331 macro being defined. This introduces an additional newline in
11332 @command{configure}; normally, that is not a problem, but if you want to
11333 remove it you can use @samp{[]dnl} on the last line. You can similarly
11334 use @samp{[]dnl} after a macro call to remove its newline. @samp{[]dnl}
11335 is recommended instead of @samp{dnl} to ensure that M4 does not
11336 interpret the @samp{dnl} as being attached to the preceding text or
11337 macro output. For example, instead of:
11340 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
11341 [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
11343 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
11344 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
11352 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
11353 [AC_REQUIRE_CPP()[]dnl
11354 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
11355 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
11356 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
11361 If the macro is long, try to split it into logical chunks. Typically,
11362 macros that check for a bug in a function and prepare its
11363 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement should have an auxiliary macro to perform
11364 this setup. Do not hesitate to introduce auxiliary macros to factor
11367 In order to highlight the recommended coding style, here is a macro
11368 written the old way:
11371 dnl Check for EMX on OS/2.
11373 AC_DEFUN(_AC_EMXOS2,
11374 [AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment, ac_cv_emxos2,
11375 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, return __EMX__;)],
11376 ac_cv_emxos2=yes, ac_cv_emxos2=no)])
11377 test "$ac_cv_emxos2" = yes && EMXOS2=yes])
11386 # Check for EMX on OS/2.
11387 m4_define([_AC_EMXOS2],
11388 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
11389 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
11390 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
11391 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
11392 test "$ac_cv_emxos2" = yes && EMXOS2=yes[]dnl
11399 @c ============================================= Portable Shell Programming
11401 @node Portable Shell
11402 @chapter Portable Shell Programming
11403 @cindex Portable shell programming
11405 When writing your own checks, there are some shell-script programming
11406 techniques you should avoid in order to make your code portable. The
11407 Bourne shell and upward-compatible shells like the Korn shell and Bash
11408 have evolved over the years, but to prevent trouble, do not take
11409 advantage of features that were added after Unix version 7, circa
11410 1977 (@pxref{Systemology}).
11412 You should not use shell functions, aliases, negated character
11413 classes, or other features that are not found in all Bourne-compatible
11414 shells; restrict yourself to the lowest common denominator. Even
11415 @code{unset} is not supported by all shells!
11417 Some ancient systems have quite
11418 small limits on the length of the @samp{#!} line; for instance, 32
11419 bytes (not including the newline) on SunOS 4.
11420 A few ancient 4.2@acronym{BSD} based systems (such as Dynix circa 1984)
11421 required a single space between the @samp{#!} and the @samp{/}.
11422 However, these ancient systems are no longer of practical concern.
11424 The set of external programs you should run in a @command{configure} script
11425 is fairly small. @xref{Utilities in Makefiles, , Utilities in
11426 Makefiles, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for the list. This
11427 restriction allows users to start out with a fairly small set of
11428 programs and build the rest, avoiding too many interdependencies between
11431 Some of these external utilities have a portable subset of features; see
11432 @ref{Limitations of Usual Tools}.
11434 There are other sources of documentation about shells. The
11435 specification for the Posix
11436 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/@/susv3/@/utilities/@/xcu_chap02.html, Shell
11437 Command Language}, though more generous than the restrictive shell
11438 subset described above, is fairly portable nowadays. Also please see
11439 @uref{http://www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/, the Shell FAQs}.
11442 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
11443 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
11444 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
11445 * File System Conventions:: File names
11446 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
11447 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
11448 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
11449 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
11450 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
11451 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
11452 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
11453 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
11457 @section Shellology
11460 There are several families of shells, most prominently the Bourne family
11461 and the C shell family which are deeply incompatible. If you want to
11462 write portable shell scripts, avoid members of the C shell family. The
11463 @uref{http://www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/@/shell-differences/, the
11464 Shell difference FAQ} includes a small history of Posix shells, and a
11465 comparison between several of them.
11467 Below we describe some of the members of the Bourne shell family.
11472 Ash is often used on @acronym{GNU}/Linux and @acronym{BSD}
11473 systems as a light-weight Bourne-compatible shell. Ash 0.2 has some
11474 bugs that are fixed in the 0.3.x series, but portable shell scripts
11475 should work around them, since version 0.2 is still shipped with many
11476 @acronym{GNU}/Linux distributions.
11478 To be compatible with Ash 0.2:
11482 don't use @samp{$?} after expanding empty or unset variables,
11483 or at the start of an @command{eval}:
11489 echo "Do not use it: $?"
11491 eval 'echo "Do not use it: $?"'
11495 don't use command substitution within variable expansion:
11502 beware that single builtin substitutions are not performed by a
11503 subshell, hence their effect applies to the current shell! @xref{Shell
11504 Substitutions}, item ``Command Substitution''.
11509 To detect whether you are running Bash, test whether
11510 @code{BASH_VERSION} is set. To require
11511 Posix compatibility, run @samp{set -o posix}. @xref{Bash POSIX
11512 Mode, , Bash Posix Mode, bash, The @acronym{GNU} Bash Reference
11513 Manual}, for details.
11515 @item Bash 2.05 and later
11516 @cindex Bash 2.05 and later
11517 Versions 2.05 and later of Bash use a different format for the
11518 output of the @command{set} builtin, designed to make evaluating its
11519 output easier. However, this output is not compatible with earlier
11520 versions of Bash (or with many other shells, probably). So if
11521 you use Bash 2.05 or higher to execute @command{configure},
11522 you'll need to use Bash 2.05 for all other build tasks as well.
11527 @prindex @samp{ksh}
11528 @prindex @samp{ksh88}
11529 @prindex @samp{ksh93}
11530 The Korn shell is compatible with the Bourne family and it mostly
11531 conforms to Posix. It has two major variants commonly
11532 called @samp{ksh88} and @samp{ksh93}, named after the years of initial
11533 release. It is usually called @command{ksh}, but is called @command{sh}
11534 on some hosts if you set your path appropriately.
11536 Solaris systems have three variants:
11537 @prindex @command{/usr/bin/ksh} on Solaris
11538 @command{/usr/bin/ksh} is @samp{ksh88}; it is
11539 standard on Solaris 2.0 and later.
11540 @prindex @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} on Solaris
11541 @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} is a Posix-compliant variant of
11542 @samp{ksh88}; it is standard on Solaris 9 and later.
11543 @prindex @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} on Solaris
11544 @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} is @samp{ksh93}.
11545 Variants that are not standard may be parts of optional
11546 packages. There is no extra charge for these packages, but they are
11547 not part of a minimal OS install and therefore some installations may
11550 Starting with Tru64 Version 4.0, the Korn shell @command{/usr/bin/ksh}
11551 is also available as @command{/usr/bin/posix/sh}. If the environment
11552 variable @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
11553 the standard shell conform to Posix.
11556 @prindex @samp{pdksh}
11557 A public-domain clone of the Korn shell called @command{pdksh} is widely
11558 available: it has most of the @samp{ksh88} features along with a few of
11559 its own. It usually sets @code{KSH_VERSION}, except if invoked as
11560 @command{/bin/sh} on Open@acronym{BSD}, and similarly to Bash you can require
11561 Posix compatibility by running @samp{set -o posix}. Unfortunately, with
11562 @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 (the latest stable version as of January 2007)
11563 Posix mode is buggy and causes @command{pdksh} to depart from Posix in
11564 at least one respect:
11567 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
11569 $ @kbd{set -o posix}
11570 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
11574 The last line of output contains spurious quotes. This is yet another
11575 reason why portable shell code should not contain
11576 @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"} constructs (@pxref{Shell
11581 To detect whether you are running @command{zsh}, test whether
11582 @code{ZSH_VERSION} is set. By default @command{zsh} is @emph{not}
11583 compatible with the Bourne shell: you must execute @samp{emulate sh},
11584 and for @command{zsh} versions before 3.1.6-dev-18 you must also
11585 set @code{NULLCMD} to @samp{:}. @xref{Compatibility, , Compatibility,
11586 zsh, The Z Shell Manual}, for details.
11588 The default Mac OS X @command{sh} was originally Zsh; it was changed to
11589 Bash in Mac OS X 10.2.
11592 The following discussion between Russ Allbery and Robert Lipe is worth
11599 The @acronym{GNU} assumption that @command{/bin/sh} is the one and only shell
11600 leads to a permanent deadlock. Vendors don't want to break users'
11601 existing shell scripts, and there are some corner cases in the Bourne
11602 shell that are not completely compatible with a Posix shell. Thus,
11603 vendors who have taken this route will @emph{never} (OK@dots{}``never say
11604 never'') replace the Bourne shell (as @command{/bin/sh}) with a
11612 This is exactly the problem. While most (at least most System V's) do
11613 have a Bourne shell that accepts shell functions most vendor
11614 @command{/bin/sh} programs are not the Posix shell.
11616 So while most modern systems do have a shell @emph{somewhere} that meets the
11617 Posix standard, the challenge is to find it.
11620 @node Here-Documents
11621 @section Here-Documents
11622 @cindex Here-documents
11623 @cindex Shell here-documents
11625 Don't rely on @samp{\} being preserved just because it has no special
11626 meaning together with the next symbol. In the native @command{sh}
11627 on Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7 @samp{\"} expands to @samp{"} in here-documents with
11628 unquoted delimiter. As a general rule, if @samp{\\} expands to @samp{\}
11629 use @samp{\\} to get @samp{\}.
11631 With Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7's @command{sh}
11647 bash-2.04$ @kbd{cat <<EOF
11654 Some shells mishandle large here-documents: for example,
11655 Solaris 10 @command{dtksh} and the UnixWare 7.1.1 Posix shell, which are
11656 derived from Korn shell version M-12/28/93d, mishandle braced variable
11657 expansion that crosses a 1024- or 4096-byte buffer boundary
11658 within a here-document. Only the part of the variable name after the boundary
11659 is used. For example, @code{$@{variable@}} could be replaced by the expansion
11660 of @code{$@{ble@}}. If the end of the variable name is aligned with the block
11661 boundary, the shell reports an error, as if you used @code{$@{@}}.
11662 Instead of @code{$@{variable-default@}}, the shell may expand
11663 @code{$@{riable-default@}}, or even @code{$@{fault@}}. This bug can often
11664 be worked around by omitting the braces: @code{$variable}. The bug was
11666 @samp{ksh93g} (1998-04-30) but as of 2006 many operating systems were
11667 still shipping older versions with the bug.
11669 Many shells (including the Bourne shell) implement here-documents
11670 inefficiently. In particular, some shells can be extremely inefficient when
11671 a single statement contains many here-documents. For instance if your
11672 @file{configure.ac} includes something like:
11676 if <cross_compiling>; then
11677 assume this and that
11681 check something else
11689 A shell parses the whole @code{if}/@code{fi} construct, creating
11690 temporary files for each here-document in it. Some shells create links
11691 for such here-documents on every @code{fork}, so that the clean-up code
11692 they had installed correctly removes them. It is creating the links
11693 that can take the shell forever.
11695 Moving the tests out of the @code{if}/@code{fi}, or creating multiple
11696 @code{if}/@code{fi} constructs, would improve the performance
11697 significantly. Anyway, this kind of construct is not exactly the
11698 typical use of Autoconf. In fact, it's even not recommended, because M4
11699 macros can't look into shell conditionals, so we may fail to expand a
11700 macro when it was expanded before in a conditional path, and the
11701 condition turned out to be false at runtime, and we end up not
11702 executing the macro at all.
11704 @node File Descriptors
11705 @section File Descriptors
11706 @cindex Descriptors
11707 @cindex File descriptors
11708 @cindex Shell file descriptors
11710 Most shells, if not all (including Bash, Zsh, Ash), output traces on
11711 stderr, even for subshells. This might result in undesirable content
11712 if you meant to capture the standard-error output of the inner command:
11715 $ @kbd{ash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
11717 + eval echo foo >&2
11720 $ @kbd{bash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
11722 + eval 'echo foo >&2'
11725 $ @kbd{zsh -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
11726 @i{# Traces on startup files deleted here.}
11728 +zsh:1> eval echo foo >&2
11734 One workaround is to grep out uninteresting lines, hoping not to remove
11737 If you intend to redirect both standard error and standard output,
11738 redirect standard output first. This works better with @acronym{HP-UX},
11739 since its shell mishandles tracing if standard error is redirected
11743 $ @kbd{sh -x -c ': 2>err >out'}
11745 + 2> err $ @kbd{cat err}
11749 Don't try to redirect the standard error of a command substitution. It
11750 must be done @emph{inside} the command substitution. When running
11751 @samp{: `cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null} expect the error message to
11752 escape, while @samp{: `cd /zorglub 2>/dev/null`} works properly.
11754 It is worth noting that Zsh (but not Ash nor Bash) makes it possible
11755 in assignments though: @samp{foo=`cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null}.
11757 When catering to old systems, don't redirect the same file descriptor
11758 several times, as you are doomed to failure under Ultrix.
11761 ULTRIX V4.4 (Rev. 69) System #31: Thu Aug 10 19:42:23 GMT 1995
11763 $ @kbd{eval 'echo matter >fullness' >void}
11765 $ @kbd{eval '(echo matter >fullness)' >void}
11767 $ @kbd{(eval '(echo matter >fullness)') >void}
11768 Ambiguous output redirect.
11772 In each case the expected result is of course @file{fullness} containing
11773 @samp{matter} and @file{void} being empty. However, this bug is
11774 probably not of practical concern to modern platforms.
11776 Don't rely on file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 remaining closed in a
11777 subsidiary program. If any of these descriptors is closed, the
11778 operating system may open an unspecified file for the descriptor in the
11779 new process image. Posix says this may be done only if the subsidiary
11780 program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID, but @acronym{HP-UX} 11.23 does
11781 it even for ordinary programs.
11783 Don't rely on open file descriptors being open in child processes. In
11784 @command{ksh}, file descriptors above 2 which are opened using
11785 @samp{exec @var{n}>file} are closed by a subsequent @samp{exec} (such as
11786 that involved in the fork-and-exec which runs a program or script).
11787 Thus, using @command{sh}, we have:
11790 $ @kbd{cat ./descrips}
11812 Within the process which runs the @samp{descrips} script, file
11813 descriptor 5 is closed.
11815 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, such as in
11816 @samp{mv foo bar >foo} or @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
11817 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
11819 A few ancient systems reserved some file descriptors. By convention,
11820 file descriptor 3 was opened to @file{/dev/tty} when you logged into
11821 Eighth Edition (1985) through Tenth Edition Unix (1989). File
11822 descriptor 4 had a special use on the Stardent/Kubota Titan (circa
11823 1990), though we don't now remember what it was. Both these systems are
11824 obsolete, so it's now safe to treat file descriptors 3 and 4 like any
11825 other file descriptors.
11827 @node File System Conventions
11828 @section File System Conventions
11829 @cindex File system conventions
11831 Autoconf uses shell-script processing extensively, so the file names
11832 that it processes should not contain characters that are special to the
11833 shell. Special characters include space, tab, newline, @sc{nul}, and
11837 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < = > ? [ \ ` |
11840 Also, file names should not begin with @samp{~} or @samp{-}, and should
11841 contain neither @samp{-} immediately after @samp{/} nor @samp{~}
11842 immediately after @samp{:}. On Posix-like platforms, directory names
11843 should not contain @samp{:}, as this runs afoul of @samp{:} used as the
11846 These restrictions apply not only to the files that you distribute, but
11847 also to the absolute file names of your source, build, and destination
11850 On some Posix-like platforms, @samp{!} and @samp{^} are special too, so
11851 they should be avoided.
11853 Posix lets implementations treat leading @file{//} specially, but
11854 requires leading @file{///} and beyond to be equivalent to @file{/}.
11855 Most Unix variants treat @file{//} like @file{/}. However, some treat
11856 @file{//} as a ``super-root'' that can provide access to files that are
11857 not otherwise reachable from @file{/}. The super-root tradition began
11858 with Apollo Domain/OS, which died out long ago, but unfortunately Cygwin
11861 While @command{autoconf} and friends are usually run on some Posix
11862 variety, they can be used on other systems, most notably @acronym{DOS}
11863 variants. This impacts several assumptions regarding file names.
11866 For example, the following code:
11873 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
11878 fails to properly detect absolute file names on those systems, because
11879 they can use a drivespec, and usually use a backslash as directory
11880 separator. If you want to be portable to @acronym{DOS} variants (at the
11881 price of rejecting valid but oddball Posix file names like @file{a:\b}),
11882 you can check for absolute file names like this:
11884 @cindex absolute file names, detect
11887 [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute
11890 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
11895 Make sure you quote the brackets if appropriate and keep the backslash as
11896 first character (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}).
11898 Also, because the colon is used as part of a drivespec, these systems don't
11899 use it as path separator. When creating or accessing paths, you can use the
11900 @code{PATH_SEPARATOR} output variable instead. @command{configure} sets this
11901 to the appropriate value for the build system (@samp{:} or @samp{;}) when it
11904 File names need extra care as well. While @acronym{DOS} variants
11905 that are Posixy enough to run @command{autoconf} (such as @acronym{DJGPP})
11906 are usually able to handle long file names properly, there are still
11907 limitations that can seriously break packages. Several of these issues
11908 can be easily detected by the
11909 @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/non-gnu/doschk/doschk-1.1.tar.gz, doschk}
11912 A short overview follows; problems are marked with @sc{sfn}/@sc{lfn} to
11913 indicate where they apply: @sc{sfn} means the issues are only relevant to
11914 plain @acronym{DOS}, not to @acronym{DOS} under Microsoft Windows
11915 variants, while @sc{lfn} identifies problems that exist even under
11916 Microsoft Windows variants.
11919 @item No multiple dots (@sc{sfn})
11920 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle multiple dots in file names. This is an especially
11921 important thing to remember when building a portable configure script,
11922 as @command{autoconf} uses a .in suffix for template files.
11924 This is perfectly OK on Posix variants:
11927 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
11928 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c foo.bar])
11933 but it causes problems on @acronym{DOS}, as it requires @samp{config.h.in},
11934 @samp{source.c.in} and @samp{foo.bar.in}. To make your package more portable
11935 to @acronym{DOS}-based environments, you should use this instead:
11938 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
11939 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c:source.cin foo.bar:foobar.in])
11943 @item No leading dot (@sc{sfn})
11944 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle file names that start with a dot. This is usually
11945 not important for @command{autoconf}.
11947 @item Case insensitivity (@sc{lfn})
11948 @acronym{DOS} is case insensitive, so you cannot, for example, have both a
11949 file called @samp{INSTALL} and a directory called @samp{install}. This
11950 also affects @command{make}; if there's a file called @samp{INSTALL} in
11951 the directory, @samp{make install} does nothing (unless the
11952 @samp{install} target is marked as PHONY).
11954 @item The 8+3 limit (@sc{sfn})
11955 Because the @acronym{DOS} file system only stores the first 8 characters of
11956 the file name and the first 3 of the extension, those must be unique.
11957 That means that @file{foobar-part1.c}, @file{foobar-part2.c} and
11958 @file{foobar-prettybird.c} all resolve to the same file name
11959 (@file{FOOBAR-P.C}). The same goes for @file{foo.bar} and
11960 @file{foo.bartender}.
11962 The 8+3 limit is not usually a problem under Microsoft Windows, as it
11964 tails in the short version of file names to make them unique. However, a
11965 registry setting can turn this behavior off. While this makes it
11966 possible to share file trees containing long file names between @sc{sfn}
11967 and @sc{lfn} environments, it also means the above problem applies there
11970 @item Invalid characters (@sc{lfn})
11971 Some characters are invalid in @acronym{DOS} file names, and should therefore
11972 be avoided. In a @sc{lfn} environment, these are @samp{/}, @samp{\},
11973 @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{:}, @samp{<}, @samp{>}, @samp{|} and @samp{"}.
11974 In a @sc{sfn} environment, other characters are also invalid. These
11975 include @samp{+}, @samp{,}, @samp{[} and @samp{]}.
11977 @item Invalid names (@sc{lfn})
11978 Some @acronym{DOS} file names are reserved, and cause problems if you
11979 try to use files with those names. These names include @file{CON},
11980 @file{AUX}, @file{COM1}, @file{COM2}, @file{COM3}, @file{COM4},
11981 @file{LPT1}, @file{LPT2}, @file{LPT3}, @file{NUL}, and @file{PRN}.
11982 File names are case insensitive, so even names like
11983 @file{aux/config.guess} are disallowed.
11987 @node Shell Pattern Matching
11988 @section Shell Pattern Matching
11989 @cindex Shell pattern matching
11991 Nowadays portable patterns can use negated character classes like
11992 @samp{[!-aeiou]}. The older syntax @samp{[^-aeiou]} is supported by
11993 some shells but not others; hence portable scripts should never use
11994 @samp{^} as the first character of a bracket pattern.
11996 Outside the C locale, patterns like @samp{[a-z]} are problematic since
11997 they may match characters that are not lower-case letters.
11999 @node Shell Substitutions
12000 @section Shell Substitutions
12001 @cindex Shell substitutions
12003 Contrary to a persistent urban legend, the Bourne shell does not
12004 systematically split variables and back-quoted expressions, in particular
12005 on the right-hand side of assignments and in the argument of @code{case}.
12006 For instance, the following code:
12009 case "$given_srcdir" in
12010 .) top_srcdir="`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'`" ;;
12011 *) top_srcdir="$dots$given_srcdir" ;;
12016 is more readable when written as:
12019 case $given_srcdir in
12020 .) top_srcdir=`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'` ;;
12021 *) top_srcdir=$dots$given_srcdir ;;
12026 and in fact it is even @emph{more} portable: in the first case of the
12027 first attempt, the computation of @code{top_srcdir} is not portable,
12028 since not all shells properly understand @code{"`@dots{}"@dots{}"@dots{}`"}.
12029 Worse yet, not all shells understand @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"}
12030 the same way. There is just no portable way to use double-quoted
12031 strings inside double-quoted back-quoted expressions (pfew!).
12035 @cindex @samp{"$@@"}
12036 One of the most famous shell-portability issues is related to
12037 @samp{"$@@"}. When there are no positional arguments, Posix says
12038 that @samp{"$@@"} is supposed to be equivalent to nothing, but the
12039 original Unix version 7 Bourne shell treated it as equivalent to
12040 @samp{""} instead, and this behavior survives in later implementations
12041 like Digital Unix 5.0.
12043 The traditional way to work around this portability problem is to use
12044 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}. Unfortunately this method does not work with
12045 Zsh (3.x and 4.x), which is used on Mac OS X@. When emulating
12046 the Bourne shell, Zsh performs word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}:
12049 zsh $ @kbd{emulate sh}
12050 zsh $ @kbd{for i in "$@@"; do echo $i; done}
12053 zsh $ @kbd{for i in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do echo $i; done}
12060 Zsh handles plain @samp{"$@@"} properly, but we can't use plain
12061 @samp{"$@@"} because of the portability problems mentioned above.
12062 One workaround relies on Zsh's ``global aliases'' to convert
12063 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} into @samp{"$@@"} by itself:
12066 test "$@{ZSH_VERSION+set@}" = set && alias -g '$@{1+"$@@"@}'='"$@@"'
12069 Zsh only recognizes this alias when a shell word matches it exactly;
12070 @samp{"foo"$@{1+"$@@"@}} remains subject to word splitting. Since this
12071 case always yields at least one shell word, use plain @samp{"$@@"}.
12073 A more conservative workaround is to avoid @samp{"$@@"} if it is
12074 possible that there may be no positional arguments. For example,
12078 cat conftest.c "$@@"
12081 you can use this instead:
12085 0) cat conftest.c;;
12086 *) cat conftest.c "$@@";;
12090 Autoconf macros often use the @command{set} command to update
12091 @samp{$@@}, so if you are writing shell code intended for
12092 @command{configure} you should not assume that the value of @samp{$@@}
12093 persists for any length of time.
12097 @cindex positional parameters
12098 The 10th, 11th, @dots{} positional parameters can be accessed only after
12099 a @code{shift}. The 7th Edition shell reported an error if given
12100 @code{$@{10@}}, and
12101 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} still acts that way:
12104 $ @kbd{set 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10}
12105 $ @kbd{echo $@{10@}}
12109 @item $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
12110 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
12111 @c @cindex $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
12112 Old @acronym{BSD} shells, including the Ultrix @code{sh}, don't accept the
12113 colon for any shell substitution, and complain and die.
12114 Similarly for $@{@var{var}:=@var{value}@}, $@{@var{var}:?@var{value}@}, etc.
12116 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
12117 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
12121 : $@{var='Some words'@}
12125 otherwise some shells, such as on Digital Unix V 5.0, die because
12126 of a ``bad substitution''.
12130 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} has a frightening bug in its interpretation
12131 of this. Imagine you need set a variable to a string containing
12132 @samp{@}}. This @samp{@}} character confuses Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
12133 when the affected variable was already set. This bug can be exercised
12138 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
12141 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}' # no error; this hints to what the bug is}
12144 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
12150 It seems that @samp{@}} is interpreted as matching @samp{$@{}, even
12151 though it is enclosed in single quotes. The problem doesn't happen
12152 using double quotes.
12154 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
12155 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
12161 : $@{var="$default"@}
12165 sets @var{var} to @samp{M-yM-uM-,M-yM-aM-a}, i.e., the 8th bit of
12166 each char is set. You don't observe the phenomenon using a simple
12167 @samp{echo $var} since apparently the shell resets the 8th bit when it
12168 expands $var. Here are two means to make this shell confess its sins:
12171 $ @kbd{cat -v <<EOF
12180 $ @kbd{set | grep '^var=' | cat -v}
12183 One classic incarnation of this bug is:
12187 : $@{list="$default"@}
12194 You'll get @samp{a b c} on a single line. Why? Because there are no
12195 spaces in @samp{$list}: there are @samp{M- }, i.e., spaces with the 8th
12196 bit set, hence no IFS splitting is performed!!!
12198 One piece of good news is that Ultrix works fine with @samp{:
12199 $@{list=$default@}}; i.e., if you @emph{don't} quote. The bad news is
12200 then that @acronym{QNX} 4.25 then sets @var{list} to the @emph{last} item of
12203 The portable way out consists in using a double assignment, to switch
12204 the 8th bit twice on Ultrix:
12207 list=$@{list="$default"@}
12211 @dots{}but beware of the @samp{@}} bug from Solaris (see above). For safety,
12215 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var=@var{@{value@}}
12218 @item $@{#@var{var}@}
12219 @itemx $@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}
12220 @itemx $@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}
12221 @itemx $@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}
12222 @itemx $@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}
12223 @cindex $@{#@var{var}@}
12224 @cindex $@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}
12225 @cindex $@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}
12226 @cindex $@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}
12227 @cindex $@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}
12228 Posix requires support for these usages, but they do not work with many
12229 traditional shells, e.g., Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}.
12231 Also, @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 mishandles some @var{word} forms. For
12232 example if @samp{$1} is @samp{a/b} and @samp{$2} is @samp{a}, then
12233 @samp{$@{1#$2@}} should yield @samp{/b}, but with @command{pdksh} it
12234 yields the empty string.
12237 @item `@var{commands}`
12238 @cindex `@var{commands}`
12239 @cindex Command Substitution
12240 Posix requires shells to trim all trailing newlines from command
12241 output before substituting it, so assignments like
12242 @samp{dir=`echo "$file" | tr a A`} do not work as expected if
12243 @samp{$file} ends in a newline.
12245 While in general it makes no sense, do not substitute a single builtin
12246 with side effects, because Ash 0.2, trying to optimize, does not fork a
12247 subshell to perform the command.
12249 For instance, if you wanted to check that @command{cd} is silent, do not
12250 use @samp{test -z "`cd /`"} because the following can happen:
12255 $ @kbd{test -z "`cd /`" && pwd}
12260 The result of @samp{foo=`exit 1`} is left as an exercise to the reader.
12262 The MSYS shell leaves a stray byte in the expansion of a double-quoted
12263 command substitution of a native program, if the end of the substitution
12264 is not aligned with the end of the double quote. This may be worked
12265 around by inserting another pair of quotes:
12268 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'` bar" > broken}
12269 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'`"" bar" | cmp - broken}
12270 - broken differ: char 4, line 1
12274 @item $(@var{commands})
12275 @cindex $(@var{commands})
12276 This construct is meant to replace @samp{`@var{commands}`},
12277 and it has most of the problems listed under @code{`@var{commands}`}.
12279 This construct can be
12280 nested while this is impossible to do portably with back quotes.
12281 Unfortunately it is not yet universally supported. Most notably, even recent
12282 releases of Solaris don't support it:
12285 $ @kbd{showrev -c /bin/sh | grep version}
12286 Command version: SunOS 5.10 Generic 121005-03 Oct 2006
12287 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
12288 syntax error: `(' unexpected
12292 nor does @sc{irix} 6.5's Bourne shell:
12295 IRIX firebird-image 6.5 07151432 IP22
12296 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
12300 If you do use @samp{$(@var{commands})}, make sure that the commands
12301 do not start with a parenthesis, as that would cause confusion with
12302 a different notation @samp{$((@var{expression}))} that in modern
12303 shells is an arithmetic expression not a command. To avoid the
12304 confusion, insert a space between the two opening parentheses.
12306 Avoid @var{commands} that contain unbalanced parentheses in
12307 here-documents, comments, or case statement patterns, as many shells
12308 mishandle them. For example, Bash 3.1, @samp{ksh88}, @command{pdksh}
12309 5.2.14, and Zsh 4.2.6 all mishandle the following valid command:
12312 echo $(case x in x) echo hello;; esac)
12317 Always quote @samp{^}, otherwise traditional shells such as
12318 @command{/bin/sh} on Solaris 10 treat this like @samp{|}.
12324 @section Assignments
12325 @cindex Shell assignments
12327 When setting several variables in a row, be aware that the order of the
12328 evaluation is undefined. For instance @samp{foo=1 foo=2; echo $foo}
12329 gives @samp{1} with Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, but @samp{2} with Bash.
12331 @samp{;} to enforce the order: @samp{foo=1; foo=2; echo $foo}.
12333 Don't rely on the following to find @file{subdir/program}:
12336 PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH program
12340 as this does not work with Zsh 3.0.6. Use something like this
12344 (PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH; export PATH; exec program)
12347 Don't rely on the exit status of an assignment: Ash 0.2 does not change
12348 the status and propagates that of the last statement:
12351 $ @kbd{false || foo=bar; echo $?}
12353 $ @kbd{false || foo=`:`; echo $?}
12358 and to make things even worse, @acronym{QNX} 4.25 just sets the exit status
12362 $ @kbd{foo=`exit 1`; echo $?}
12366 To assign default values, follow this algorithm:
12370 If the default value is a literal and does not contain any closing
12374 : $@{var='my literal'@}
12378 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
12379 the variable being initialized is not intended to be IFS-split
12380 (i.e., it's not a list), then use:
12383 : $@{var="$default"@}
12387 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
12388 the variable being initialized is intended to be IFS-split (i.e., it's a list),
12392 var=$@{var="$default"@}
12396 If the default value contains a closing brace, then use:
12399 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var="has a '@}'"
12403 In most cases @samp{var=$@{var="$default"@}} is fine, but in case of
12404 doubt, just use the last form. @xref{Shell Substitutions}, items
12405 @samp{$@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}} and @samp{$@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}}
12409 @section Parentheses in Shell Scripts
12410 @cindex Shell parentheses
12412 Beware of two opening parentheses in a row, as many shell
12413 implementations treat them specially. Posix requires that the command
12414 @samp{((cat))} must behave like @samp{(cat)}, but many shells, including
12415 Bash and the Korn shell, treat @samp{((cat))} as an arithmetic
12416 expression equivalent to @samp{let "cat"}, and may or may not report an
12417 error when they detect that @samp{cat} is not a number. As another
12418 example, @samp{pdksh} 5.2.14 misparses the following code:
12421 if ((true) || false); then
12427 To work around this problem, insert a space between the two opening
12428 parentheses. There is a similar problem and workaround with
12429 @samp{$((}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions}.
12432 @section Slashes in Shell Scripts
12433 @cindex Shell slashes
12435 Unpatched Tru64 5.1 @command{sh} omits the last slash of command-line
12436 arguments that contain two trailing slashes:
12439 $ @kbd{echo / // /// //// .// //.}
12442 $ @kbd{eval "echo \$x"}
12445 $ @kbd{echo abc | tr -t ab //}
12451 Unpatched Tru64 4.0 @command{sh} adds a slash after @samp{"$var"} if the
12452 variable is empty and the second double-quote is followed by a word that
12453 begins and ends with slash:
12456 $ @kbd{sh -xc 'p=; echo "$p"/ouch/'}
12462 However, our understanding is that patches are available, so perhaps
12463 it's not worth worrying about working around these horrendous bugs.
12465 @node Special Shell Variables
12466 @section Special Shell Variables
12467 @cindex Shell variables
12468 @cindex Special shell variables
12470 Some shell variables should not be used, since they can have a deep
12471 influence on the behavior of the shell. In order to recover a sane
12472 behavior from the shell, some variables should be unset, but
12473 @command{unset} is not portable (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}) and a
12474 fallback value is needed.
12476 As a general rule, shell variable names containing a lower-case letter
12477 are safe; you can define and use these variables without worrying about
12478 their effect on the underlying system, and without worrying about
12479 whether the shell changes them unexpectedly. (The exception is the
12480 shell variable @code{status}, as described below.)
12482 Here is a list of names that are known to cause trouble. This list is
12483 not exhaustive, but you should be safe if you avoid the name
12484 @code{status} and names containing only upper-case letters and
12487 @c Alphabetical order, case insensitive, `A' before `a'.
12490 Many shells reserve @samp{$_} for various purposes, e.g., the name of
12491 the last command executed.
12495 In Tru64, if @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
12496 the standard shell conform to Posix.
12500 When this variable is set it specifies a list of directories to search
12501 when invoking @code{cd} with a relative file name that did not start
12502 with @samp{./} or @samp{../}. Posix
12503 1003.1-2001 says that if a nonempty directory name from @env{CDPATH}
12504 is used successfully, @code{cd} prints the resulting absolute
12505 file name. Unfortunately this output can break idioms like
12506 @samp{abs=`cd src && pwd`} because @code{abs} receives the name twice.
12507 Also, many shells do not conform to this part of Posix; for
12508 example, @command{zsh} prints the result only if a directory name
12509 other than @file{.} was chosen from @env{CDPATH}.
12511 In practice the shells that have this problem also support
12512 @command{unset}, so you can work around the problem as follows:
12515 (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
12518 You can also avoid output by ensuring that your directory name is
12519 absolute or anchored at @samp{./}, as in @samp{abs=`cd ./src && pwd`}.
12521 Autoconf-generated scripts automatically unset @env{CDPATH} if
12522 possible, so you need not worry about this problem in those scripts.
12526 In the MKS shell, case statements and file name generation are
12527 case-insensitive unless @env{DUALCASE} is nonzero.
12528 Autoconf-generated scripts export this variable when they start up.
12542 These variables should not matter for shell scripts, since they are
12543 supposed to affect only interactive shells. However, at least one
12544 shell (the pre-3.0 @sc{uwin} Korn shell) gets confused about
12545 whether it is interactive, which means that (for example) a @env{PS1}
12546 with a side effect can unexpectedly modify @samp{$?}. To work around
12547 this bug, Autoconf-generated scripts do something like this:
12550 (unset ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
12557 The Korn shell uses @env{FPATH} to find shell functions, so avoid
12558 @env{FPATH} in portable scripts. @env{FPATH} is consulted after
12559 @env{PATH}, but you still need to be wary of tests that use @env{PATH}
12560 to find whether a command exists, since they might report the wrong
12561 result if @env{FPATH} is also set.
12565 Long ago, shell scripts inherited @env{IFS} from the environment,
12566 but this caused many problems so modern shells ignore any environment
12567 settings for @env{IFS}.
12569 Don't set the first character of @code{IFS} to backslash. Indeed,
12570 Bourne shells use the first character (backslash) when joining the
12571 components in @samp{"$@@"} and some shells then reinterpret (!)@: the
12572 backslash escapes, so you can end up with backspace and other strange
12575 The proper value for @code{IFS} (in regular code, not when performing
12576 splits) is @samp{@key{SPC}@key{TAB}@key{RET}}. The first character is
12577 especially important, as it is used to join the arguments in @samp{$*};
12578 however, note that traditional shells, but also bash-2.04, fail to adhere
12579 to this and join with a space anyway.
12591 @evindex LC_COLLATE
12593 @evindex LC_MESSAGES
12594 @evindex LC_MONETARY
12595 @evindex LC_NUMERIC
12598 Autoconf-generated scripts normally set all these variables to
12599 @samp{C} because so much configuration code assumes the C locale and
12600 Posix requires that locale environment variables be set to
12601 @samp{C} if the C locale is desired. However, some older, nonstandard
12602 systems (notably @acronym{SCO}) break if locale environment variables
12603 are set to @samp{C}, so when running on these systems
12604 Autoconf-generated scripts unset the variables instead.
12609 @env{LANGUAGE} is not specified by Posix, but it is a @acronym{GNU}
12610 extension that overrides @env{LC_ALL} in some cases, so
12611 Autoconf-generated scripts set it too.
12614 @itemx LC_IDENTIFICATION
12615 @itemx LC_MEASUREMENT
12618 @itemx LC_TELEPHONE
12619 @evindex LC_ADDRESS
12620 @evindex LC_IDENTIFICATION
12621 @evindex LC_MEASUREMENT
12624 @evindex LC_TELEPHONE
12626 These locale environment variables are @acronym{GNU} extensions. They
12627 are treated like their Posix brethren (@env{LC_COLLATE},
12628 etc.)@: as described above.
12631 Most modern shells provide the current line number in @code{LINENO}.
12632 Its value is the line number of the beginning of the current command.
12633 Autoconf attempts to execute @command{configure} with a shell that
12634 supports @code{LINENO}.
12635 If no such shell is available, it attempts to implement @code{LINENO}
12636 with a Sed prepass that replaces each instance of the string
12637 @code{$LINENO} (not followed by an alphanumeric character) with the
12640 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}, as the
12641 behavior differs in practice. Also, the possibility of the Sed
12642 prepass means that you should not rely on @code{$LINENO} when quoted,
12643 when in here-documents, or when in long commands that cross line
12644 boundaries. Subshells should be OK, though. In the following
12645 example, lines 1, 6, and 9 are portable, but the other instances of
12646 @code{LINENO} are not:
12656 ( echo 6. $LINENO )
12657 eval 'echo 7. $LINENO'
12663 $ @kbd{bash-2.05 lineno}
12674 $ @kbd{zsh-3.0.6 lineno}
12685 $ @kbd{pdksh-5.2.14 lineno}
12696 $ @kbd{sed '=' <lineno |}
12702 > @kbd{ s,^\([0-9]*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^a-zA-Z0-9_]\),\1\2\1\3,}
12705 > @kbd{ s,^[0-9]*\n,,}
12721 When executing the command @samp{>foo}, @command{zsh} executes
12722 @samp{$NULLCMD >foo} unless it is operating in Bourne shell
12723 compatibility mode and the @command{zsh} version is newer
12724 than 3.1.6-dev-18. If you are using an older @command{zsh}
12725 and forget to set @env{NULLCMD},
12726 your script might be suspended waiting for data on its standard input.
12728 @item PATH_SEPARATOR
12729 @evindex PATH_SEPARATOR
12730 On @acronym{DJGPP} systems, the @env{PATH_SEPARATOR} environment
12731 variable can be set to either @samp{:} or @samp{;} to control the path
12732 separator Bash uses to set up certain environment variables (such as
12733 @env{PATH}). You can set this variable to @samp{;} if you want
12734 @command{configure} to use @samp{;} as a separator; this might be useful
12735 if you plan to use non-Posix shells to execute files. @xref{File System
12736 Conventions}, for more information about @code{PATH_SEPARATOR}.
12740 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} and
12741 @command{pwd} must update the @env{PWD} environment variable to point
12742 to the logical name of the current directory, but traditional shells
12743 do not support this. This can cause confusion if one shell instance
12744 maintains @env{PWD} but a subsidiary and different shell does not know
12745 about @env{PWD} and executes @command{cd}; in this case @env{PWD}
12746 points to the wrong directory. Use @samp{`pwd`} rather than
12750 Many shells provide @code{RANDOM}, a variable that returns a different
12751 integer each time it is used. Most of the time, its value does not
12752 change when it is not used, but on @sc{irix} 6.5 the value changes all
12753 the time. This can be observed by using @command{set}. It is common
12754 practice to use @code{$RANDOM} as part of a file name, but code
12755 shouldn't rely on @code{$RANDOM} expanding to a nonempty string.
12758 This variable is an alias to @samp{$?} for @code{zsh} (at least 3.1.6),
12759 hence read-only. Do not use it.
12762 @node Limitations of Builtins
12763 @section Limitations of Shell Builtins
12764 @cindex Shell builtins
12765 @cindex Limitations of shell builtins
12767 No, no, we are serious: some shells do have limitations! :)
12769 You should always keep in mind that any builtin or command may support
12770 options, and therefore differ in behavior with arguments
12771 starting with a dash. For instance, the innocent @samp{echo "$word"}
12772 can give unexpected results when @code{word} starts with a dash. It is
12773 often possible to avoid this problem using @samp{echo "x$word"}, taking
12774 the @samp{x} into account later in the pipe.
12778 @prindex @command{.}
12779 Use @command{.} only with regular files (use @samp{test -f}). Bash
12780 2.03, for instance, chokes on @samp{. /dev/null}. Also, remember that
12781 @command{.} uses @env{PATH} if its argument contains no slashes, so if
12782 you want to use @command{.} on a file @file{foo} in the current
12783 directory, you must use @samp{. ./foo}.
12786 @prindex @command{!}
12787 The Unix version 7 shell did not support
12788 negating the exit status of commands with @command{!}, and this feature
12789 is still absent from some shells (e.g., Solaris @command{/bin/sh}).
12790 Shell code like this:
12793 if ! cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then
12794 echo files differ or trouble
12798 is therefore not portable in practice. Typically it is easy to rewrite
12802 cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
12803 echo files differ or trouble
12806 More generally, one can always rewrite @samp{! @var{command}} as:
12809 if @var{command}; then (exit 1); else :; fi
12812 @item @command{break}
12813 @c ------------------
12814 @prindex @command{break}
12815 The use of @samp{break 2} etc.@: is safe.
12818 @item @command{case}
12819 @c -----------------
12820 @prindex @command{case}
12821 You don't need to quote the argument; no splitting is performed.
12823 You don't need the final @samp{;;}, but you should use it.
12825 Posix requires support for @code{case} patterns with opening
12826 parentheses like this:
12830 (*.c) echo "C source code";;
12835 but the @code{(} in this example is not portable to many Bourne
12836 shell implementations. It can be omitted safely.
12838 Zsh handles pattern fragments derived from parameter expansions or
12839 command substitutions as though quoted:
12842 $ pat=\?; case aa in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
12843 $ pat=\?; case a? in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
12848 Because of a bug in its @code{fnmatch}, Bash fails to properly
12849 handle backslashes in character classes:
12852 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [/\\]*) echo OK;; esac}
12857 This is extremely unfortunate, since you are likely to use this code to
12858 handle Posix or @sc{ms-dos} absolute file names. To work around this
12859 bug, always put the backslash first:
12862 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case '\TMP' in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
12864 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
12868 Many Bourne shells cannot handle closing brackets in character classes
12871 Some shells also have problems with backslash escaping in case you do not want
12872 to match the backslash: both a backslash and the escaped character match this
12873 pattern. To work around this, specify the character class in a variable, so
12874 that quote removal does not apply afterwards, and the special characters don't
12875 have to be backslash-escaped:
12878 $ @kbd{case '\' in [\<]) echo OK;; esac}
12880 $ @kbd{scanset='[<]'; case '\' in $scanset) echo OK;; esac}
12884 Even with this, Solaris @command{ksh} matches a backslash if the set
12886 of the characters @samp{|}, @samp{&}, @samp{(}, or @samp{)}.
12888 Conversely, Tru64 @command{ksh} (circa 2003) erroneously always matches
12889 a closing parenthesis if not specified in a character class:
12892 $ @kbd{case foo in *\)*) echo fail ;; esac}
12894 $ @kbd{case foo in *')'*) echo fail ;; esac}
12898 Some shells, such as Ash 0.3.8, are confused by an empty
12899 @code{case}/@code{esac}:
12902 ash-0.3.8 $ @kbd{case foo in esac;}
12903 @error{}Syntax error: ";" unexpected (expecting ")")
12906 Many shells still do not support parenthesized cases, which is a pity
12907 for those of us using tools that rely on balanced parentheses. For
12908 instance, Solaris @command{/bin/sh}:
12911 $ @kbd{case foo in (foo) echo foo;; esac}
12912 @error{}syntax error: `(' unexpected
12918 @prindex @command{cd}
12919 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} must support
12920 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
12921 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
12922 not support these options, and their @command{cd} command has the
12923 @option{-P} behavior.
12925 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
12926 assume neither behavior is the default. This can be a bit tricky,
12927 since the Posix default behavior means that, for example,
12928 @samp{ls ..} and @samp{cd ..} may refer to different directories if
12929 the current logical directory is a symbolic link. It is safe to use
12930 @command{cd @var{dir}} if @var{dir} contains no @file{..} components.
12931 Also, Autoconf-generated scripts check for this problem when computing
12932 variables like @code{ac_top_srcdir} (@pxref{Configuration Actions}),
12933 so it is safe to @command{cd} to these variables.
12935 See @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for portability problems involving
12936 @command{cd} and the @env{CDPATH} environment variable.
12937 Also please see the discussion of the @command{pwd} command.
12940 @item @command{echo}
12941 @c -----------------
12942 @prindex @command{echo}
12943 The simple @command{echo} is probably the most surprising source of
12944 portability troubles. It is not possible to use @samp{echo} portably
12945 unless both options and escape sequences are omitted. New applications
12946 which are not aiming at portability should use @samp{printf} instead of
12949 Don't expect any option. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, @code{ECHO_N}
12950 etc.@: for a means to simulate @option{-n}.
12952 Do not use backslashes in the arguments, as there is no consensus on
12953 their handling. For @samp{echo '\n' | wc -l}, the @command{sh} of
12954 Solaris outputs 2, but Bash and Zsh (in @command{sh} emulation mode) output 1.
12955 The problem is truly @command{echo}: all the shells
12956 understand @samp{'\n'} as the string composed of a backslash and an
12959 Because of these problems, do not pass a string containing arbitrary
12960 characters to @command{echo}. For example, @samp{echo "$foo"} is safe
12961 if you know that @var{foo}'s value cannot contain backslashes and cannot
12962 start with @samp{-}, but otherwise you should use a here-document like
12972 @item @command{eval}
12973 @c -----------------
12974 @prindex @command{eval}
12975 The @command{eval} command is useful in limited circumstances, e.g.,
12976 using commands like @samp{eval table_$key=\$value} and @samp{eval
12977 value=table_$key} to simulate a hash table when the key is known to be
12978 alphanumeric. However, @command{eval} is tricky to use on arbitrary
12979 arguments, even when it is implemented correctly.
12981 It is obviously unwise to use @samp{eval $cmd} if the string value of
12982 @samp{cmd} was derived from an untrustworthy source. But even if the
12983 string value is valid, @samp{eval $cmd} might not work as intended,
12984 since it causes field splitting and file name expansion to occur twice,
12985 once for the @command{eval} and once for the command itself. It is
12986 therefore safer to use @samp{eval "$cmd"}. For example, if @var{cmd}
12987 has the value @samp{cat test?.c}, @samp{eval $cmd} might expand to the
12988 equivalent of @samp{cat test;.c} if there happens to be a file named
12989 @file{test;.c} in the current directory; and this in turn
12990 mistakenly attempts to invoke @command{cat} on the file @file{test} and
12991 then execute the command @command{.c}. To avoid this problem, use
12992 @samp{eval "$cmd"} rather than @samp{eval $cmd}.
12994 However, suppose that you want to output the text of the evaluated
12995 command just before executing it. Assuming the previous example,
12996 @samp{echo "Executing: $cmd"} outputs @samp{Executing: cat test?.c}, but
12997 this output doesn't show the user that @samp{test;.c} is the actual name
12998 of the copied file. Conversely, @samp{eval "echo Executing: $cmd"}
12999 works on this example, but it fails with @samp{cmd='cat foo >bar'},
13000 since it mistakenly replaces the contents of @file{bar} by the
13001 string @samp{cat foo}. No simple, general, and portable solution to
13002 this problem is known.
13004 You should also be wary of common bugs in @command{eval} implementations.
13005 In some shell implementations (e.g., older @command{ash}, Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8
13006 @command{sh}, @command{pdksh} v5.2.14 99/07/13.2, and @command{zsh}
13007 4.2.5), the arguments of @samp{eval} are evaluated in a context where
13008 @samp{$?} is 0, so they exhibit behavior like this:
13011 $ @kbd{false; eval 'echo $?'}
13015 The correct behavior here is to output a nonzero value,
13016 but portable scripts should not rely on this.
13018 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}.
13019 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
13021 @item @command{exit}
13022 @c -----------------
13023 @prindex @command{exit}
13024 The default value of @command{exit} is supposed to be @code{$?};
13025 unfortunately, some shells, such as the @acronym{DJGPP} port of Bash 2.04, just
13026 perform @samp{exit 0}.
13029 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`exit 1` || echo fail}
13031 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1)` || echo fail}
13033 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1); exit` || echo fail}
13037 Using @samp{exit $?} restores the expected behavior.
13039 Some shell scripts, such as those generated by @command{autoconf}, use a
13040 trap to clean up before exiting. If the last shell command exited with
13041 nonzero status, the trap also exits with nonzero status so that the
13042 invoker can tell that an error occurred.
13044 Unfortunately, in some shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, an exit
13045 trap ignores the @code{exit} command's argument. In these shells, a trap
13046 cannot determine whether it was invoked by plain @code{exit} or by
13047 @code{exit 1}. Instead of calling @code{exit} directly, use the
13048 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} macro that has a workaround for this problem.
13051 @item @command{export}
13052 @c -------------------
13053 @prindex @command{export}
13054 The builtin @command{export} dubs a shell variable @dfn{environment
13055 variable}. Each update of exported variables corresponds to an update
13056 of the environment variables. Conversely, each environment variable
13057 received by the shell when it is launched should be imported as a shell
13058 variable marked as exported.
13060 Alas, many shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh},
13061 @sc{irix} 6.3, @sc{irix} 5.2,
13062 @acronym{AIX} 4.1.5, and Digital Unix 4.0, forget to
13063 @command{export} the environment variables they receive. As a result,
13064 two variables coexist: the environment variable and the shell
13065 variable. The following code demonstrates this failure:
13076 when run with @samp{FOO=foo} in the environment, these shells print
13077 alternately @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}, although they should print only
13078 @samp{foo} and then a sequence of @samp{bar}s.
13080 Therefore you should @command{export} again each environment variable
13084 @item @command{false}
13085 @c ------------------
13086 @prindex @command{false}
13087 Don't expect @command{false} to exit with status 1: in native
13088 Solaris @file{/bin/false} exits with status 255.
13091 @item @command{for}
13092 @c ----------------
13093 @prindex @command{for}
13094 To loop over positional arguments, use:
13104 You may @emph{not} leave the @code{do} on the same line as @code{for},
13105 since some shells improperly grok:
13113 If you want to explicitly refer to the positional arguments, given the
13114 @samp{$@@} bug (@pxref{Shell Substitutions}), use:
13117 for arg in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do
13123 But keep in mind that Zsh, even in Bourne shell emulation mode, performs
13124 word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions},
13125 item @samp{$@@}, for more.
13130 @prindex @command{if}
13131 Using @samp{!} is not portable. Instead of:
13134 if ! cmp -s file file.new; then
13143 if cmp -s file file.new; then :; else
13148 There are shells that do not reset the exit status from an @command{if}:
13151 $ @kbd{if (exit 42); then true; fi; echo $?}
13156 whereas a proper shell should have printed @samp{0}. This is especially
13157 bad in makefiles since it produces false failures. This is why properly
13158 written makefiles, such as Automake's, have such hairy constructs:
13161 if test -f "$file"; then
13162 install "$file" "$dest"
13169 @item @command{printf}
13170 @c ------------------
13171 @prindex @command{printf}
13172 A format string starting with a @samp{-} can cause problems.
13173 Bash interprets it as an option and
13174 gives an error. And @samp{--} to mark the end of options is not good
13175 in the Net@acronym{BSD} Almquist shell (e.g., 0.4.6) which takes that
13176 literally as the format string. Putting the @samp{-} in a @samp{%c}
13177 or @samp{%s} is probably easiest:
13183 Bash 2.03 mishandles an escape sequence that happens to evaluate to @samp{%}:
13186 $ @kbd{printf '\045'}
13187 bash: printf: `%': missing format character
13190 Large outputs may cause trouble. On Solaris 2.5.1 through 10, for
13191 example, @file{/usr/bin/printf} is buggy, so when using
13192 @command{/bin/sh} the command @samp{printf %010000x 123} normally dumps
13196 @item @command{read}
13197 @c ------------------
13198 @prindex @command{read}
13199 Not all shells support @option{-r} (Solaris @command{/bin/sh} for example).
13202 @item @command{pwd}
13203 @c ----------------
13204 @prindex @command{pwd}
13205 With modern shells, plain @command{pwd} outputs a ``logical''
13206 directory name, some of whose components may be symbolic links. These
13207 directory names are in contrast to ``physical'' directory names, whose
13208 components are all directories.
13210 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{pwd} must support
13211 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
13212 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
13213 not support these options, and their @command{pwd} command has the
13214 @option{-P} behavior.
13216 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
13217 assume neither behavior is the default. Also, on many hosts
13218 @samp{/bin/pwd} is equivalent to @samp{pwd -P}, but Posix
13219 does not require this behavior and portable scripts should not rely on
13222 Typically it's best to use plain @command{pwd}. On modern hosts this
13223 outputs logical directory names, which have the following advantages:
13227 Logical names are what the user specified.
13229 Physical names may not be portable from one installation
13230 host to another due to network file system gymnastics.
13232 On modern hosts @samp{pwd -P} may fail due to lack of permissions to
13233 some parent directory, but plain @command{pwd} cannot fail for this
13237 Also please see the discussion of the @command{cd} command.
13240 @item @command{set}
13241 @c ----------------
13242 @prindex @command{set}
13243 With the Free@acronym{BSD} 6.0 shell, the @command{set} command (without
13244 any options) does not sort its output.
13246 The @command{set} builtin faces the usual problem with arguments
13248 dash. Modern shells such as Bash or Zsh understand @option{--} to specify
13249 the end of the options (any argument after @option{--} is a parameter,
13250 even @samp{-x} for instance), but many traditional shells (e.g., Solaris
13251 10 @command{/bin/sh}) simply stop option
13252 processing as soon as a non-option argument is found. Therefore, use
13253 @samp{dummy} or simply @samp{x} to end the option processing, and use
13254 @command{shift} to pop it out:
13257 set x $my_list; shift
13260 Avoid @samp{set -}, e.g., @samp{set - $my_list}. Posix no
13261 longer requires support for this command, and in traditional shells
13262 @samp{set - $my_list} resets the @option{-v} and @option{-x} options, which
13263 makes scripts harder to debug.
13265 Some nonstandard shells do not recognize more than one option
13266 (e.g., @samp{set -e -x} assigns @samp{-x} to the command line). It is
13267 better to combine them:
13273 The @acronym{BSD} shell has had several problems with the @option{-e}
13274 option, partly because @acronym{BSD} @command{make} traditionally used
13275 @option{-e} even though this was incompatible with Posix
13276 (@pxref{Failure in Make Rules}). Older versions of the @acronym{BSD}
13277 shell (circa 1990) mishandled @samp{&&}, @samp{||}, @samp{if}, and
13278 @samp{case} when @option{-e} was in effect, causing the shell to exit
13279 unexpectedly in some cases. This was particularly a problem with
13280 makefiles, and led to circumlocutions like @samp{sh -c 'test -f file ||
13281 touch file'}, where the seemingly-unnecessary @samp{sh -c '@dots{}'}
13282 wrapper works around the bug.
13284 Even relatively-recent versions of the @acronym{BSD} shell (e.g.,
13285 Open@acronym{BSD} 3.4) wrongly exit with @option{-e} if a command within
13286 @samp{&&} fails inside a compound statement. For example:
13292 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
13295 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
13301 does not print @samp{two}. One workaround is to use @samp{if test -n
13302 "$foo"; then exit 1; fi} rather than @samp{test -n "$foo" && exit 1}.
13303 Another possibility is to warn @acronym{BSD} users not to use @samp{sh -e}.
13306 @item @command{shift}
13307 @c ------------------
13308 @prindex @command{shift}
13309 Not only is @command{shift}ing a bad idea when there is nothing left to
13310 shift, but in addition it is not portable: the shell of @acronym{MIPS
13311 RISC/OS} 4.52 refuses to do it.
13313 Don't use @samp{shift 2} etc.; it was not in the 7th Edition Bourne shell,
13314 and it is also absent in many pre-Posix shells.
13317 @item @command{source}
13318 @c -------------------
13319 @prindex @command{source}
13320 This command is not portable, as Posix does not require it; use
13321 @command{.} instead.
13324 @item @command{test}
13325 @c -----------------
13326 @prindex @command{test}
13327 The @code{test} program is the way to perform many file and string
13328 tests. It is often invoked by the alternate name @samp{[}, but using
13329 that name in Autoconf code is asking for trouble since it is an M4 quote
13332 The @option{-a}, @option{-o}, @samp{(}, and @samp{)} operands are not
13333 portable and should be avoided. Thus, portable uses of @command{test}
13334 should never have more than four arguments, and scripts should use shell
13335 constructs like @samp{&&} and @samp{||} instead. If you combine
13336 @samp{&&} and @samp{||} in the same statement, keep in mind that they
13337 have equal precedence, so it is often better to parenthesize even when
13338 this is redundant. For example:
13342 test "X$a" = "X$b" -a \
13343 '(' "X$c" != "X$d" -o "X$e" = "X$f" ')'
13346 test "X$a" = "X$b" &&
13347 @{ test "X$c" != "X$d" || test "X$e" = "X$f"; @}
13350 @command{test} does not process options like most other commands do; for
13351 example, it does not recognize the @option{--} argument as marking the
13354 It is safe to use @samp{!} as a @command{test} operator. For example,
13355 @samp{if test ! -d foo; @dots{}} is portable even though @samp{if ! test
13356 -d foo; @dots{}} is not.
13359 @item @command{test} (files)
13360 @c -------------------------
13361 To enable @command{configure} scripts to support cross-compilation, they
13362 shouldn't do anything that tests features of the build system instead of
13363 the host system. But occasionally you may find it necessary to check
13364 whether some arbitrary file exists. To do so, use @samp{test -f} or
13365 @samp{test -r}. Do not use @samp{test -x}, because 4.3@acronym{BSD} does not
13366 have it. Do not use @samp{test -e} either, because Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
13367 lacks it. To test for symbolic links on systems that have them, use
13368 @samp{test -h} rather than @samp{test -L}; either form conforms to
13369 Posix 1003.1-2001, but older shells like Solaris 8
13370 @code{/bin/sh} support only @option{-h}.
13372 @item @command{test} (strings)
13373 @c ---------------------------
13374 Posix says that @samp{test "@var{string}"} succeeds if @var{string} is
13375 not null, but this usage is not portable to traditional platforms like
13376 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}, which mishandle strings like @samp{!} and
13379 Posix also says that @samp{test ! "@var{string}"},
13380 @samp{test -n "@var{string}"} and
13381 @samp{test -z "@var{string}"} work with any string, but many
13382 shells (such as Solaris, @acronym{AIX} 3.2, @sc{unicos} 10.0.0.6,
13383 Digital Unix 4, etc.)@: get confused if
13384 @var{string} looks like an operator:
13388 test: argument expected
13390 test: argument expected
13393 Similarly, Posix says that both @samp{test "@var{string1}" = "@var{string2"}}
13394 and @samp{test "@var{string1}" != "@var{string2"}} work for any pairs of
13395 strings, but in practice this is not true for troublesome strings that
13396 look like operators or parentheses, or that begin with @samp{-}.
13398 It is best to protect such strings with a leading @samp{X}, e.g.,
13399 @samp{test "X@var{string}" != X} rather than @samp{test -n
13400 "@var{string}"} or @samp{test ! "@var{string}"}.
13402 It is common to find variations of the following idiom:
13405 test -n "`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`" &&
13410 to take an action when a token matches a given pattern. Such constructs
13411 should be avoided by using:
13414 case $ac_feature in
13415 *[!-a-zA-Z0-9_]*) @var{action};;
13419 If the pattern is a complicated regular expression that cannot be
13420 expressed as a shell pattern, use something like this instead:
13423 expr "X$ac_feature" : 'X.*[^-a-zA-Z0-9_]' >/dev/null &&
13427 @samp{expr "X@var{foo}" : "X@var{bar}"} is more robust than @samp{echo
13428 "X@var{foo}" | grep "^X@var{bar}"}, because it avoids problems when
13429 @samp{@var{foo}} contains backslashes.
13432 @item @command{trap}
13433 @c -----------------
13434 @prindex @command{trap}
13435 It is safe to trap at least the signals 1, 2, 13, and 15. You can also
13436 trap 0, i.e., have the @command{trap} run when the script ends (either via an
13437 explicit @command{exit}, or the end of the script). The trap for 0 should be
13438 installed outside of a shell function, or @acronym{AIX} 5.3 @command{/bin/sh}
13439 will invoke the trap at the end of this function.
13441 Posix says that @samp{trap - 1 2 13 15} resets the traps for the
13442 specified signals to their default values, but many common shells (e.g.,
13443 Solaris @command{/bin/sh}) misinterpret this and attempt to execute a
13444 ``command'' named @command{-} when the specified conditions arise.
13445 There is no portable workaround, except for @samp{trap - 0}, for which
13446 @samp{trap '' 0} is a portable substitute.
13448 Although Posix is not absolutely clear on this point, it is widely
13449 admitted that when entering the trap @samp{$?} should be set to the exit
13450 status of the last command run before the trap. The ambiguity can be
13451 summarized as: ``when the trap is launched by an @command{exit}, what is
13452 the @emph{last} command run: that before @command{exit}, or
13453 @command{exit} itself?''
13455 Bash considers @command{exit} to be the last command, while Zsh and
13456 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} consider that when the trap is run it is
13457 @emph{still} in the @command{exit}, hence it is the previous exit status
13458 that the trap receives:
13461 $ @kbd{cat trap.sh}
13464 $ @kbd{zsh trap.sh}
13466 $ @kbd{bash trap.sh}
13470 The portable solution is then simple: when you want to @samp{exit 42},
13471 run @samp{(exit 42); exit 42}, the first @command{exit} being used to
13472 set the exit status to 42 for Zsh, and the second to trigger the trap
13473 and pass 42 as exit status for Bash.
13475 The shell in Free@acronym{BSD} 4.0 has the following bug: @samp{$?} is
13476 reset to 0 by empty lines if the code is inside @command{trap}.
13479 $ @kbd{trap 'false}
13487 Fortunately, this bug only affects @command{trap}.
13489 @item @command{true}
13490 @c -----------------
13491 @prindex @command{true}
13492 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
13493 @c @prindex @command{:}
13494 Don't worry: as far as we know @command{true} is portable.
13495 Nevertheless, it's not always a builtin (e.g., Bash 1.x), and the
13496 portable shell community tends to prefer using @command{:}. This has a
13497 funny side effect: when asked whether @command{false} is more portable
13498 than @command{true} Alexandre Oliva answered:
13501 In a sense, yes, because if it doesn't exist, the shell will produce an
13502 exit status of failure, which is correct for @command{false}, but not
13503 for @command{true}.
13507 @item @command{unset}
13508 @c ------------------
13509 @prindex @command{unset}
13510 In some nonconforming shells (e.g., Bash 2.05a), @code{unset FOO} fails
13511 when @code{FOO} is not set. Also, Bash 2.01 mishandles @code{unset
13512 MAIL} in some cases and dumps core.
13514 A few ancient shells lack @command{unset} entirely. Nevertheless, because
13515 it is extremely useful to disable embarrassing variables such as
13516 @code{PS1}, you can test for its existence and use
13517 it @emph{provided} you give a neutralizing value when @command{unset} is
13521 # "|| exit" suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message.
13522 if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
13527 $unset PS1 || PS1='$ '
13531 @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for some neutralizing values. Also, see
13532 @ref{Limitations of Builtins}, documentation of @command{export}, for
13533 the case of environment variables.
13536 @node Limitations of Usual Tools
13537 @section Limitations of Usual Tools
13538 @cindex Limitations of usual tools
13540 The small set of tools you can expect to find on any machine can still
13541 include some limitations you should be aware of.
13547 Don't leave white space before the opening parenthesis in a user function call.
13548 Posix does not allow this and @acronym{GNU} Awk rejects it:
13551 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
13552 BEGIN @{ die () @}'}
13553 gawk: cmd. line:2: BEGIN @{ die () @}
13554 gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ parse error
13555 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
13556 BEGIN @{ die() @}'}
13560 Posix says that if a program contains only @samp{BEGIN} actions, and
13561 contains no instances of @code{getline}, then the program merely
13562 executes the actions without reading input. However, traditional Awk
13563 implementations (such as Solaris 10 @command{awk}) read and discard
13564 input in this case. Portable scripts can redirect input from
13565 @file{/dev/null} to work around the problem. For example:
13568 awk 'BEGIN @{print "hello world"@}' </dev/null
13571 Posix says that in an @samp{END} action, @samp{$NF} (and presumably,
13572 @samp{$1}) retain their value from the last record read, if no
13573 intervening @samp{getline} occurred. However, some implementations
13574 (such as Solaris 10 @samp{/usr/bin/awk}, @samp{nawk}, or Darwin
13575 @samp{awk}) reset these variables. A workaround is to use an
13576 intermediate variable prior to the @samp{END} block. For example:
13579 $ @kbd{cat end.awk}
13581 END @{ print "a", $1, $NF, "b", tmp @}
13582 $ @kbd{echo 1 | awk -f end.awk}
13584 $ @kbd{echo 1 | gawk -f end.awk}
13588 If you want your program to be deterministic, don't depend on @code{for}
13592 $ @kbd{cat for.awk}
13599 $ @kbd{gawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
13602 $ @kbd{nawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
13607 Some Awk implementations, such as @acronym{HP-UX} 11.0's native one,
13611 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
13612 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
13614 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
13616 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
13621 Either do not depend on such patterns (i.e., use @samp{/^(.*foo|bar)/},
13622 or use a simple test to reject such implementations.
13624 @acronym{AIX} version 5.2 has an arbitrary limit of 399 on the
13625 length of regular expressions and literal strings in an Awk program.
13627 Traditional Awk implementations derived from Unix version 7, such as
13628 Solaris @command{/bin/awk}, have many limitations and do not
13629 conform to Posix. Nowadays @code{AC_PROG_AWK} (@pxref{Particular
13630 Programs}) finds you an Awk that doesn't have these problems, but if
13631 for some reason you prefer not to use @code{AC_PROG_AWK} you may need to
13634 Traditional Awk does not support multidimensional arrays or user-defined
13637 Traditional Awk does not support the @option{-v} option. You can use
13638 assignments after the program instead, e.g., @command{$AWK '@{print v
13639 $1@}' v=x}; however, don't forget that such assignments are not
13640 evaluated until they are encountered (e.g., after any @code{BEGIN}
13643 Traditional Awk does not support the keywords @code{delete} or @code{do}.
13645 Traditional Awk does not support the expressions
13646 @code{@var{a}?@var{b}:@var{c}}, @code{!@var{a}}, @code{@var{a}^@var{b}},
13647 or @code{@var{a}^=@var{b}}.
13649 Traditional Awk does not support the predefined @code{CONVFMT} variable.
13651 Traditional Awk supports only the predefined functions @code{exp},
13652 @code{int}, @code{length}, @code{log}, @code{split}, @code{sprintf},
13653 @code{sqrt}, and @code{substr}.
13655 Traditional Awk @code{getline} is not at all compatible with Posix;
13658 Traditional Awk has @code{for (i in a) @dots{}} but no other uses of the
13659 @code{in} keyword. For example, it lacks @code{if (i in a) @dots{}}.
13661 In code portable to both traditional and modern Awk, @code{FS} must be a
13662 string containing just one ordinary character, and similarly for the
13663 field-separator argument to @code{split}.
13665 Traditional Awk has a limit of 99
13666 fields in a record. You may be able to circumvent this problem by using
13669 Traditional Awk has a limit of at most 99 bytes in a number formatted by
13670 @code{OFMT}; for example, @code{OFMT="%.300e"; print 0.1;} typically
13673 The original version of Awk had a limit of at most 99 bytes per
13674 @code{split} field, 99 bytes per @code{substr} substring, and 99 bytes
13675 per run of non-special characters in a @code{printf} format, but these
13676 bugs have been fixed on all practical hosts that we know of.
13678 @item @command{basename}
13679 @c ---------------------
13680 @prindex @command{basename}
13681 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}.
13682 You can use @command{expr} instead.
13684 @c AS_BASENAME is to be replaced by a better API.
13686 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}, and you should instead
13687 use @code{AS_BASENAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), followed by
13688 @command{expr} if you need to strip a suffix. For example:
13691 a=`basename "$aname"` # This is not portable.
13692 a=`AS_BASENAME(["$aname"])` # This is more portable.
13694 # This is not portable.
13695 c=`basename "$cname" .c`
13697 # This is more portable.
13698 c=`AS_BASENAME(["$cname"])`
13700 ?*.c) c=`expr "X$c" : 'X\(.*\)\.c'`;;
13706 @item @command{cat}
13707 @c ----------------
13708 @prindex @command{cat}
13709 Don't rely on any option.
13714 @prindex @command{cc}
13715 The command @samp{cc -c foo.c} traditionally produces an object file
13716 named @file{foo.o}. Most compilers allow @option{-c} to be combined
13717 with @option{-o} to specify a different object file name, but
13718 Posix does not require this combination and a few compilers
13719 lack support for it. @xref{C Compiler}, for how @acronym{GNU} Make
13720 tests for this feature with @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}.
13722 When a compilation such as @samp{cc -o foo foo.c} fails, some compilers
13723 (such as @sc{cds} on Reliant Unix) leave a @file{foo.o}.
13725 @acronym{HP-UX} @command{cc} doesn't accept @file{.S} files to preprocess and
13726 assemble. @samp{cc -c foo.S} appears to succeed, but in fact does
13729 The default executable, produced by @samp{cc foo.c}, can be
13732 @item @file{a.out} --- usual Posix convention.
13733 @item @file{b.out} --- i960 compilers (including @command{gcc}).
13734 @item @file{a.exe} --- @acronym{DJGPP} port of @command{gcc}.
13735 @item @file{a_out.exe} --- GNV @command{cc} wrapper for DEC C on OpenVMS.
13736 @item @file{foo.exe} --- various MS-DOS compilers.
13739 The C compiler's traditional name is @command{cc}, but other names like
13740 @command{gcc} are common. Posix 1003.1-2001 specifies the
13741 name @command{c99}, but older Posix editions specified
13742 @command{c89} and anyway these standard names are rarely used in
13743 practice. Typically the C compiler is invoked from makefiles that use
13744 @samp{$(CC)}, so the value of the @samp{CC} make variable selects the
13748 @item @command{chmod}
13749 @c ------------------
13750 @prindex @command{chmod}
13751 Avoid usages like @samp{chmod -w file}; use @samp{chmod a-w file}
13752 instead, for two reasons. First, plain @option{-w} does not necessarily
13753 make the file unwritable, since it does not affect mode bits that
13754 correspond to bits in the file mode creation mask. Second,
13755 Posix says that the @option{-w} might be interpreted as an
13756 implementation-specific option, not as a mode; Posix suggests
13757 using @samp{chmod -- -w file} to avoid this confusion, but unfortunately
13758 @samp{--} does not work on some older hosts.
13761 @item @command{cmp}
13762 @c ----------------
13763 @prindex @command{cmp}
13764 @command{cmp} performs a raw data comparison of two files, while
13765 @command{diff} compares two text files. Therefore, if you might compare
13766 DOS files, even if only checking whether two files are different, use
13767 @command{diff} to avoid spurious differences due to differences of
13773 @prindex @command{cp}
13774 Avoid the @option{-r} option, since Posix 1003.1-2004 marks it as
13775 obsolescent and its behavior on special files is implementation-defined.
13776 Use @option{-R} instead. On @acronym{GNU} hosts the two options
13777 are equivalent, but on Solaris hosts (for example) @command{cp -r}
13778 reads from pipes instead of replicating them.
13780 Some @command{cp} implementations (e.g., @acronym{BSD/OS} 4.2) do not allow
13781 trailing slashes at the end of nonexistent destination directories. To
13782 avoid this problem, omit the trailing slashes. For example, use
13783 @samp{cp -R source /tmp/newdir} rather than @samp{cp -R source
13784 /tmp/newdir/} if @file{/tmp/newdir} does not exist.
13786 @c This is thanks to Ian.
13787 The ancient SunOS 4 @command{cp} does not support @option{-f}, although
13788 its @command{mv} does.
13790 @cindex timestamp resolution
13791 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and @samp{cp
13792 -p} copied the timestamps exactly. However, many modern file systems
13793 have timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Unfortunately, @samp{cp
13794 -p} implementations truncate timestamps when copying files, so this
13795 can result in the destination file appearing to be older than the
13796 source. The exact amount of truncation depends on the resolution of
13797 the system calls that @command{cp} uses; traditionally this was
13798 @code{utime}, which has 1-second resolution, but some newer
13799 @command{cp} implementations use @code{utimes}, which has
13800 1-microsecond resolution. These newer implementations include @acronym{GNU}
13801 Core Utilities 5.0.91 or later, and Solaris 8 (sparc) patch 109933-02 or
13802 later. Unfortunately as of January 2006 there is still no system
13803 call to set timestamps to the full nanosecond resolution.
13805 Bob Proulx notes that @samp{cp -p} always @emph{tries} to copy
13806 ownerships. But whether it actually does copy ownerships or not is a
13807 system dependent policy decision implemented by the kernel. If the
13808 kernel allows it then it happens. If the kernel does not allow it then
13809 it does not happen. It is not something @command{cp} itself has control
13812 In Unix System V any user can chown files to any other user, and System
13813 V also has a non-sticky @file{/tmp}. That probably derives from the
13814 heritage of System V in a business environment without hostile users.
13815 @acronym{BSD} changed this
13816 to be a more secure model where only root can @command{chown} files and
13817 a sticky @file{/tmp} is used. That undoubtedly derives from the heritage
13818 of @acronym{BSD} in a campus environment.
13820 @acronym{GNU}/Linux and Solaris by default follow @acronym{BSD}, but
13821 can be configured to allow a System V style @command{chown}. On the
13822 other hand, @acronym{HP-UX} follows System V, but can
13823 be configured to use the modern security model and disallow
13824 @command{chown}. Since it is an administrator-configurable parameter
13825 you can't use the name of the kernel as an indicator of the behavior.
13829 @item @command{date}
13830 @c -----------------
13831 @prindex @command{date}
13832 Some versions of @command{date} do not recognize special @samp{%} directives,
13833 and unfortunately, instead of complaining, they just pass them through,
13834 and exit with success:
13838 OSF1 medusa.sis.pasteur.fr V5.1 732 alpha
13844 @item @command{diff}
13845 @c -----------------
13846 @prindex @command{diff}
13847 Option @option{-u} is nonportable.
13849 Some implementations, such as Tru64's, fail when comparing to
13850 @file{/dev/null}. Use an empty file instead.
13853 @item @command{dirname}
13854 @c --------------------
13855 @prindex @command{dirname}
13856 Not all hosts have a working @command{dirname}, and you should instead
13857 use @code{AS_DIRNAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}). For example:
13860 dir=`dirname "$file"` # This is not portable.
13861 dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` # This is more portable.
13865 @item @command{egrep}
13866 @c ------------------
13867 @prindex @command{egrep}
13868 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{egrep},
13869 but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
13870 replacement @code{grep -E}. Also, some traditional implementations do
13871 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
13872 @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}.
13874 Portable extended regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
13875 characters in the string @samp{$()*+.?[\^@{|}. For example, @samp{\@}}
13876 is not portable, even though it typically matches @samp{@}}.
13878 The empty alternative is not portable. Use @samp{?} instead. For
13879 instance with Digital Unix v5.0:
13882 > printf "foo\n|foo\n" | $EGREP '^(|foo|bar)$'
13884 > printf "bar\nbar|\n" | $EGREP '^(foo|bar|)$'
13886 > printf "foo\nfoo|\n|bar\nbar\n" | $EGREP '^(foo||bar)$'
13891 @command{$EGREP} also suffers the limitations of @command{grep}.
13893 @item @command{expr}
13894 @c -----------------
13895 @prindex @command{expr}
13896 No @command{expr} keyword starts with @samp{X}, so use @samp{expr
13897 X"@var{word}" : 'X@var{regex}'} to keep @command{expr} from
13898 misinterpreting @var{word}.
13900 Don't use @code{length}, @code{substr}, @code{match} and @code{index}.
13902 @item @command{expr} (@samp{|})
13903 @prindex @command{expr} (@samp{|})
13904 You can use @samp{|}. Although Posix does require that @samp{expr
13905 ''} return the empty string, it does not specify the result when you
13906 @samp{|} together the empty string (or zero) with the empty string. For
13913 Posix 1003.2-1992 returns the empty string
13914 for this case, but traditional Unix returns @samp{0} (Solaris is
13915 one such example). In Posix 1003.1-2001, the specification was
13916 changed to match traditional Unix's behavior (which is
13917 bizarre, but it's too late to fix this). Please note that the same
13918 problem does arise when the empty string results from a computation,
13922 expr bar : foo \| foo : bar
13926 Avoid this portability problem by avoiding the empty string.
13929 @item @command{expr} (@samp{:})
13930 @c ----------------------------
13931 @prindex @command{expr}
13932 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should use @samp{\} to
13933 escape only characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}.
13934 For example, alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not
13935 require its support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts.
13936 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
13938 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should not begin with
13939 @samp{^}. Patterns are automatically anchored so leading @samp{^} is
13942 The Posix standard is ambiguous as to whether
13943 @samp{expr 'a' : '\(b\)'} outputs @samp{0} or the empty string.
13944 In practice, it outputs the empty string on most platforms, but portable
13945 scripts should not assume this. For instance, the @acronym{QNX} 4.25 native
13946 @command{expr} returns @samp{0}.
13948 One might think that a way to get a uniform behavior would be to use
13949 the empty string as a default value:
13952 expr a : '\(b\)' \| ''
13956 Unfortunately this behaves exactly as the original expression; see the
13957 @command{expr} (@samp{|}) entry for more information.
13959 Some ancient @command{expr} implementations (e.g., SunOS 4 @command{expr} and
13960 Solaris 8 @command{/usr/ucb/expr}) have a silly length limit that causes
13961 @command{expr} to fail if the matched substring is longer than 120
13962 bytes. In this case, you might want to fall back on @samp{echo|sed} if
13963 @command{expr} fails. Nowadays this is of practical importance only for
13964 the rare installer who mistakenly puts @file{/usr/ucb} before
13965 @file{/usr/bin} in @env{PATH}.
13967 On Mac OS X 10.4, @command{expr} mishandles the pattern @samp{[^-]} in
13968 some cases. For example, the command
13970 expr Xpowerpc-apple-darwin8.1.0 : 'X[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)'
13974 outputs @samp{apple-darwin8.1.0} rather than the correct @samp{darwin8.1.0}.
13975 This particular case can be worked around by substituting @samp{[^--]}
13978 Don't leave, there is some more!
13980 The @acronym{QNX} 4.25 @command{expr}, in addition of preferring @samp{0} to
13981 the empty string, has a funny behavior in its exit status: it's always 1
13982 when parentheses are used!
13985 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'a'`; echo "$?: $val"}
13987 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'b'`; echo "$?: $val"}
13990 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(a\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
13992 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(b\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
13997 In practice this can be a big problem if you are ready to catch failures
13998 of @command{expr} programs with some other method (such as using
13999 @command{sed}), since you may get twice the result. For instance
14002 $ @kbd{expr 'a' : '\(a\)' || echo 'a' | sed 's/^\(a\)$/\1/'}
14006 outputs @samp{a} on most hosts, but @samp{aa} on @acronym{QNX} 4.25. A
14007 simple workaround consists of testing @command{expr} and using a variable
14008 set to @command{expr} or to @command{false} according to the result.
14010 Tru64 @command{expr} incorrectly treats the result as a number, if it
14011 can be interpreted that way:
14014 $ @kbd{expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'}
14019 @item @command{fgrep}
14020 @c ------------------
14021 @prindex @command{fgrep}
14022 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{fgrep},
14023 but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
14024 replacement @code{grep -F}. Also, some traditional implementations do
14025 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
14026 @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and then use @code{$FGREP}.
14029 @item @command{find}
14030 @c -----------------
14031 @prindex @command{find}
14032 The option @option{-maxdepth} seems to be @acronym{GNU} specific.
14033 Tru64 v5.1, Net@acronym{BSD} 1.5 and Solaris @command{find}
14034 commands do not understand it.
14036 The replacement of @samp{@{@}} is guaranteed only if the argument is
14037 exactly @emph{@{@}}, not if it's only a part of an argument. For
14038 instance on DU, and @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20 and @acronym{HP-UX} 11:
14042 $ @kbd{find . -name foo -exec echo "@{@}-@{@}" \;}
14047 while @acronym{GNU} @command{find} reports @samp{./foo-./foo}.
14050 @item @command{grep}
14051 @c -----------------
14052 @prindex @command{grep}
14053 Portable scripts can rely on the @command{grep} options @option{-c},
14054 @option{-l}, @option{-n}, and @option{-v}, but should avoid other
14055 options. For example, don't use @option{-w}, as Posix does not require
14056 it and Irix 6.5.16m's @command{grep} does not support it. Also,
14057 portable scripts should not combine @option{-c} with @option{-l},
14058 as Posix does not allow this.
14060 Some of the options required by Posix are not portable in practice.
14061 Don't use @samp{grep -q} to suppress output, because many @command{grep}
14062 implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not support @option{-q}.
14063 Don't use @samp{grep -s} to suppress output either, because Posix
14064 says @option{-s} does not suppress output, only some error messages;
14065 also, the @option{-s} option of traditional @command{grep} behaved
14066 like @option{-q} does in most modern implementations. Instead,
14067 redirect the standard output and standard error (in case the file
14068 doesn't exist) of @code{grep} to @file{/dev/null}. Check the exit
14069 status of @code{grep} to determine whether it found a match.
14071 Some traditional @command{grep} implementations do not work on long
14072 input lines. On AIX the default @code{grep} silently truncates long
14073 lines on the input before matching.
14075 Also, many implementations do not support multiple regexps
14076 with @option{-e}: they either reject @option{-e} entirely (e.g., Solaris)
14077 or honor only the last pattern (e.g., @acronym{IRIX} 6.5 and NeXT). To
14078 work around these problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_GREP} and then use
14081 Another possible workaround for the multiple @option{-e} problem is to
14082 separate the patterns by newlines, for example:
14090 except that this fails with traditional @command{grep}
14091 implementations and with Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8 @command{grep}.
14093 Traditional @command{grep} implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not
14094 support the @option{-E} or @option{-F} options. To work around these
14095 problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}, and
14096 similarly for @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and @code{$FGREP}. Even if you are
14097 willing to require support for Posix @command{grep}, your script should
14098 not use both @option{-E} and @option{-F}, since Posix does not allow
14101 Portable @command{grep} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to
14102 escape characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^@{@}}. For example,
14103 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
14104 support in basic regular expressions, so it should be avoided in
14105 portable scripts. Solaris and HP-UX @command{grep} do not support it.
14106 Similarly, the following escape sequences should also be avoided:
14107 @samp{\<}, @samp{\>}, @samp{\+}, @samp{\?}, @samp{\`}, @samp{\'},
14108 @samp{\B}, @samp{\b}, @samp{\S}, @samp{\s}, @samp{\W}, and @samp{\w}.
14111 @item @command{join}
14112 @c -----------------
14113 @prindex @command{join}
14114 Solaris 8 @command{join} has bugs when the second operand is standard
14115 input, and when standard input is a pipe. For example, the following
14116 shell script causes Solaris 8 @command{join} to loop forever:
14123 cat file | join file -
14126 Use @samp{join - file} instead.
14131 @prindex @command{ln}
14132 @cindex Symbolic links
14133 Don't rely on @command{ln} having a @option{-f} option. Symbolic links
14134 are not available on old systems; use @samp{$(LN_S)} as a portable substitute.
14136 For versions of the @acronym{DJGPP} before 2.04,
14137 @command{ln} emulates symbolic links
14138 to executables by generating a stub that in turn calls the real
14139 program. This feature also works with nonexistent files like in the
14140 Posix spec. So @samp{ln -s file link} generates @file{link.exe},
14141 which attempts to call @file{file.exe} if run. But this feature only
14142 works for executables, so @samp{cp -p} is used instead for these
14143 systems. @acronym{DJGPP} versions 2.04 and later have full support
14144 for symbolic links.
14149 @prindex @command{ls}
14150 @cindex Listing directories
14151 The portable options are @option{-acdilrtu}. Current practice is for
14152 @option{-l} to output both owner and group, even though ancient versions
14153 of @command{ls} omitted the group.
14155 On ancient hosts, @samp{ls foo} sent the diagnostic @samp{foo not found}
14156 to standard output if @file{foo} did not exist. Hence a shell command
14157 like @samp{sources=`ls *.c 2>/dev/null`} did not always work, since it
14158 was equivalent to @samp{sources='*.c not found'} in the absence of
14159 @samp{.c} files. This is no longer a practical problem, since current
14160 @command{ls} implementations send diagnostics to standard error.
14162 @item @command{mkdir}
14163 @c ------------------
14164 @prindex @command{mkdir}
14165 @cindex Making directories
14166 No @command{mkdir} option is portable to older systems. Instead of
14167 @samp{mkdir -p @var{file-name}}, you should use
14168 @code{AS_MKDIR_P(@var{file-name})} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh})
14169 or @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
14171 Combining the @option{-m} and @option{-p} options, as in @samp{mkdir -m
14172 go-w -p @var{dir}}, often leads to trouble. Free@acronym{BSD}
14173 @command{mkdir} incorrectly attempts to change the permissions of
14174 @var{dir} even if it already exists. @acronym{HP-UX} 11.23 and
14175 @acronym{IRIX} 6.5 @command{mkdir} often assign the wrong permissions to
14176 any newly-created parents of @var{dir}.
14178 Posix does not clearly specify whether @samp{mkdir -p foo}
14179 should succeed when @file{foo} is a symbolic link to an already-existing
14180 directory. The @acronym{GNU} Core Utilities 5.1.0 @command{mkdir}
14181 succeeds, but Solaris @command{mkdir} fails.
14183 Traditional @code{mkdir -p} implementations suffer from race conditions.
14184 For example, if you invoke @code{mkdir -p a/b} and @code{mkdir -p a/c}
14185 at the same time, both processes might detect that @file{a} is missing,
14186 one might create @file{a}, then the other might try to create @file{a}
14187 and fail with a @code{File exists} diagnostic. The @acronym{GNU} Core
14188 Utilities (@samp{fileutils} version 4.1), Free@acronym{BSD} 5.0,
14189 Net@acronym{BSD} 2.0.2, and Open@acronym{BSD} 2.4 are known to be
14190 race-free when two processes invoke @code{mkdir -p} simultaneously, but
14191 earlier versions are vulnerable. Solaris @command{mkdir} is still
14192 vulnerable as of Solaris 10, and other traditional Unix systems are
14193 probably vulnerable too. This possible race is harmful in parallel
14194 builds when several Make rules call @code{mkdir -p} to
14195 construct directories. You may use
14196 @code{install-sh -d} as a safe replacement, provided this script is
14197 recent enough; the copy shipped with Autoconf 2.60 and Automake 1.10 is
14198 OK, but copies from older versions are vulnerable.
14201 @item @command{mktemp}
14202 @c -------------------
14203 @prindex @command{mktemp}
14204 @cindex Creating temporary files
14205 Shell scripts can use temporary files safely with @command{mktemp}, but
14206 it does not exist on all systems. A portable way to create a safe
14207 temporary file name is to create a temporary directory with mode 700 and
14208 use a file inside this directory. Both methods prevent attackers from
14209 gaining control, though @command{mktemp} is far less likely to fail
14210 gratuitously under attack.
14212 Here is sample code to create a new temporary directory safely:
14215 # Create a temporary directory $tmp in $TMPDIR (default /tmp).
14216 # Use mktemp if possible; otherwise fall back on mkdir,
14217 # with $RANDOM to make collisions less likely.
14221 (umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/fooXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null
14223 test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
14225 tmp=$TMPDIR/foo$$-$RANDOM
14226 (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
14233 @prindex @command{mv}
14234 @cindex Moving open files
14235 The only portable options are @option{-f} and @option{-i}.
14237 Moving individual files between file systems is portable (it was in Unix
14239 but it is not always atomic: when doing @samp{mv new existing}, there's
14240 a critical section where neither the old nor the new version of
14241 @file{existing} actually exists.
14243 On some systems moving files from @file{/tmp} can sometimes cause
14244 undesirable (but perfectly valid) warnings, even if you created these
14245 files. This is because @file{/tmp} belongs to a group that ordinary
14246 users are not members of, and files created in @file{/tmp} inherit
14247 the group of @file{/tmp}. When the file is copied, @command{mv} issues
14248 a diagnostic without failing:
14251 $ @kbd{touch /tmp/foo}
14252 $ @kbd{mv /tmp/foo .}
14253 @error{}mv: ./foo: set owner/group (was: 100/0): Operation not permitted
14261 This annoying behavior conforms to Posix, unfortunately.
14263 Moving directories across mount points is not portable, use @command{cp}
14266 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
14267 support commands like @samp{mv foo bar >foo}, even though this is
14268 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
14273 @prindex @command{od}
14275 In Mac OS X 10.3, @command{od} does not support the
14276 standard Posix options @option{-A}, @option{-j}, @option{-N}, or
14277 @option{-t}, or the @acronym{XSI} option @option{-s}. The only
14278 supported Posix option is @option{-v}, and the only supported
14279 @acronym{XSI} options are those in @option{-bcdox}. The @acronym{BSD}
14280 @command{hexdump} program can be used instead.
14282 This problem no longer exists in Mac OS X 10.4.3.
14287 @prindex @command{rm}
14288 The @option{-f} and @option{-r} options are portable.
14290 It is not portable to invoke @command{rm} without operands. For
14291 example, on many systems @samp{rm -f -r} (with no other arguments)
14292 silently succeeds without doing anything, but it fails with a diagnostic
14293 on Net@acronym{BSD} 2.0.2.
14295 A file might not be removed even if its parent directory is writable
14296 and searchable. Many Posix hosts cannot remove a mount point, a named
14297 stream, a working directory, or a last link to a file that is being
14300 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
14301 support commands like @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
14302 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
14305 @item @command{sed}
14306 @c ----------------
14307 @prindex @command{sed}
14308 Patterns should not include the separator (unless escaped), even as part
14309 of a character class. In conformance with Posix, the Cray
14310 @command{sed} rejects @samp{s/[^/]*$//}: use @samp{s,[^/]*$,,}.
14312 Avoid empty patterns within parentheses (i.e., @samp{\(\)}). Posix does
14313 not require support for empty patterns, and Unicos 9 @command{sed} rejects
14316 Unicos 9 @command{sed} loops endlessly on patterns like @samp{.*\n.*}.
14318 Sed scripts should not use branch labels longer than 7 characters and
14319 should not contain comments. @acronym{HP-UX} sed has a limit of 99 commands
14320 (not counting @samp{:} commands) and
14321 48 labels, which can not be circumvented by using more than one script
14322 file. It can execute up to 19 reads with the @samp{r} command per cycle.
14323 Solaris @command{/usr/ucb/sed} rejects usages that exceed an limit of
14324 about 6000 bytes for the internal representation of commands.
14326 Avoid redundant @samp{;}, as some @command{sed} implementations, such as
14327 Net@acronym{BSD} 1.4.2's, incorrectly try to interpret the second
14328 @samp{;} as a command:
14331 $ @kbd{echo a | sed 's/x/x/;;s/x/x/'}
14332 sed: 1: "s/x/x/;;s/x/x/": invalid command code ;
14335 Input should not have unreasonably long lines, since some @command{sed}
14336 implementations have an input buffer limited to 4000 bytes.
14338 Portable @command{sed} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
14339 characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}. For example,
14340 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
14341 support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts. Solaris
14342 @command{sed} does not support alternation; e.g., @samp{sed '/a\|b/d'}
14343 deletes only lines that contain the literal string @samp{a|b}.
14344 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
14346 Anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$}) inside groups are not portable.
14348 Nested parentheses in patterns (e.g., @samp{\(\(a*\)b*)\)}) are
14349 quite portable to current hosts, but was not supported by some ancient
14350 @command{sed} implementations like SVR3.
14352 Some @command{sed} implementations, e.g., Solaris,
14353 restrict the special role of the asterisk to one-character regular expressions.
14354 This may lead to unexpected behavior:
14357 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
14359 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/xpg4/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
14363 The @option{-e} option is mostly portable.
14364 However, its argument
14365 cannot start with @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i},
14366 as this runs afoul of a Tru64 5.1 bug.
14367 Also, its argument cannot be empty, as this fails on @acronym{AIX} 5.3.
14368 Some people prefer to use @samp{-e}:
14371 sed -e '@var{command-1}' \
14372 -e '@var{command-2}'
14376 as opposed to the equivalent:
14386 The following usage is sometimes equivalent:
14389 sed '@var{command-1};@var{command-2}'
14392 but Posix says that this use of a semicolon has undefined effect if
14393 @var{command-1}'s verb is @samp{@{}, @samp{a}, @samp{b}, @samp{c},
14394 @samp{i}, @samp{r}, @samp{t}, @samp{w}, @samp{:}, or @samp{#}, so you
14395 should use semicolon only with simple scripts that do not use these
14398 Commands inside @{ @} brackets are further restricted. Posix says that
14399 they cannot be preceded by addresses, @samp{!}, or @samp{;}, and that
14400 each command must be followed immediately by a newline, without any
14401 intervening blanks or semicolons. The closing bracket must be alone on
14402 a line, other than white space preceding or following it.
14404 Contrary to yet another urban legend, you may portably use @samp{&} in
14405 the replacement part of the @code{s} command to mean ``what was
14406 matched''. All descendants of Unix version 7 @command{sed}
14408 don't have first hand experience with older @command{sed} implementations) have
14411 Posix requires that you must not have any white space between
14412 @samp{!} and the following command. It is OK to have blanks between
14413 the address and the @samp{!}. For instance, on Solaris:
14416 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ ! p'}
14417 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/ ! p
14418 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/! p'}
14419 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/! p
14420 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ !p'}
14424 Posix also says that you should not combine @samp{!} and @samp{;}. If
14425 you use @samp{!}, it is best to put it on a command that is delimited by
14426 newlines rather than @samp{;}.
14428 Also note that Posix requires that the @samp{b}, @samp{t}, @samp{r}, and
14429 @samp{w} commands be followed by exactly one space before their argument.
14430 On the other hand, no white space is allowed between @samp{:} and the
14431 subsequent label name.
14433 If a sed script is specified on the command line and ends in an
14434 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i} command, the last line of inserted text
14435 should be followed by a newline. Otherwise some @command{sed}
14436 implementations (e.g., Open@acronym{BSD} 3.9) do not append a newline to the
14439 Many @command{sed} implementations (e.g., MacOS X 10.4,
14440 Open@acronym{BSD} 3.9, Solaris 10
14441 @command{/usr/ucb/sed}) strip leading white space from the text of
14442 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, and @samp{i} commands. Prepend a backslash to
14443 work around this incompatibility with Posix:
14446 $ @kbd{echo flushleft | sed 'a\}
14451 $ @kbd{echo foo | sed 'a\}
14459 @item @command{sed} (@samp{t})
14460 @c ---------------------------
14461 @prindex @command{sed} (@samp{t})
14462 Some old systems have @command{sed} that ``forget'' to reset their
14463 @samp{t} flag when starting a new cycle. For instance on @acronym{MIPS
14464 RISC/OS}, and on @sc{irix} 5.3, if you run the following @command{sed}
14465 script (the line numbers are not actual part of the texts):
14468 s/keep me/kept/g # a
14504 Why? When processing line 1, (c) matches, therefore sets the @samp{t}
14505 flag, and the output is produced. When processing
14506 line 2, the @samp{t} flag is still set (this is the bug). Command (a)
14507 fails to match, but @command{sed} is not supposed to clear the @samp{t}
14508 flag when a substitution fails. Command (b) sees that the flag is set,
14509 therefore it clears it, and jumps to (d), hence you get @samp{delete me}
14510 instead of @samp{deleted}. When processing line (3), @samp{t} is clear,
14511 (a) matches, so the flag is set, hence (b) clears the flags and jumps.
14512 Finally, since the flag is clear, line 4 is processed properly.
14514 There are two things one should remember about @samp{t} in @command{sed}.
14515 Firstly, always remember that @samp{t} jumps if @emph{some} substitution
14516 succeeded, not only the immediately preceding substitution. Therefore,
14517 always use a fake @samp{t clear} followed by a @samp{:clear} on the next
14518 line, to reset the @samp{t} flag where needed.
14520 Secondly, you cannot rely on @command{sed} to clear the flag at each new
14523 One portable implementation of the script above is:
14534 @item @command{touch}
14535 @c ------------------
14536 @prindex @command{touch}
14537 @cindex timestamp resolution
14538 If you specify the desired timestamp (e.g., with the @option{-r}
14539 option), @command{touch} typically uses the @code{utime} or
14540 @code{utimes} system call, which can result in the same kind of
14541 timestamp truncation problems that @samp{cp -p} has.
14543 On ancient @acronym{BSD} systems, @command{touch} or any command that
14544 results in an empty file does not update the timestamps, so use a
14545 command like @command{echo} as a workaround.
14547 @acronym{GNU} @command{touch} 3.16r (and presumably all before that)
14548 fails to work on SunOS 4.1.3 when the empty file is on an
14549 @acronym{NFS}-mounted 4.2 volume.
14550 However, these problems are no longer of practical concern.
14555 @node Portable Make
14556 @chapter Portable Make Programming
14557 @prindex @command{make}
14558 @cindex Limitations of @command{make}
14560 Writing portable makefiles is an art. Since a makefile's commands are
14561 executed by the shell, you must consider the shell portability issues
14562 already mentioned. However, other issues are specific to @command{make}
14566 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
14567 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
14568 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
14569 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
14570 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
14571 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
14572 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
14573 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
14574 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
14575 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
14576 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
14577 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
14578 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
14579 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
14580 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
14583 @node $< in Ordinary Make Rules
14584 @section @code{$<} in Ordinary Make Rules
14586 Posix says that the @samp{$<} construct in makefiles can be
14587 used only in inference rules and in the @samp{.DEFAULT} rule; its
14588 meaning in ordinary rules is unspecified. Solaris @command{make}
14589 for instance replaces it with the empty string. Open@acronym{BSD} (3.0 and
14590 later) @command{make} diagnoses these uses and errors out.
14592 @node Failure in Make Rules
14593 @section Failure in Make Rules
14595 Since 1992 Posix has required that @command{make} must invoke
14596 each command with the equivalent of a @samp{sh -c} subshell. However,
14597 many @command{make} implementations, including @acronym{BSD} make through 2004,
14598 use @samp{sh -e -c} instead, and the @option{-e} option causes the
14599 subshell to exit immediately if a subsidiary simple-command fails. For
14600 example, the command @samp{touch T; rm -f U} always attempts to
14601 remove @file{U} with Posix make, but incompatible
14602 @command{make} implementations skip the @command{rm} if the
14603 @command{touch} fails. One way to work around this is to reword the
14604 affected simple-commands so that they always succeed, e.g., @samp{touch
14606 However, even this approach can run into common bugs in @acronym{BSD}
14607 implementations of the @option{-e} option of @command{sh} and
14608 @command{set} (@pxref{Limitations of Builtins}), so if you are worried
14609 about porting to buggy @acronym{BSD} shells it may be simpler to migrate
14610 complicated @command{make} actions into separate scripts.
14612 @node Special Chars in Names
14613 @section Special Characters in Make Macro Names
14615 Posix limits macro names to nonempty strings containing only
14616 @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{.}, and @samp{_}. Many
14617 @command{make} implementations allow a wider variety of characters, but
14618 portable makefiles should avoid them. It is portable to start a name
14619 with a special character, e.g., @samp{$(.FOO)}.
14621 Some ancient @command{make} implementations don't support leading
14622 underscores in macro names. An example is @acronym{NEWS-OS} 4.2R.
14625 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14628 all:; @@echo this is test
14630 Make: Must be a separator on rules line 2. Stop.
14631 $ @kbd{cat Makefile2}
14634 all:; @@echo this is test
14635 $ @kbd{make -f Makefile2}
14640 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
14642 @node Backslash-Newline-Newline
14643 @section Backslash-Newline-Newline in Make Macro Values
14645 @c This has been seen on ia64 hpux 11.20, and on one hppa hpux 10.20,
14646 @c but another hppa hpux 10.20 didn't have it. Bob Proulx
14647 @c <bob@proulx.com> thinks it was in hpux 8.0 too.
14648 On some versions of @acronym{HP-UX}, @command{make} reads multiple newlines
14649 following a backslash, continuing to the next non-empty line. For
14663 shows @code{FOO} equal to @code{one BAR = two}. Other implementations
14664 sensibly let a backslash continue only to the immediately following
14667 @node Backslash-Newline Comments
14668 @section Backslash-Newline in Make Comments
14670 According to Posix, Make comments start with @code{#}
14671 and continue until an unescaped newline is reached.
14674 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14681 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14686 However this is not always the case. Some implementations
14687 discard everything from @code{#} through the end of the line, ignoring any
14688 trailing backslash.
14691 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
14692 "Makefile", line 3: Need an operator
14693 Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue
14697 Therefore, if you want to comment out a multi-line definition, prefix each
14698 line with @code{#}, not only the first.
14706 @node Long Lines in Makefiles
14707 @section Long Lines in Makefiles
14709 Tru64 5.1's @command{make} has been reported to crash when given a
14710 makefile with lines longer than around 20 kB. Earlier versions are
14711 reported to exit with @code{Line too long} diagnostics.
14713 @node Macros and Submakes
14714 @section @code{make macro=value} and Submakes
14716 A command-line variable definition such as @code{foo=bar} overrides any
14717 definition of @code{foo} in a makefile. Some @command{make}
14718 implementations (such as @acronym{GNU} @command{make}) propagate this
14719 override to subsidiary invocations of @command{make}. Some other
14720 implementations do not pass the substitution along to submakes.
14723 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14730 $ @kbd{make foo=bar} # GNU make 3.79.1
14733 make[1]: Entering directory `/home/adl'
14735 make[1]: Leaving directory `/home/adl'
14736 $ @kbd{pmake foo=bar} # BSD make
14742 You have a few possibilities if you do want the @code{foo=bar} override
14743 to propagate to submakes. One is to use the @option{-e}
14744 option, which causes all environment variables to have precedence over
14745 the makefile macro definitions, and declare foo as an environment
14749 $ @kbd{env foo=bar make -e}
14752 The @option{-e} option is propagated to submakes automatically,
14753 and since the environment is inherited between @command{make}
14754 invocations, the @code{foo} macro is overridden in
14755 submakes as expected.
14757 This syntax (@code{foo=bar make -e}) is portable only when used
14758 outside of a makefile, for instance from a script or from the
14759 command line. When run inside a @command{make} rule, @acronym{GNU}
14760 @command{make} 3.80 and prior versions forget to propagate the
14761 @option{-e} option to submakes.
14763 Moreover, using @option{-e} could have unexpected side effects if your
14764 environment contains some other macros usually defined by the
14765 makefile. (See also the note about @code{make -e} and @code{SHELL}
14768 Another way to propagate overrides to submakes is to do it
14769 manually, from your makefile:
14775 $(MAKE) foo=$(foo) two
14780 You need to foresee all macros that a user might want to override if
14783 @node The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
14784 @section The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
14785 @cindex @code{MAKEFLAGS} and @command{make}
14786 @cindex @command{make} and @code{MAKEFLAGS}
14788 Posix requires @command{make} to use @code{MAKEFLAGS} to affect the
14789 current and recursive invocations of make, but allows implementations
14790 several formats for the variable. It is tricky to parse
14791 @code{$MAKEFLAGS} to determine whether @option{-s} for silent execution
14792 or @option{-k} for continued execution are in effect. For example, you
14793 cannot assume that the first space-separated word in @code{$MAKEFLAGS}
14794 contains single-letter options, since in the Cygwin version of
14795 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} it is either @option{--unix} or
14796 @option{--win32} with the second word containing single-letter options.
14799 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14801 @@echo MAKEFLAGS = $(MAKEFLAGS)
14805 MAKEFLAGS = --unix -k
14808 @node The Make Macro SHELL
14809 @section The Make Macro @code{SHELL}
14810 @cindex @code{SHELL} and @command{make}
14811 @cindex @command{make} and @code{SHELL}
14813 Posix-compliant @command{make} internally uses the @code{$(SHELL)}
14814 macro to spawn shell processes and execute Make rules. This
14815 is a builtin macro supplied by @command{make}, but it can be modified
14816 by a makefile or by a command-line argument.
14818 Not all @command{make} implementations define this @code{SHELL} macro.
14820 @command{make} is an example; this implementation always uses
14821 @code{/bin/sh}. So it's a good idea to always define @code{SHELL} in
14822 your makefiles. If you use Autoconf, do
14828 Do not force @code{SHELL = /bin/sh} because that is not correct
14829 everywhere. For instance @acronym{DJGPP} lacks @code{/bin/sh}, and when
14830 its @acronym{GNU} @code{make} port sees such a setting it enters a special
14831 emulation mode where features like pipes and redirections are emulated
14832 on top of DOS's @command{command.com}. Unfortunately this emulation is
14833 incomplete; for instance it does not handle command substitutions.
14834 On @acronym{DJGPP} @code{SHELL} should point to Bash.
14836 Posix-compliant @command{make} should never acquire the value of
14837 $(SHELL) from the environment, even when @code{make -e} is used
14838 (otherwise, think about what would happen to your rules if
14839 @code{SHELL=/bin/tcsh}).
14841 However not all @command{make} implementations have this exception.
14842 For instance it's not surprising that Tru64 @command{make} doesn't
14843 protect @code{SHELL}, since it doesn't use it.
14846 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14852 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar make -e} # Tru64 Make
14855 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar gmake -e} # GNU make
14860 @node Comments in Make Rules
14861 @section Comments in Make Rules
14862 @cindex Comments in @file{Makefile} rules
14863 @cindex @file{Makefile} rules and comments
14865 Never put comments in a rule.
14867 Some @command{make} treat anything starting with a tab as a command for
14868 the current rule, even if the tab is immediately followed by a @code{#}.
14869 The @command{make} from Tru64 Unix V5.1 is one of them. The following
14870 makefile runs @code{# foo} through the shell.
14877 @node obj/ and Make
14878 @section The @file{obj/} Subdirectory and Make
14879 @cindex @file{obj/}, subdirectory
14880 @cindex @acronym{BSD} @command{make} and @file{obj/}
14882 Never name one of your subdirectories @file{obj/} if you don't like
14885 If an @file{obj/} directory exists, @acronym{BSD} @command{make} enters it
14886 before reading the makefile. Hence the makefile in the
14887 current directory is not read.
14890 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14893 $ @kbd{cat obj/Makefile}
14896 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
14899 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
14904 @node make -k Status
14905 @section Exit Status of @code{make -k}
14906 @cindex @code{make -k}
14908 Do not rely on the exit status of @code{make -k}. Some implementations
14909 reflect whether they encountered an error in their exit status; other
14910 implementations always succeed.
14913 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
14916 $ @kbd{make -k; echo exit status: $?} # GNU make
14918 make: *** [all] Error 1
14920 $ @kbd{pmake -k; echo exit status: $?} # BSD make
14922 *** Error code 1 (continuing)
14926 @node VPATH and Make
14927 @section @code{VPATH} and Make
14928 @cindex @code{VPATH}
14930 Posix does not specify the semantics of @code{VPATH}. Typically,
14931 @command{make} supports @code{VPATH}, but its implementation is not
14934 Autoconf and Automake support makefiles whose usages of @code{VPATH} are
14935 portable to recent-enough popular implementations of @command{make}, but
14936 to keep the resulting makefiles portable, a package's makefile
14937 prototypes must take the following issues into account. These issues
14938 are complicated and are often poorly understood, and installers who use
14939 @code{VPATH} should expect to find many bugs in this area. If you use
14940 @code{VPATH}, the simplest way to avoid these portability bugs is to
14941 stick with @acronym{GNU} @command{make}, since it is the most
14942 commonly-used @command{make} among Autoconf users.
14944 Here are some known issues with some @code{VPATH}
14948 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
14949 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
14950 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
14951 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
14952 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
14955 @node VPATH and Double-colon
14956 @subsection @code{VPATH} and Double-colon Rules
14957 @cindex @code{VPATH} and double-colon rules
14958 @cindex double-colon rules and @code{VPATH}
14960 With ancient versions of Sun @command{make},
14961 any assignment to @code{VPATH} causes @command{make} to execute only
14962 the first set of double-colon rules.
14963 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
14965 @node $< in Explicit Rules
14966 @subsection @code{$<} Not Supported in Explicit Rules
14967 @cindex explicit rules, @code{$<}, and @code{VPATH}
14968 @cindex @code{$<}, explicit rules, and @code{VPATH}
14969 @cindex @code{VPATH}, explicit rules, and @code{$<}
14971 Using @code{$<} in explicit rules is not portable.
14972 The prerequisite file must be named explicitly in the rule. If you want
14973 to find the prerequisite via a @code{VPATH} search, you have to code the
14974 whole thing manually. @xref{Build Directories}.
14976 @node Automatic Rule Rewriting
14977 @subsection Automatic Rule Rewriting
14978 @cindex @code{VPATH} and automatic rule rewriting
14979 @cindex automatic rule rewriting and @code{VPATH}
14981 Some @command{make} implementations, such as Solaris and Tru64,
14982 search for prerequisites in @code{VPATH} and
14983 then rewrite each occurrence as a plain word in the rule.
14987 # This isn't portable to GNU make.
14994 executes @code{cp ../pkg/src/if.c f.c} if @file{if.c} is
14995 found in @file{../pkg/src}.
14997 However, this rule leads to real problems in practice. For example, if
14998 the source directory contains an ordinary file named @file{test} that is
14999 used in a dependency, Solaris @command{make} rewrites commands like
15000 @samp{if test -r foo; @dots{}} to @samp{if ../pkg/src/test -r foo;
15001 @dots{}}, which is typically undesirable. To avoid this problem,
15002 portable makefiles should never mention a source file whose name is that
15003 of a shell keyword like @file{until} or a shell command like
15004 @command{cat} or @command{gcc} or @command{test}.
15006 Because of these problems @acronym{GNU} @command{make} and many other
15007 @command{make} implementations do not rewrite commands, so portable
15009 search @code{VPATH} manually. It is tempting to write this:
15012 # This isn't portable to Solaris make.
15015 cp `test -f if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f.c
15019 However, the ``prerequisite rewriting'' still applies here. So if
15020 @file{if.c} is in @file{../pkg/src}, Solaris and Tru64 @command{make}
15024 cp `test -f ../pkg/src/if.c || echo ../pkg/src/`if.c f.c
15035 and thus fails. Oops.
15037 A simple workaround, and good practice anyway, is to use @samp{$?} and
15038 @samp{$@@} when possible:
15047 but this does not generalize well to commands with multiple
15048 prerequisites. A more general workaround is to rewrite the rule so that
15049 the prerequisite @file{if.c} never appears as a plain word. For
15050 example, these three rules would be safe, assuming @file{if.c} is in
15051 @file{../pkg/src} and the other files are in the working directory:
15056 cat `test -f ./if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f1.c >$@@
15058 cat `test -f 'if.c' || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c g1.c >$@@
15060 cat `test -f "if.c" || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c h1.c >$@@
15063 Things get worse when your prerequisites are in a macro.
15067 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
15068 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
15069 for i in $(HEADERS); do \
15070 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
15071 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
15072 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
15076 The above @code{install-HEADERS} rule is not Solaris-proof because @code{for
15077 i in $(HEADERS);} is expanded to @code{for i in f.h g.h h.h;}
15078 where @code{f.h} and @code{g.h} are plain words and are hence
15079 subject to @code{VPATH} adjustments.
15081 If the three files are in @file{../pkg/src}, the rule is run as:
15084 for i in ../pkg/src/f.h ../pkg/src/g.h h.h; do \
15086 `test -f $i || echo ../pkg/src/`$i \
15087 /usr/local/include/$i; \
15091 where the two first @command{install} calls fail. For instance,
15092 consider the @code{f.h} installation:
15096 `test -f ../pkg/src/f.h || \
15099 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
15108 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
15111 Note that the manual @code{VPATH} search did not cause any problems here;
15112 however this command installs @file{f.h} in an incorrect directory.
15114 Trying to quote @code{$(HEADERS)} in some way, as we did for
15115 @code{foo.c} a few makefiles ago, does not help:
15118 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
15119 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
15120 for i in $$headers; do \
15121 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
15122 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
15123 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
15127 Now, @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'} macro-expands to:
15130 headers='f.h g.h h.h'
15134 but @code{g.h} is still a plain word. (As an aside, the idiom
15135 @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'; for i in $$headers;} is a good
15136 idea if @code{$(HEADERS)} can be empty, because some shells diagnose a
15137 syntax error on @code{for i in;}.)
15139 One workaround is to strip this unwanted @file{../pkg/src/} prefix manually:
15143 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
15144 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
15145 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
15146 for i in $$headers; do \
15147 i=`expr "$$i" : '$(VPATH)/\(.*\)'`;
15148 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
15149 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
15150 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
15154 Automake does something similar. However the above hack works only if
15155 the files listed in @code{HEADERS} are in the current directory or a
15156 subdirectory; they should not be in an enclosing directory. If we had
15157 @code{HEADERS = ../f.h}, the above fragment would fail in a VPATH
15158 build with Tru64 @command{make}. The reason is that not only does
15159 Tru64 @command{make} rewrite dependencies, but it also simplifies
15160 them. Hence @code{../f.h} becomes @code{../pkg/f.h} instead of
15161 @code{../pkg/src/../f.h}. This obviously defeats any attempt to strip
15162 a leading @file{../pkg/src/} component.
15164 The following example makes the behavior of Tru64 @command{make}
15168 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15180 Dependency @file{../foo} was found in @file{sub/../foo}, but Tru64
15181 @command{make} simplified it as @file{foo}. (Note that the @file{sub/}
15182 directory does not even exist, this just means that the simplification
15183 occurred before the file was checked for.)
15185 For the record here is how SunOS 4 @command{make} behaves on this
15190 make: Fatal error: Don't know how to make target `../foo'
15198 @node Tru64 Directory Magic
15199 @subsection Tru64 @command{make} Creates Prerequisite Directories Magically
15200 @cindex @code{VPATH} and prerequisite directories
15201 @cindex prerequisite directories and @code{VPATH}
15203 When a prerequisite is a subdirectory of @code{VPATH}, Tru64
15204 @command{make} creates it in the current directory.
15207 $ @kbd{mkdir -p foo/bar build}
15209 $ @kbd{cat >Makefile <<END
15218 This can yield unexpected results if a rule uses a manual @code{VPATH}
15219 search as presented before.
15224 command `test -d foo/bar || echo ../`foo/bar
15227 The above @command{command} is run on the empty @file{foo/bar}
15228 directory that was created in the current directory.
15230 @node Make Target Lookup
15231 @subsection Make Target Lookup
15232 @cindex @code{VPATH}, resolving target pathnames
15234 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses a complex algorithm to decide when it
15235 should use files found via a @code{VPATH} search. @xref{Search
15236 Algorithm, , How Directory Searches are Performed, make, The @acronym{GNU} Make
15239 If a target needs to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} discards the
15240 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search for this target, and
15241 builds the file locally using the file name given in the makefile.
15242 If a target does not need to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses the
15243 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search.
15245 Other @command{make} implementations, like Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, are
15246 easier to describe: the file name found during the @code{VPATH} search
15247 is used whether the target needs to be rebuilt or not. Therefore
15248 new files are created locally, but existing files are updated at their
15249 @code{VPATH} location.
15251 Open@acronym{BSD} and Free@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, however,
15253 @code{VPATH} search for a dependency that has an explicit rule.
15254 This is extremely annoying.
15256 When attempting a @code{VPATH} build for an autoconfiscated package
15257 (e.g., @code{mkdir build && cd build && ../configure}), this means
15259 @command{make} builds everything locally in the @file{build}
15260 directory, while @acronym{BSD} @command{make} builds new files locally and
15261 updates existing files in the source directory.
15264 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15267 foo.x bar.x: newer.x
15268 @@echo Building $@@
15269 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
15270 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
15271 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
15274 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
15277 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
15280 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
15283 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
15284 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
15286 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
15288 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
15291 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
15296 Note how Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make} updates @file{../bar.x} in its
15297 VPATH location, and how Free@acronym{BSD}, Open@acronym{BSD}, and Tru64
15298 @command{make} always
15299 update @file{bar.x}, even when @file{../bar.x} is up to date.
15301 Another point worth mentioning is that once @acronym{GNU} @command{make} has
15302 decided to ignore a @code{VPATH} file name (e.g., it ignored
15303 @file{../bar.x} in the above example) it continues to ignore it when
15304 the target occurs as a prerequisite of another rule.
15306 The following example shows that @acronym{GNU} @command{make} does not look up
15307 @file{bar.x} in @code{VPATH} before performing the @code{.x.y} rule,
15308 because it ignored the @code{VPATH} result of @file{bar.x} while running
15309 the @code{bar.x: newer.x} rule.
15312 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15316 @@echo Building $@@
15320 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
15321 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
15322 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
15325 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
15326 make: *** [bar.y] Error 1
15327 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
15331 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
15332 echo Building bar.x
15334 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
15336 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
15338 cp: bar.x: No such file or directory
15342 Note that if you drop away the command from the @code{bar.x: newer.x}
15343 rule, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} magically starts to work: it
15344 knows that @code{bar.x} hasn't been updated, therefore it doesn't
15345 discard the result from @code{VPATH} (@file{../bar.x}) in succeeding
15346 uses. Tru64 also works, but Free@acronym{BSD} and Open@acronym{BSD}
15350 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15357 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
15358 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
15359 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
15362 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
15365 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
15367 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
15369 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
15373 It seems the sole solution that would please every @command{make}
15374 implementation is to never rely on @code{VPATH} searches for targets.
15375 In other words, @code{VPATH} should be reserved to unbuilt sources.
15378 @node Single Suffix Rules
15379 @section Single Suffix Rules and Separated Dependencies
15380 @cindex Single Suffix Inference Rule
15381 @cindex Rule, Single Suffix Inference
15382 A @dfn{Single Suffix Rule} is basically a usual suffix (inference) rule
15383 (@samp{.from.to:}), but which @emph{destination} suffix is empty
15386 @cindex Separated Dependencies
15387 @dfn{Separated dependencies} simply refers to listing the prerequisite
15388 of a target, without defining a rule. Usually one can list on the one
15389 hand side, the rules, and on the other hand side, the dependencies.
15391 Solaris @command{make} does not support separated dependencies for
15392 targets defined by single suffix rules:
15395 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15400 $ @kbd{touch foo.in}
15407 while @acronym{GNU} Make does:
15413 Makefile foo foo.in
15416 Note it works without the @samp{foo: foo.in} dependency.
15419 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15428 and it works with double suffix inference rules:
15431 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
15433 .SUFFIXES: .in .out
15440 As a result, in such a case, you have to write target rules.
15442 @node Timestamps and Make
15443 @section Timestamp Resolution and Make
15444 @cindex timestamp resolution
15445 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and
15446 @command{make} used those timestamps to determine whether one file was
15447 newer than the other. However, many modern file systems have
15448 timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Some @command{make}
15449 implementations look at the entire timestamp; others ignore the
15450 fractional part, which can lead to incorrect results. Normally this
15451 is not a problem, but in some extreme cases you may need to use tricks
15452 like @samp{sleep 1} to work around timestamp truncation bugs.
15454 Commands like @samp{cp -p} and @samp{touch -r} typically do not copy
15455 file timestamps to their full resolutions (@pxref{Limitations of Usual
15456 Tools}). Hence you should be wary of rules like this:
15463 as @file{dest} often appears to be older than @file{src} after the
15464 timestamp is truncated, and this can cause @command{make} to do
15465 needless rework the next time it is invoked. To work around this
15466 problem, you can use a timestamp file, e.g.:
15477 @c ======================================== Portable C and C++ Programming
15479 @node Portable C and C++
15480 @chapter Portable C and C++ Programming
15481 @cindex Portable C and C++ programming
15483 C and C++ programs often use low-level features of the underlying
15484 system, and therefore are often more difficult to make portable to other
15487 Several standards have been developed to help make your programs more
15488 portable. If you write programs with these standards in mind, you can
15489 have greater confidence that your programs work on a wide variety
15490 of systems. @xref{Standards, , Language Standards Supported by
15491 @acronym{GCC}, gcc, Using the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection
15492 (@acronym{GCC})}, for a list of C-related
15493 standards. Many programs also assume the
15494 @uref{http://www.opengroup.org/susv3, Posix standard}.
15496 Some old code is written to be portable to K&R C, which predates any C
15497 standard. K&R C compilers are no longer of practical interest, though,
15498 and the rest of section assumes at least C89, the first C standard.
15500 Program portability is a huge topic, and this section can only briefly
15501 introduce common pitfalls. @xref{System Portability, , Portability
15502 between System Types, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for
15506 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
15507 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
15508 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
15509 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
15510 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
15511 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
15512 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
15515 @node Varieties of Unportability
15516 @section Varieties of Unportability
15517 @cindex portability
15519 Autoconf tests and ordinary programs often need to test what is allowed
15520 on a system, and therefore they may need to deliberately exceed the
15521 boundaries of what the standards allow, if only to see whether an
15522 optional feature is present. When you write such a program, you should
15523 keep in mind the difference between constraints, unspecified behavior,
15524 and undefined behavior.
15526 In C, a @dfn{constraint} is a rule that the compiler must enforce. An
15527 example constraint is that C programs must not declare a bit-field with
15528 negative width. Tests can therefore reliably assume that programs with
15529 negative-width bit-fields are rejected by a compiler that conforms
15532 @dfn{Unspecified behavior} is valid behavior, where the standard allows
15533 multiple possibilities. For example, the order of evaluation of
15534 function arguments is unspecified. Some unspecified behavior is
15535 @dfn{implementation-defined}, i.e., documented by the implementation,
15536 but since Autoconf tests cannot read the documentation they cannot
15537 distinguish between implementation-defined and other unspecified
15538 behavior. It is common for Autoconf tests to probe implementations to
15539 determine otherwise-unspecified behavior.
15541 @dfn{Undefined behavior} is invalid behavior, where the standard allows
15542 the implementation to do anything it pleases. For example,
15543 dereferencing a null pointer leads to undefined behavior. If possible,
15544 test programs should avoid undefined behavior, since a program with
15545 undefined behavior might succeed on a test that should fail.
15547 The above rules apply to programs that are intended to conform to the
15548 standard. However, strictly-conforming programs are quite rare, since
15549 the standards are so limiting. A major goal of Autoconf is to support
15550 programs that use implementation features not described by the standard,
15551 and it is fairly common for test programs to violate the above rules, if
15552 the programs work well enough in practice.
15554 @node Integer Overflow
15555 @section Integer Overflow
15556 @cindex integer overflow
15557 @cindex overflow, signed integer
15558 @cindex signed integer overflow
15559 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
15561 In practice many portable C programs assume that signed integer overflow wraps
15562 around reliably using two's complement arithmetic. Yet the C standard
15563 says that program behavior is undefined on overflow, and in a few cases
15564 C programs do not work on some modern implementations because their
15565 overflows do not wrap around as their authors expected. Conversely, in
15566 signed integer remainder, the C standard requires overflow
15567 behavior that is commonly not implemented.
15570 * Integer Overflow Basics:: Why integer overflow is a problem
15571 * Signed Overflow Examples:: Examples of code assuming wraparound
15572 * Optimization and Wraparound:: Optimizations that break uses of wraparound
15573 * Signed Overflow Advice:: Practical advice for signed overflow issues
15574 * Signed Integer Division:: @code{INT_MIN / -1} and @code{INT_MIN % -1}
15577 @node Integer Overflow Basics
15578 @subsection Basics of Integer Overflow
15579 @cindex integer overflow
15580 @cindex overflow, signed integer
15581 @cindex signed integer overflow
15582 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
15584 In languages like C, unsigned integer overflow reliably wraps around;
15585 e.g., @code{UINT_MAX + 1} yields zero.
15586 This is guaranteed by the C standard and is
15587 portable in practice, unless you specify aggressive,
15588 nonstandard optimization options
15589 suitable only for special applications.
15591 In contrast, the C standard says that signed integer overflow leads to
15592 undefined behavior where a program can do anything, including dumping
15593 core or overrunning a buffer. The misbehavior can even precede the
15594 overflow. Such an overflow can occur during addition, subtraction,
15595 multiplication, division, and left shift.
15597 Despite this requirement of the standard, many C programs and Autoconf
15598 tests assume that signed integer overflow silently wraps around modulo a
15599 power of two, using two's complement arithmetic, so long as you cast the
15600 resulting value to a signed integer type or store it into a signed
15601 integer variable. If you use conservative optimization flags, such
15602 programs are generally portable to the vast majority of modern
15603 platforms, with a few exceptions discussed later.
15605 For historical reasons the C standard also allows implementations with
15606 ones' complement or signed magnitude arithmetic, but it is safe to
15607 assume two's complement nowadays.
15609 Also, overflow can occur when converting an out-of-range value to a
15610 signed integer type. Here a standard implementation must define what
15611 happens, but this might include raising an exception. In practice all
15612 known implementations support silent wraparound in this case, so you need
15613 not worry about other possibilities.
15615 @node Signed Overflow Examples
15616 @subsection Examples of Code Assuming Wraparound Overflow
15617 @cindex integer overflow
15618 @cindex overflow, signed integer
15619 @cindex signed integer overflow
15620 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
15622 There has long been a tension between what the C standard requires for
15623 signed integer overflow, and what C programs commonly assume. The
15624 standard allows aggressive optimizations based on assumptions that
15625 overflow never occurs, but many practical C programs rely on overflow
15626 wrapping around. These programs do not conform to the standard, but
15627 they commonly work in practice because compiler writers are
15628 understandably reluctant to implement optimizations that would break
15629 many programs, unless perhaps a user specifies aggressive optimization.
15631 The C Standard says that if a program has signed integer overflow its
15632 behavior is undefined, and the undefined behavior can even precede the
15633 overflow. To take an extreme example:
15635 @c Inspired by Robert Dewar's example in
15636 @c <http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc/2007-01/msg00038.html> (2007-01-01).
15638 if (password == expected_password)
15639 allow_superuser_privileges ();
15640 else if (counter++ == INT_MAX)
15643 printf ("%d password mismatches\n", counter);
15647 If the @code{int} variable @code{counter} equals @code{INT_MAX},
15648 @code{counter++} must overflow and the behavior is undefined, so the C
15649 standard allows the compiler to optimize away the test against
15650 @code{INT_MAX} and the @code{abort} call.
15651 Worse, if an earlier bug in the program lets the compiler deduce that
15652 @code{counter == INT_MAX} or that @code{counter} previously overflowed,
15653 the C standard allows the compiler to optimize away the password test
15654 and generate code that allows superuser privileges unconditionally.
15656 Despite this requirement by the standard, it has long been common for C
15657 code to assume wraparound arithmetic after signed overflow, and all
15658 known practical C implementations support some C idioms that assume
15659 wraparound signed arithmetic, even if the idioms do not conform
15660 strictly to the standard. If your code looks like the following
15661 examples it will almost surely work with real-world compilers.
15663 Here is an example derived from the 7th Edition Unix implementation of
15664 @code{atoi} (1979-01-10):
15670 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
15671 n = n * 10 + *p++ - '0';
15672 return (f ? -n : n);
15676 Even if the input string is in range, on most modern machines this has
15677 signed overflow when computing the most negative integer (the @code{-n}
15678 overflows) or a value near an extreme integer (the first @code{+}
15681 Here is another example, derived from the 7th Edition implementation of
15682 @code{rand} (1979-01-10). Here the programmer expects both
15683 multiplication and addition to wrap on overflow:
15686 static long int randx = 1;
15688 randx = randx * 1103515245 + 12345;
15689 return (randx >> 16) & 077777;
15692 In the following example, derived from the @acronym{GNU} C Library 2.5
15693 implementation of @code{mktime} (2006-09-09), the code assumes
15694 wraparound arithmetic in @code{+} to detect signed overflow:
15698 int sec_requested, sec_adjustment;
15700 t1 = t + sec_requested;
15701 t2 = t1 + sec_adjustment;
15702 if (((t1 < t) != (sec_requested < 0))
15703 | ((t2 < t1) != (sec_adjustment < 0)))
15707 If your code looks like these examples, it is probably safe even though
15708 it does not strictly conform to the C standard. This might lead one to
15709 believe that one can generally assume wraparound on overflow, but that
15710 is not always true, as can be seen in the next section.
15712 @node Optimization and Wraparound
15713 @subsection Optimizations That Break Wraparound Arithmetic
15714 @cindex loop induction
15716 Compilers sometimes generate code that is incompatible with wraparound
15717 integer arithmetic. A simple example is an algebraic simplification: a
15718 compiler might translate @code{(i * 2000) / 1000} to @code{i * 2}
15719 because it assumes that @code{i * 2000} does not overflow. The
15720 translation is not equivalent to the original when overflow occurs:
15721 e.g., in the typical case of 32-bit signed two's complement wraparound
15722 @code{int}, if @code{i} has type @code{int} and value @code{1073742},
15723 the original expression returns @minus{}2147483 but the optimized
15724 version returns the mathematically correct value 2147484.
15726 More subtly, loop induction optimizations often exploit the undefined
15727 behavior of signed overflow. Consider the following contrived function
15732 sumc (int lo, int hi)
15736 for (i = lo; i <= hi; i++)
15743 To avoid multiplying by 53 each time through the loop, an optimizing
15744 compiler might internally transform @code{sumc} to the equivalent of the
15749 transformed_sumc (int lo, int hi)
15754 for (ic = lo * 53; ic <= hic; ic += 53)
15761 This transformation is allowed by the C standard, but it is invalid for
15762 wraparound arithmetic when @code{INT_MAX / 53 < hi}, because then the
15763 overflow in computing expressions like @code{hi * 53} can cause the
15764 expression @code{i <= hi} to yield a different value from the
15765 transformed expression @code{ic <= hic}.
15767 For this reason, compilers that use loop induction and similar
15768 techniques often do not support reliable wraparound arithmetic when a
15769 loop induction variable like @code{ic} is involved. Since loop
15770 induction variables are generated by the compiler, and are not visible
15771 in the source code, it is not always trivial to say whether the problem
15774 Hardly any code actually depends on wraparound arithmetic in cases like
15775 these, so in practice these loop induction optimizations are almost
15776 always useful. However, edge cases in this area can cause problems.
15781 for (j = 1; 0 < j; j *= 2)
15786 Here, the loop attempts to iterate through all powers of 2 that
15787 @code{int} can represent, but the C standard allows a compiler to
15788 optimize away the comparison and generate an infinite loop,
15789 under the argument that behavior is undefined on overflow. As of this
15790 writing this optimization is not done by any production version of
15791 @acronym{GCC} with @option{-O2}, but it might be performed by other
15792 compilers, or by more aggressive @acronym{GCC} optimization options,
15793 and the @acronym{GCC} developers have not decided whether it will
15794 continue to work with @acronym{GCC} and @option{-O2}.
15796 @node Signed Overflow Advice
15797 @subsection Practical Advice for Signed Overflow Issues
15798 @cindex integer overflow
15799 @cindex overflow, signed integer
15800 @cindex signed integer overflow
15801 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
15803 Ideally the safest approach is to avoid signed integer overflow
15804 entirely. For example, instead of multiplying two signed integers, you
15805 can convert them to unsigned integers, multiply the unsigned values,
15806 then test whether the result is in signed range.
15808 Rewriting code in this way will be inconvenient, though, particularly if
15809 the signed values might be negative. Also, it may hurt
15810 performance. Using unsigned arithmetic to check for overflow is
15811 particularly painful to do portably and efficiently when dealing with an
15812 integer type like @code{uid_t} whose width and signedness vary from
15813 platform to platform.
15815 Furthermore, many C applications pervasively assume wraparound behavior
15816 and typically it is not easy to find and remove all these assumptions.
15817 Hence it is often useful to maintain nonstandard code that assumes
15818 wraparound on overflow, instead of rewriting the code. The rest of this
15819 section attempts to give practical advice for this situation.
15821 If your code wants to detect signed integer overflow in @code{sum = a +
15822 b}, it is generally safe to use an expression like @code{(sum < a) != (b
15825 If your code uses a signed loop index, make sure that the index cannot
15826 overflow, along with all signed expressions derived from the index.
15827 Here is a contrived example of problematic code with two instances of
15831 for (i = INT_MAX - 10; i <= INT_MAX; i++)
15834 report_overflow ();
15840 Because of the two overflows, a compiler might optimize away or
15841 transform the two comparisons in a way that is incompatible with the
15842 wraparound assumption.
15844 If your code uses an expression like @code{(i * 2000) / 1000} and you
15845 actually want the multiplication to wrap around on overflow, use
15846 unsigned arithmetic
15847 to do it, e.g., @code{((int) (i * 2000u)) / 1000}.
15849 If your code assumes wraparound behavior and you want to insulate it
15850 against any @acronym{GCC} optimizations that would fail to support that
15851 behavior, you should use @acronym{GCC}'s @option{-fwrapv} option, which
15852 causes signed overflow to wrap around reliably (except for division and
15853 remainder, as discussed in the next section).
15855 If you need to port to platforms where signed integer overflow does not
15856 reliably wrap around (e.g., due to hardware overflow checking, or to
15857 highly aggressive optimizations), you should consider debugging with
15858 @acronym{GCC}'s @option{-ftrapv} option, which causes signed overflow to
15859 raise an exception.
15861 @node Signed Integer Division
15862 @subsection Signed Integer Division and Integer Overflow
15863 @cindex division, integer
15866 integer division is not always harmless: for example, on CPUs of the
15867 i386 family, dividing @code{INT_MIN} by @code{-1} yields a SIGFPE signal
15868 which by default terminates the program. Worse, taking the remainder
15869 of these two values typically yields the same signal on these CPUs,
15870 even though the C standard requires @code{INT_MIN % -1} to yield zero
15871 because the expression does not overflow.
15873 @node Null Pointers
15874 @section Properties of Null Pointers
15875 @cindex null pointers
15877 Most modern hosts reliably fail when you attempt to dereference a null
15880 On almost all modern hosts, null pointers use an all-bits-zero internal
15881 representation, so you can reliably use @code{memset} with 0 to set all
15882 the pointers in an array to null values.
15884 If @code{p} is a null pointer to an object type, the C expression
15885 @code{p + 0} always evaluates to @code{p} on modern hosts, even though
15886 the standard says that it has undefined behavior.
15888 @node Buffer Overruns
15889 @section Buffer Overruns and Subscript Errors
15890 @cindex buffer overruns
15892 Buffer overruns and subscript errors are the most common dangerous
15893 errors in C programs. They result in undefined behavior because storing
15894 outside an array typically modifies storage that is used by some other
15895 object, and most modern systems lack runtime checks to catch these
15896 errors. Programs should not rely on buffer overruns being caught.
15898 There is one exception to the usual rule that a portable program cannot
15899 address outside an array. In C, it is valid to compute the address just
15900 past an object, e.g., @code{&a[N]} where @code{a} has @code{N} elements,
15901 so long as you do not dereference the resulting pointer. But it is not
15902 valid to compute the address just before an object, e.g., @code{&a[-1]};
15903 nor is it valid to compute two past the end, e.g., @code{&a[N+1]}. On
15904 most platforms @code{&a[-1] < &a[0] && &a[N] < &a[N+1]}, but this is not
15905 reliable in general, and it is usually easy enough to avoid the
15906 potential portability problem, e.g., by allocating an extra unused array
15907 element at the start or end.
15909 @uref{http://valgrind.org/, Valgrind} can catch many overruns.
15911 users might also consider using the @option{-fmudflap} option to catch
15914 Buffer overruns are usually caused by off-by-one errors, but there are
15915 more subtle ways to get them.
15917 Using @code{int} values to index into an array or compute array sizes
15918 causes problems on typical 64-bit hosts where an array index might
15919 be @math{2^31} or larger. Index values of type @code{size_t} avoid this
15920 problem, but cannot be negative. Index values of type @code{ptrdiff_t}
15921 are signed, and are wide enough in practice.
15923 If you add or multiply two numbers to calculate an array size, e.g.,
15924 @code{malloc (x * sizeof y + z)}, havoc ensues if the addition or
15925 multiplication overflows.
15927 Many implementations of the @code{alloca} function silently misbehave
15928 and can generate buffer overflows if given sizes that are too large.
15929 The size limits are implementation dependent, but are at least 4000
15930 bytes on all platforms that we know about.
15932 The standard functions @code{asctime}, @code{asctime_r}, @code{ctime},
15933 @code{ctime_r}, and @code{gets} are prone to buffer overflows, and
15934 portable code should not use them unless the inputs are known to be
15935 within certain limits. The time-related functions can overflow their
15936 buffers if given timestamps out of range (e.g., a year less than -999
15937 or greater than 9999). Time-related buffer overflows cannot happen with
15938 recent-enough versions of the @acronym{GNU} C library, but are possible
15940 implementations. The @code{gets} function is the worst, since it almost
15941 invariably overflows its buffer when presented with an input line larger
15944 @node Volatile Objects
15945 @section Volatile Objects
15946 @cindex volatile objects
15948 The keyword @code{volatile} is often misunderstood in portable code.
15949 Its use inhibits some memory-access optimizations, but programmers often
15950 wish that it had a different meaning than it actually does.
15952 @code{volatile} was designed for code that accesses special objects like
15953 memory-mapped device registers whose contents spontaneously change.
15954 Such code is inherently low-level, and it is difficult to specify
15955 portably what @code{volatile} means in these cases. The C standard
15956 says, ``What constitutes an access to an object that has
15957 volatile-qualified type is implementation-defined,'' so in theory each
15958 implementation is supposed to fill in the gap by documenting what
15959 @code{volatile} means for that implementation. In practice, though,
15960 this documentation is usually absent or incomplete.
15962 One area of confusion is the distinction between objects defined with
15963 volatile types, and volatile lvalues. From the C standard's point of
15964 view, an object defined with a volatile type has externally visible
15965 behavior. You can think of such objects as having little oscilloscope
15966 probes attached to them, so that the user can observe some properties of
15967 accesses to them, just as the user can observe data written to output
15968 files. However, the standard does not make it clear whether users can
15969 observe accesses by volatile lvalues to ordinary objects. For example:
15972 /* Declare and access a volatile object.
15973 Accesses to X are "visible" to users. */
15974 static int volatile x;
15977 /* Access two ordinary objects via a volatile lvalue.
15978 It's not clear whether accesses to *P are "visible". */
15980 int *z = malloc (sizeof (int));
15988 Programmers often wish that @code{volatile} meant ``Perform the memory
15989 access here and now, without merging several memory accesses, without
15990 changing the memory word size, and without reordering.'' But the C
15991 standard does not require this. For objects defined with a volatile
15992 type, accesses must be done before the next sequence point; but
15993 otherwise merging, reordering, and word-size change is allowed. Worse,
15994 it is not clear from the standard whether volatile lvalues provide more
15995 guarantees in general than nonvolatile lvalues, if the underlying
15996 objects are ordinary.
15998 Even when accessing objects defined with a volatile type,
15999 the C standard allows only
16000 extremely limited signal handlers: the behavior is undefined if a signal
16001 handler reads any nonlocal object, or writes to any nonlocal object
16002 whose type is not @code{sig_atomic_t volatile}, or calls any standard
16003 library function other than @code{abort}, @code{signal}, and (if C99)
16004 @code{_Exit}. Hence C compilers need not worry about a signal handler
16005 disturbing ordinary computation, unless the computation accesses a
16006 @code{sig_atomic_t volatile} lvalue that is not a local variable.
16007 (There is an obscure exception for accesses via a pointer to a volatile
16008 character, since it may point into part of a @code{sig_atomic_t
16009 volatile} object.) Posix
16010 adds to the list of library functions callable from a portable signal
16011 handler, but otherwise is like the C standard in this area.
16013 Some C implementations allow memory-access optimizations within each
16014 translation unit, such that actual behavior agrees with the behavior
16015 required by the standard only when calling a function in some other
16016 translation unit, and a signal handler acts like it was called from a
16017 different translation unit. The C standard hints that in these
16018 implementations, objects referred to by signal handlers ``would require
16019 explicit specification of @code{volatile} storage, as well as other
16020 implementation-defined restrictions.'' But unfortunately even for this
16021 special case these other restrictions are often not documented well.
16022 @xref{Volatiles, , When is a Volatile Object Accessed?, gcc, Using the
16023 @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection (@acronym{GCC})}, for some
16024 restrictions imposed by @acronym{GCC}. @xref{Defining Handlers, ,
16025 Defining Signal Handlers, libc, The @acronym{GNU} C Library}, for some
16026 restrictions imposed by the @acronym{GNU} C library. Restrictions
16027 differ on other platforms.
16029 If possible, it is best to use a signal handler that fits within the
16030 limits imposed by the C and Posix standards.
16032 If this is not practical, you can try the following rules of thumb. A
16033 signal handler should access only volatile lvalues, preferably lvalues
16034 that refer to objects defined with a volatile type, and should not
16035 assume that the accessed objects have an internally consistent state
16036 if they are larger than a machine word. Furthermore, installers
16037 should employ compilers and compiler options that are commonly used
16038 for building operating system kernels, because kernels often need more
16039 from @code{volatile} than the C Standard requires, and installers who
16040 compile an application in a similar environment can sometimes benefit
16041 from the extra constraints imposed by kernels on compilers.
16042 Admittedly we are handwaving somewhat here, as there are few
16043 guarantees in this area; the rules of thumb may help to fix some bugs
16044 but there is a good chance that they will not fix them all.
16046 For @code{volatile}, C++ has the same problems that C does.
16047 Multithreaded applications have even more problems with @code{volatile},
16048 but they are beyond the scope of this section.
16050 The bottom line is that using @code{volatile} typically hurts
16051 performance but should not hurt correctness. In some cases its use
16052 does help correctness, but these cases are often so poorly understood
16053 that all too often adding @code{volatile} to a data structure merely
16054 alleviates some symptoms of a bug while not fixing the bug in general.
16056 @node Floating Point Portability
16057 @section Floating Point Portability
16058 @cindex floating point
16060 Almost all modern systems use IEEE-754 floating point, and it is safe to
16061 assume IEEE-754 in most portable code these days. For more information,
16062 please see David Goldberg's classic paper
16063 @uref{http://www.validlab.com/goldberg/paper.pdf, What Every Computer
16064 Scientist Should Know About Floating-Point Arithmetic}.
16066 @node Exiting Portably
16067 @section Exiting Portably
16068 @cindex exiting portably
16070 A C or C++ program can exit with status @var{N} by returning
16071 @var{N} from the @code{main} function. Portable programs are supposed
16072 to exit either with status 0 or @code{EXIT_SUCCESS} to succeed, or with
16073 status @code{EXIT_FAILURE} to fail, but in practice it is portable to
16074 fail by exiting with status 1, and test programs that assume Posix can
16075 fail by exiting with status values from 1 through 255. Programs on
16076 SunOS 2.0 (1985) through 3.5.2 (1988) incorrectly exited with zero
16077 status when @code{main} returned nonzero, but ancient systems like these
16078 are no longer of practical concern.
16080 A program can also exit with status @var{N} by passing @var{N} to the
16081 @code{exit} function, and a program can fail by calling the @code{abort}
16082 function. If a program is specialized to just some platforms, it can fail
16083 by calling functions specific to those platforms, e.g., @code{_exit}
16084 (Posix) and @code{_Exit} (C99). However, like other functions, an exit
16085 function should be declared, typically by including a header. For
16086 example, if a C program calls @code{exit}, it should include @file{stdlib.h}
16087 either directly or via the default includes (@pxref{Default Includes}).
16089 A program can fail due to undefined behavior such as dereferencing a null
16090 pointer, but this is not recommended as undefined behavior allows an
16091 implementation to do whatever it pleases and this includes exiting
16095 @c ================================================== Manual Configuration
16097 @node Manual Configuration
16098 @chapter Manual Configuration
16100 A few kinds of features can't be guessed automatically by running test
16101 programs. For example, the details of the object-file format, or
16102 special options that need to be passed to the compiler or linker. You
16103 can check for such features using ad-hoc means, such as having
16104 @command{configure} check the output of the @code{uname} program, or
16105 looking for libraries that are unique to particular systems. However,
16106 Autoconf provides a uniform method for handling unguessable features.
16109 * Specifying Names:: Specifying the system type
16110 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
16111 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
16114 @node Specifying Names
16115 @section Specifying the System Type
16116 @cindex System type
16119 @command{configure} scripts can make decisions based on a canonical name
16120 for the system type, which has the form:
16121 @samp{@var{cpu}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}}, where @var{os} can be
16122 @samp{@var{system}} or @samp{@var{kernel}-@var{system}}
16124 @command{configure} can usually guess the canonical name for the type of
16125 system it's running on. To do so it runs a script called
16126 @command{config.guess}, which infers the name using the @code{uname}
16127 command or symbols predefined by the C preprocessor.
16129 Alternately, the user can specify the system type with command line
16130 arguments to @command{configure}. Doing so is necessary when
16131 cross-compiling. In the most complex case of cross-compiling, three
16132 system types are involved. The options to specify them are:
16135 @item --build=@var{build-type}
16136 the type of system on which the package is being configured and
16137 compiled. It defaults to the result of running @command{config.guess}.
16139 @item --host=@var{host-type}
16140 the type of system on which the package runs. By default it is the
16141 same as the build machine. Specifying it enables the cross-compilation
16144 @item --target=@var{target-type}
16145 the type of system for which any compiler tools in the package
16146 produce code (rarely needed). By default, it is the same as host.
16149 If you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess}, use
16150 @option{--build}, not @option{--host}, since the latter enables
16151 cross-compilation. For historical reasons,
16152 whenever you specify @option{--host},
16153 be sure to specify @option{--build} too; this will be fixed in the
16154 future. So, to enter cross-compilation mode, use a command like this
16157 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
16161 Note that if you do not specify @option{--host}, @command{configure}
16162 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler. For
16163 example, configuring as follows fails:
16166 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
16169 In the future, when cross-compiling Autoconf will @emph{not}
16170 accept tools (compilers, linkers, assemblers) whose name is not
16171 prefixed with the host type. The only case when this may be
16172 useful is when you really are not cross-compiling, but only
16173 building for a least-common-denominator architecture: an example
16174 is building for @code{i386-pc-linux-gnu} while running on an
16175 @code{i686-pc-linux-gnu} architecture. In this case, some particular
16176 pairs might be similar enough to let you get away with the system
16177 compilers, but in general the compiler might make bogus assumptions
16178 on the host: if you know what you are doing, please create symbolic
16179 links from the host compiler to the build compiler.
16181 @cindex @command{config.sub}
16182 @command{configure} recognizes short aliases for many system types; for
16183 example, @samp{decstation} can be used instead of
16184 @samp{mips-dec-ultrix4.2}. @command{configure} runs a script called
16185 @command{config.sub} to canonicalize system type aliases.
16187 This section deliberately omits the description of the obsolete
16188 interface; see @ref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}.
16191 @node Canonicalizing
16192 @section Getting the Canonical System Type
16193 @cindex System type
16194 @cindex Canonical system type
16196 The following macros make the system type available to @command{configure}
16199 @ovindex build_alias
16200 @ovindex host_alias
16201 @ovindex target_alias
16203 The variables @samp{build_alias}, @samp{host_alias}, and
16204 @samp{target_alias} are always exactly the arguments of @option{--build},
16205 @option{--host}, and @option{--target}; in particular, they are left empty
16206 if the user did not use them, even if the corresponding
16207 @code{AC_CANONICAL} macro was run. Any configure script may use these
16208 variables anywhere. These are the variables that should be used when in
16209 interaction with the user.
16211 If you need to recognize some special environments based on their system
16212 type, run the following macros to get canonical system names. These
16213 variables are not set before the macro call.
16215 If you use these macros, you must distribute @command{config.guess} and
16216 @command{config.sub} along with your source code. @xref{Output}, for
16217 information about the @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} macro which you can use
16218 to control in which directory @command{configure} looks for those scripts.
16221 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
16222 @acindex{CANONICAL_BUILD}
16225 @ovindex build_vendor
16227 Compute the canonical build-system type variable, @code{build}, and its
16228 three individual parts @code{build_cpu}, @code{build_vendor}, and
16231 If @option{--build} was specified, then @code{build} is the
16232 canonicalization of @code{build_alias} by @command{config.sub},
16233 otherwise it is determined by the shell script @command{config.guess}.
16236 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_HOST
16237 @acindex{CANONICAL_HOST}
16240 @ovindex host_vendor
16242 Compute the canonical host-system type variable, @code{host}, and its
16243 three individual parts @code{host_cpu}, @code{host_vendor}, and
16246 If @option{--host} was specified, then @code{host} is the
16247 canonicalization of @code{host_alias} by @command{config.sub},
16248 otherwise it defaults to @code{build}.
16251 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
16252 @acindex{CANONICAL_TARGET}
16254 @ovindex target_cpu
16255 @ovindex target_vendor
16257 Compute the canonical target-system type variable, @code{target}, and its
16258 three individual parts @code{target_cpu}, @code{target_vendor}, and
16261 If @option{--target} was specified, then @code{target} is the
16262 canonicalization of @code{target_alias} by @command{config.sub},
16263 otherwise it defaults to @code{host}.
16266 Note that there can be artifacts due to the backward compatibility
16267 code. See @xref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}, for more.
16269 @node Using System Type
16270 @section Using the System Type
16272 In @file{configure.ac} the system type is generally used by one or more
16273 @code{case} statements to select system-specifics. Shell wildcards can
16274 be used to match a group of system types.
16276 For example, an extra assembler code object file could be chosen, giving
16277 access to a CPU cycle counter register. @code{$(CYCLE_OBJ)} in the
16278 following would be used in a makefile to add the object to a
16279 program or library.
16283 alpha*-*-*) CYCLE_OBJ=rpcc.o ;;
16284 i?86-*-*) CYCLE_OBJ=rdtsc.o ;;
16287 AC_SUBST([CYCLE_OBJ])
16290 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS} (@pxref{Configuration Links}) is another good way
16291 to select variant source files, for example optimized code for some
16292 CPUs. The configured CPU type doesn't always indicate exact CPU types,
16293 so some runtime capability checks may be necessary too.
16297 alpha*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:alpha/dither.c]) ;;
16298 powerpc*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:powerpc/dither.c]) ;;
16299 *-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:generic/dither.c]) ;;
16303 The host system type can also be used to find cross-compilation tools
16304 with @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL} (@pxref{Generic Programs}).
16306 The above examples all show @samp{$host}, since this is where the code
16307 is going to run. Only rarely is it necessary to test @samp{$build}
16308 (which is where the build is being done).
16310 Whenever you're tempted to use @samp{$host} it's worth considering
16311 whether some sort of probe would be better. New system types come along
16312 periodically or previously missing features are added. Well-written
16313 probes can adapt themselves to such things, but hard-coded lists of
16314 names can't. Here are some guidelines,
16318 Availability of libraries and library functions should always be checked
16321 Variant behavior of system calls is best identified with runtime tests
16322 if possible, but bug workarounds or obscure difficulties might have to
16323 be driven from @samp{$host}.
16325 Assembler code is inevitably highly CPU-specific and is best selected
16326 according to @samp{$host_cpu}.
16328 Assembler variations like underscore prefix on globals or ELF versus
16329 COFF type directives are however best determined by probing, perhaps
16330 even examining the compiler output.
16333 @samp{$target} is for use by a package creating a compiler or similar.
16334 For ordinary packages it's meaningless and should not be used. It
16335 indicates what the created compiler should generate code for, if it can
16336 cross-compile. @samp{$target} generally selects various hard-coded CPU
16337 and system conventions, since usually the compiler or tools under
16338 construction themselves determine how the target works.
16341 @c ===================================================== Site Configuration.
16343 @node Site Configuration
16344 @chapter Site Configuration
16346 @command{configure} scripts support several kinds of local configuration
16347 decisions. There are ways for users to specify where external software
16348 packages are, include or exclude optional features, install programs
16349 under modified names, and set default values for @command{configure}
16353 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
16354 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
16355 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
16356 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
16357 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
16358 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
16359 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
16360 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
16363 @node Help Formatting
16364 @section Controlling Help Output
16366 Users consult @samp{configure --help} to learn of configuration
16367 decisions specific to your package. By default, @command{configure}
16368 breaks this output into sections for each type of option; within each
16369 section, help strings appear in the order @file{configure.ac} defines
16375 --enable-bar include bar
16382 @defmac AC_PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER
16383 @acindex{PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER}
16385 Request an alternate @option{--help} format, in which options of all
16386 types appear together, in the order defined. Call this macro before any
16387 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} or @code{AC_ARG_WITH}.
16390 Optional Features and Packages:
16392 --enable-bar include bar
16398 @node External Software
16399 @section Working With External Software
16400 @cindex External software
16402 Some packages require, or can optionally use, other software packages
16403 that are already installed. The user can give @command{configure}
16404 command line options to specify which such external software to use.
16405 The options have one of these forms:
16407 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
16410 --with-@var{package}[=@var{arg}]
16411 --without-@var{package}
16414 For example, @option{--with-gnu-ld} means work with the @acronym{GNU} linker
16415 instead of some other linker. @option{--with-x} means work with The X
16418 The user can give an argument by following the package name with
16419 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} is for
16420 packages that are used by default; it says to @emph{not} use the
16421 package. An argument that is neither @samp{yes} nor @samp{no} could
16422 include a name or number of a version of the other package, to specify
16423 more precisely which other package this program is supposed to work
16424 with. If no argument is given, it defaults to @samp{yes}.
16425 @option{--without-@var{package}} is equivalent to
16426 @option{--with-@var{package}=no}.
16428 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
16429 @option{--with-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
16430 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
16433 For each external software package that may be used, @file{configure.ac}
16434 should call @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to detect whether the @command{configure}
16435 user asked to use it. Whether each package is used or not by default,
16436 and which arguments are valid, is up to you.
16438 @anchor{AC_ARG_WITH}
16439 @defmac AC_ARG_WITH (@var{package}, @var{help-string}, @
16440 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
16442 If the user gave @command{configure} the option @option{--with-@var{package}}
16443 or @option{--without-@var{package}}, run shell commands
16444 @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run shell commands
16445 @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{package} indicates another
16446 software package that this program should work with. It should consist
16447 only of alphanumeric characters, dashes, and dots.
16449 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
16450 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{withval}, which is
16451 actually just the value of the shell variable named
16452 @code{with_@var{package}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
16453 @var{package} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
16456 The argument @var{help-string} is a description of the option that
16459 --with-readline support fancy command line editing
16463 @var{help-string} may be more than one line long, if more detail is
16464 needed. Just make sure the columns line up in @samp{configure
16465 --help}. Avoid tabs in the help string. You'll need to enclose the
16466 help string in @samp{[} and @samp{]} in order to produce the leading
16469 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
16470 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
16472 The following example shows how to use the @code{AC_ARG_WITH} macro in
16473 a common situation. You want to let the user decide whether to enable
16474 support for an external library (e.g., the readline library); if the user
16475 specified neither @option{--with-readline} nor @option{--without-readline},
16476 you want to enable support for readline only if the library is available
16479 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
16481 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
16482 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
16483 [support fancy command line editing @@<:@@default=check@@:>@@])],
16485 [with_readline=check])
16488 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
16489 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
16490 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
16491 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
16492 [Define if you have libreadline])
16494 [if test "x$with_readline" != xcheck; then
16496 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])
16501 The next example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
16502 possibility to enable support for the readline library, in case it is still
16503 experimental and not well tested, and is therefore disabled by default.
16505 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
16507 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
16508 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
16509 [enable experimental support for readline])],
16511 [with_readline=no])
16514 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
16515 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
16516 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
16517 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
16518 [Define if you have libreadline])
16521 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])],
16525 The last example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
16526 possibility to disable support for the readline library, given that it is
16527 an important feature and that it should be enabled by default.
16529 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
16531 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
16532 [AS_HELP_STRING([--without-readline],
16533 [disable support for readline])],
16535 [with_readline=yes])
16538 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
16539 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
16540 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
16541 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
16542 [Define if you have libreadline])
16545 [readline test failed (--without-readline to disable)])],
16549 These three examples can be easily adapted to the case where
16550 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} should be preferred to @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (see
16551 @ref{Package Options}).
16554 @node Package Options
16555 @section Choosing Package Options
16556 @cindex Package options
16557 @cindex Options, package
16559 If a software package has optional compile-time features, the user can
16560 give @command{configure} command line options to specify whether to
16561 compile them. The options have one of these forms:
16563 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
16566 --enable-@var{feature}[=@var{arg}]
16567 --disable-@var{feature}
16570 These options allow users to choose which optional features to build and
16571 install. @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options should never make a
16572 feature behave differently or cause one feature to replace another.
16573 They should only cause parts of the program to be built rather than left
16576 The user can give an argument by following the feature name with
16577 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} requests
16578 that the feature @emph{not} be made available. A feature with an
16579 argument looks like @option{--enable-debug=stabs}. If no argument is
16580 given, it defaults to @samp{yes}. @option{--disable-@var{feature}} is
16581 equivalent to @option{--enable-@var{feature}=no}.
16583 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
16584 @option{--enable-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
16585 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
16588 For each optional feature, @file{configure.ac} should call
16589 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} to detect whether the @command{configure} user asked
16590 to include it. Whether each feature is included or not by default, and
16591 which arguments are valid, is up to you.
16593 @anchor{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
16594 @defmac AC_ARG_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{help-string}, @
16595 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
16596 @acindex{ARG_ENABLE}
16597 If the user gave @command{configure} the option
16598 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} or @option{--disable-@var{feature}}, run
16599 shell commands @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run
16600 shell commands @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{feature}
16601 indicates an optional user-level facility. It should consist only of
16602 alphanumeric characters, dashes, and dots.
16604 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
16605 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{enableval}, which is
16606 actually just the value of the shell variable named
16607 @code{enable_@var{feature}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
16608 @var{feature} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
16609 if you wish. The @var{help-string} argument is like that of
16610 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}).
16612 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
16613 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
16615 See the examples suggested with the definition of @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
16616 (@pxref{External Software}) to get an idea of possible applications of
16617 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}.
16620 @node Pretty Help Strings
16621 @section Making Your Help Strings Look Pretty
16622 @cindex Help strings
16624 Properly formatting the @samp{help strings} which are used in
16625 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}) and @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
16626 (@pxref{Package Options}) can be challenging. Specifically, you want
16627 your own @samp{help strings} to line up in the appropriate columns of
16628 @samp{configure --help} just like the standard Autoconf @samp{help
16629 strings} do. This is the purpose of the @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro.
16631 @anchor{AS_HELP_STRING}
16632 @defmac AS_HELP_STRING (@var{left-hand-side}, @var{right-hand-side})
16633 @asindex{HELP_STRING}
16635 Expands into an help string that looks pretty when the user executes
16636 @samp{configure --help}. It is typically used in @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
16637 (@pxref{External Software}) or @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} (@pxref{Package
16638 Options}). The following example makes this clearer.
16642 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-foo],
16643 [use foo (default is no)])],
16644 [use_foo=$withval],
16648 The second argument of @code{AS_HELP_STRING} is
16649 not a literal, and should not be double quoted.
16650 @xref{Autoconf Language}, for a more detailed explanation.
16651 Then the last few lines of @samp{configure --help} appear like
16655 --enable and --with options recognized:
16656 --with-foo use foo (default is no)
16659 The @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro is particularly helpful when the
16660 @var{left-hand-side} and/or @var{right-hand-side} are composed of macro
16661 arguments, as shown in the following example.
16664 AC_DEFUN([MY_ARG_WITH],
16666 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-$1], [use $1 (default is $2)])],
16667 [use_[]$1=$withval],
16673 @node Option Checking
16674 @section Controlling Checking of @command{configure} Options
16675 @cindex Options, Package
16677 The @command{configure} script checks its command-line options against a
16678 list of known options, like @option{--help} or @option{--config-cache}.
16679 An unknown option ordinarily indicates a mistake by the user and
16680 @command{configure} halts with an error. However, by default unknown
16681 @option{--with-@var{package}} and @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
16682 options elicit only a warning, to support configuring entire source
16685 Source trees often contain multiple packages with a top-level
16686 @command{configure} script that uses the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro
16687 (@pxref{Subdirectories}). Because the packages generally support
16688 different @option{--with-@var{package}} and
16689 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options, the @acronym{GNU} Coding
16690 Standards say they must accept unrecognized options without halting.
16691 Even a warning message is undesirable here, so @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
16692 automatically disables the warnings.
16694 This default behavior may be modified in two ways. First, the installer
16695 can invoke @command{configure --disable-option-checking} to disable
16696 these warnings, or invoke @command{configure --enable-option-checking=fatal}
16697 options to turn them into fatal errors, respectively. Second, the
16698 maintainer can use @code{AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}.
16700 @defmac AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING
16701 @acindex{DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}
16703 By default, disable warnings related to any unrecognized
16704 @option{--with-@var{package}} or @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
16705 options. This is implied by @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}.
16707 The installer can override this behavior by passing
16708 @option{--enable-option-checking} (enable warnings) or
16709 @option{--enable-option-checking=fatal} (enable errors) to
16710 @command{configure}.
16715 @section Configuring Site Details
16716 @cindex Site details
16718 Some software packages require complex site-specific information. Some
16719 examples are host names to use for certain services, company names, and
16720 email addresses to contact. Since some configuration scripts generated
16721 by Metaconfig ask for such information interactively, people sometimes
16722 wonder how to get that information in Autoconf-generated configuration
16723 scripts, which aren't interactive.
16725 Such site configuration information should be put in a file that is
16726 edited @emph{only by users}, not by programs. The location of the file
16727 can either be based on the @code{prefix} variable, or be a standard
16728 location such as the user's home directory. It could even be specified
16729 by an environment variable. The programs should examine that file at
16730 runtime, rather than at compile time. Runtime configuration is more
16731 convenient for users and makes the configuration process simpler than
16732 getting the information while configuring. @xref{Directory Variables, ,
16733 Variables for Installation Directories, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding
16734 Standards}, for more information on where to put data files.
16736 @node Transforming Names
16737 @section Transforming Program Names When Installing
16738 @cindex Transforming program names
16739 @cindex Program names, transforming
16741 Autoconf supports changing the names of programs when installing them.
16742 In order to use these transformations, @file{configure.ac} must call the
16743 macro @code{AC_ARG_PROGRAM}.
16745 @defmac AC_ARG_PROGRAM
16746 @acindex{ARG_PROGRAM}
16747 @ovindex program_transform_name
16748 Place in output variable @code{program_transform_name} a sequence of
16749 @code{sed} commands for changing the names of installed programs.
16751 If any of the options described below are given to @command{configure},
16752 program names are transformed accordingly. Otherwise, if
16753 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} has been called and a @option{--target} value
16754 is given, the target type followed by a dash is used as a prefix.
16755 Otherwise, no program name transformation is done.
16759 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
16760 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
16761 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
16764 @node Transformation Options
16765 @subsection Transformation Options
16767 You can specify name transformations by giving @command{configure} these
16768 command line options:
16771 @item --program-prefix=@var{prefix}
16772 prepend @var{prefix} to the names;
16774 @item --program-suffix=@var{suffix}
16775 append @var{suffix} to the names;
16777 @item --program-transform-name=@var{expression}
16778 perform @code{sed} substitution @var{expression} on the names.
16781 @node Transformation Examples
16782 @subsection Transformation Examples
16784 These transformations are useful with programs that can be part of a
16785 cross-compilation development environment. For example, a
16786 cross-assembler running on a Sun 4 configured with
16787 @option{--target=i960-vxworks} is normally installed as
16788 @file{i960-vxworks-as}, rather than @file{as}, which could be confused
16789 with a native Sun 4 assembler.
16791 You can force a program name to begin with @file{g}, if you don't want
16792 @acronym{GNU} programs installed on your system to shadow other programs with
16793 the same name. For example, if you configure @acronym{GNU} @code{diff} with
16794 @option{--program-prefix=g}, then when you run @samp{make install} it is
16795 installed as @file{/usr/local/bin/gdiff}.
16797 As a more sophisticated example, you could use
16800 --program-transform-name='s/^/g/; s/^gg/g/; s/^gless/less/'
16804 to prepend @samp{g} to most of the program names in a source tree,
16805 excepting those like @code{gdb} that already have one and those like
16806 @code{less} and @code{lesskey} that aren't @acronym{GNU} programs. (That is
16807 assuming that you have a source tree containing those programs that is
16808 set up to use this feature.)
16810 One way to install multiple versions of some programs simultaneously is
16811 to append a version number to the name of one or both. For example, if
16812 you want to keep Autoconf version 1 around for awhile, you can configure
16813 Autoconf version 2 using @option{--program-suffix=2} to install the
16814 programs as @file{/usr/local/bin/autoconf2},
16815 @file{/usr/local/bin/autoheader2}, etc. Nevertheless, pay attention
16816 that only the binaries are renamed, therefore you'd have problems with
16817 the library files which might overlap.
16819 @node Transformation Rules
16820 @subsection Transformation Rules
16822 Here is how to use the variable @code{program_transform_name} in a
16823 @file{Makefile.in}:
16826 PROGRAMS = cp ls rm
16827 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
16829 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
16830 $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | \
16831 sed '$(transform)'`; \
16835 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
16836 rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | sed '$(transform)'`; \
16840 It is guaranteed that @code{program_transform_name} is never empty, and
16841 that there are no useless separators. Therefore you may safely embed
16842 @code{program_transform_name} within a sed program using @samp{;}:
16845 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
16846 transform_exe = s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/
16849 Whether to do the transformations on documentation files (Texinfo or
16850 @code{man}) is a tricky question; there seems to be no perfect answer,
16851 due to the several reasons for name transforming. Documentation is not
16852 usually particular to a specific architecture, and Texinfo files do not
16853 conflict with system documentation. But they might conflict with
16854 earlier versions of the same files, and @code{man} pages sometimes do
16855 conflict with system documentation. As a compromise, it is probably
16856 best to do name transformations on @code{man} pages but not on Texinfo
16859 @node Site Defaults
16860 @section Setting Site Defaults
16861 @cindex Site defaults
16863 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts allow your site to provide
16864 default values for some configuration values. You do this by creating
16865 site- and system-wide initialization files.
16867 @evindex CONFIG_SITE
16868 If the environment variable @code{CONFIG_SITE} is set, @command{configure}
16869 uses its value as the name of a shell script to read. Otherwise, it
16870 reads the shell script @file{@var{prefix}/share/config.site} if it exists,
16871 then @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site} if it exists. Thus,
16872 settings in machine-specific files override those in machine-independent
16873 ones in case of conflict.
16875 Site files can be arbitrary shell scripts, but only certain kinds of
16876 code are really appropriate to be in them. Because @command{configure}
16877 reads any cache file after it has read any site files, a site file can
16878 define a default cache file to be shared between all Autoconf-generated
16879 @command{configure} scripts run on that system (@pxref{Cache Files}). If
16880 you set a default cache file in a site file, it is a good idea to also
16881 set the output variable @code{CC} in that site file, because the cache
16882 file is only valid for a particular compiler, but many systems have
16885 You can examine or override the value set by a command line option to
16886 @command{configure} in a site file; options set shell variables that have
16887 the same names as the options, with any dashes turned into underscores.
16888 The exceptions are that @option{--without-} and @option{--disable-} options
16889 are like giving the corresponding @option{--with-} or @option{--enable-}
16890 option and the value @samp{no}. Thus, @option{--cache-file=localcache}
16891 sets the variable @code{cache_file} to the value @samp{localcache};
16892 @option{--enable-warnings=no} or @option{--disable-warnings} sets the variable
16893 @code{enable_warnings} to the value @samp{no}; @option{--prefix=/usr} sets the
16894 variable @code{prefix} to the value @samp{/usr}; etc.
16896 Site files are also good places to set default values for other output
16897 variables, such as @code{CFLAGS}, if you need to give them non-default
16898 values: anything you would normally do, repetitively, on the command
16899 line. If you use non-default values for @var{prefix} or
16900 @var{exec_prefix} (wherever you locate the site file), you can set them
16901 in the site file if you specify it with the @code{CONFIG_SITE}
16902 environment variable.
16904 You can set some cache values in the site file itself. Doing this is
16905 useful if you are cross-compiling, where it is impossible to check features
16906 that require running a test program. You could ``prime the cache'' by
16907 setting those values correctly for that system in
16908 @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site}. To find out the names of the cache
16909 variables you need to set, look for shell variables with @samp{_cv_} in
16910 their names in the affected @command{configure} scripts, or in the Autoconf
16911 M4 source code for those macros.
16913 The cache file is careful to not override any variables set in the site
16914 files. Similarly, you should not override command-line options in the
16915 site files. Your code should check that variables such as @code{prefix}
16916 and @code{cache_file} have their default values (as set near the top of
16917 @command{configure}) before changing them.
16919 Here is a sample file @file{/usr/share/local/gnu/share/config.site}. The
16920 command @samp{configure --prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu} would read this
16921 file (if @code{CONFIG_SITE} is not set to a different file).
16924 # config.site for configure
16926 # Change some defaults.
16927 test "$prefix" = NONE && prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu
16928 test "$exec_prefix" = NONE && exec_prefix=/usr/local/gnu
16929 test "$sharedstatedir" = '$prefix/com' && sharedstatedir=/var
16930 test "$localstatedir" = '$prefix/var' && localstatedir=/var
16932 # Give Autoconf 2.x generated configure scripts a shared default
16933 # cache file for feature test results, architecture-specific.
16934 if test "$cache_file" = /dev/null; then
16935 cache_file="$prefix/var/config.cache"
16936 # A cache file is only valid for one C compiler.
16942 @c ============================================== Running configure Scripts.
16944 @node Running configure Scripts
16945 @chapter Running @command{configure} Scripts
16946 @cindex @command{configure}
16948 Below are instructions on how to configure a package that uses a
16949 @command{configure} script, suitable for inclusion as an @file{INSTALL}
16950 file in the package. A plain-text version of @file{INSTALL} which you
16951 may use comes with Autoconf.
16954 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
16955 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
16956 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
16957 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
16958 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
16959 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
16960 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
16961 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
16962 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
16966 @include install.texi
16969 @c ============================================== config.status Invocation
16971 @node config.status Invocation
16972 @chapter config.status Invocation
16973 @cindex @command{config.status}
16975 The @command{configure} script creates a file named @file{config.status},
16976 which actually configures, @dfn{instantiates}, the template files. It
16977 also records the configuration options that were specified when the
16978 package was last configured in case reconfiguring is needed.
16982 ./config.status @var{option}@dots{} [@var{file}@dots{}]
16985 It configures the @var{files}; if none are specified, all the templates
16986 are instantiated. The files must be specified without their
16987 dependencies, as in
16990 ./config.status foobar
16997 ./config.status foobar:foo.in:bar.in
17000 The supported options are:
17005 Print a summary of the command line options, the list of the template
17010 Print the version number of Autoconf and the configuration settings,
17016 Do not print progress messages.
17020 Don't remove the temporary files.
17022 @item --file=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
17023 Require that @var{file} be instantiated as if
17024 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}:@var{template})} was used. Both
17025 @var{file} and @var{template} may be @samp{-} in which case the standard
17026 output and/or standard input, respectively, is used. If a
17027 @var{template} file name is relative, it is first looked for in the build
17028 tree, and then in the source tree. @xref{Configuration Actions}, for
17031 This option and the following ones provide one way for separately
17032 distributed packages to share the values computed by @command{configure}.
17033 Doing so can be useful if some of the packages need a superset of the
17034 features that one of them, perhaps a common library, does. These
17035 options allow a @file{config.status} file to create files other than the
17036 ones that its @file{configure.ac} specifies, so it can be used for a
17039 @item --header=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
17040 Same as @option{--file} above, but with @samp{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}.
17043 Ask @file{config.status} to update itself and exit (no instantiation).
17044 This option is useful if you change @command{configure}, so that the
17045 results of some tests might be different from the previous run. The
17046 @option{--recheck} option reruns @command{configure} with the same arguments
17047 you used before, plus the @option{--no-create} option, which prevents
17048 @command{configure} from running @file{config.status} and creating
17049 @file{Makefile} and other files, and the @option{--no-recursion} option,
17050 which prevents @command{configure} from running other @command{configure}
17051 scripts in subdirectories. (This is so other Make rules can
17052 run @file{config.status} when it changes; @pxref{Automatic Remaking},
17056 @file{config.status} checks several optional environment variables that
17057 can alter its behavior:
17059 @defvar CONFIG_SHELL
17060 @evindex CONFIG_SHELL
17061 The shell with which to run @command{configure} for the @option{--recheck}
17062 option. It must be Bourne-compatible. The default is a shell that
17063 supports @code{LINENO} if available, and @file{/bin/sh} otherwise.
17064 Invoking @command{configure} by hand bypasses this setting, so you may
17065 need to use a command like @samp{CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure}
17066 to insure that the same shell is used everywhere. The absolute name of the
17067 shell should be passed.
17070 @defvar CONFIG_STATUS
17071 @evindex CONFIG_STATUS
17072 The file name to use for the shell script that records the
17073 configuration. The default is @file{./config.status}. This variable is
17074 useful when one package uses parts of another and the @command{configure}
17075 scripts shouldn't be merged because they are maintained separately.
17078 You can use @file{./config.status} in your makefiles. For example, in
17079 the dependencies given above (@pxref{Automatic Remaking}),
17080 @file{config.status} is run twice when @file{configure.ac} has changed.
17081 If that bothers you, you can make each run only regenerate the files for
17086 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
17087 ./config.status config.h
17090 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
17091 ./config.status Makefile
17095 The calling convention of @file{config.status} has changed; see
17096 @ref{Obsolete config.status Use}, for details.
17099 @c =================================================== Obsolete Constructs
17101 @node Obsolete Constructs
17102 @chapter Obsolete Constructs
17103 @cindex Obsolete constructs
17105 Autoconf changes, and throughout the years some constructs have been
17106 obsoleted. Most of the changes involve the macros, but in some cases
17107 the tools themselves, or even some concepts, are now considered
17110 You may completely skip this chapter if you are new to Autoconf. Its
17111 intention is mainly to help maintainers updating their packages by
17112 understanding how to move to more modern constructs.
17115 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
17116 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
17117 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
17118 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
17119 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
17120 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
17123 @node Obsolete config.status Use
17124 @section Obsolete @file{config.status} Invocation
17126 @file{config.status} now supports arguments to specify the files to
17127 instantiate; see @ref{config.status Invocation}, for more details.
17128 Before, environment variables had to be used.
17130 @defvar CONFIG_COMMANDS
17131 @evindex CONFIG_COMMANDS
17132 The tags of the commands to execute. The default is the arguments given
17133 to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} in
17134 @file{configure.ac}.
17137 @defvar CONFIG_FILES
17138 @evindex CONFIG_FILES
17139 The files in which to perform @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} substitutions.
17140 The default is the arguments given to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and
17141 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} in @file{configure.ac}.
17144 @defvar CONFIG_HEADERS
17145 @evindex CONFIG_HEADERS
17146 The files in which to substitute C @code{#define} statements. The
17147 default is the arguments given to @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; if that
17148 macro was not called, @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
17151 @defvar CONFIG_LINKS
17152 @evindex CONFIG_LINKS
17153 The symbolic links to establish. The default is the arguments given to
17154 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}; if that macro was not called,
17155 @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
17158 In @ref{config.status Invocation}, using this old interface, the example
17164 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
17165 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_FILES= \
17166 CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h ./config.status
17169 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
17170 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_HEADERS= \
17171 CONFIG_FILES=Makefile ./config.status
17176 (If @file{configure.ac} does not call @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, there is
17177 no need to set @code{CONFIG_HEADERS} in the @code{make} rules. Equally
17178 for @code{CONFIG_COMMANDS}, etc.)
17181 @node acconfig Header
17182 @section @file{acconfig.h}
17184 @cindex @file{acconfig.h}
17185 @cindex @file{config.h.top}
17186 @cindex @file{config.h.bot}
17188 In order to produce @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoheader} needs to
17189 build or to find templates for each symbol. Modern releases of Autoconf
17190 use @code{AH_VERBATIM} and @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader
17191 Macros}), but in older releases a file, @file{acconfig.h}, contained the
17192 list of needed templates. @command{autoheader} copied comments and
17193 @code{#define} and @code{#undef} statements from @file{acconfig.h} in
17194 the current directory, if present. This file used to be mandatory if
17195 you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional symbols.
17197 Modern releases of Autoconf also provide @code{AH_TOP} and
17198 @code{AH_BOTTOM} if you need to prepend/append some information to
17199 @file{config.h.in}. Ancient versions of Autoconf had a similar feature:
17200 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@TOP@@},
17201 @command{autoheader} copies the lines before the line containing
17202 @samp{@@TOP@@} into the top of the file that it generates. Similarly,
17203 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@BOTTOM@@},
17204 @command{autoheader} copies the lines after that line to the end of the
17205 file it generates. Either or both of those strings may be omitted. An
17206 even older alternate way to produce the same effect in ancient versions
17207 of Autoconf is to create the files @file{@var{file}.top} (typically
17208 @file{config.h.top}) and/or @file{@var{file}.bot} in the current
17209 directory. If they exist, @command{autoheader} copies them to the
17210 beginning and end, respectively, of its output.
17212 In former versions of Autoconf, the files used in preparing a software
17213 package for distribution were:
17216 configure.ac --. .------> autoconf* -----> configure
17218 [aclocal.m4] --+ `---.
17220 +--> [autoheader*] -> [config.h.in]
17221 [acconfig.h] ----. |
17228 Using only the @code{AH_} macros, @file{configure.ac} should be
17229 self-contained, and should not depend upon @file{acconfig.h} etc.
17232 @node autoupdate Invocation
17233 @section Using @command{autoupdate} to Modernize @file{configure.ac}
17234 @cindex @command{autoupdate}
17236 The @command{autoupdate} program updates a @file{configure.ac} file that
17237 calls Autoconf macros by their old names to use the current macro names.
17238 In version 2 of Autoconf, most of the macros were renamed to use a more
17239 uniform and descriptive naming scheme. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
17240 description of the new scheme. Although the old names still work
17241 (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}, for a list of the old macros and the corresponding
17242 new names), you can make your @file{configure.ac} files more readable
17243 and make it easier to use the current Autoconf documentation if you
17244 update them to use the new macro names.
17246 @evindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
17247 If given no arguments, @command{autoupdate} updates @file{configure.ac},
17248 backing up the original version with the suffix @file{~} (or the value
17249 of the environment variable @code{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}, if that is
17250 set). If you give @command{autoupdate} an argument, it reads that file
17251 instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the updated file to the
17255 @command{autoupdate} accepts the following options:
17260 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
17264 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
17268 Report processing steps.
17272 Don't remove the temporary files.
17276 Force the update even if the file has not changed. Disregard the cache.
17278 @item --include=@var{dir}
17279 @itemx -I @var{dir}
17280 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations accumulate.
17281 Directories are browsed from last to first.
17284 @node Obsolete Macros
17285 @section Obsolete Macros
17287 Several macros are obsoleted in Autoconf, for various reasons (typically
17288 they failed to quote properly, couldn't be extended for more recent
17289 issues, etc.). They are still supported, but deprecated: their use
17292 During the jump from Autoconf version 1 to version 2, most of the
17293 macros were renamed to use a more uniform and descriptive naming scheme,
17294 but their signature did not change. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
17295 description of the new naming scheme. Below, if there is just the mapping
17296 from old names to new names for these macros, the reader is invited to
17297 refer to the definition of the new macro for the signature and the
17302 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
17303 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
17304 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
17309 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}).
17312 @defmac AC_ARG_ARRAY
17313 @acindex{ARG_ARRAY}
17314 Removed because of limited usefulness.
17319 This macro is obsolete; it does nothing.
17322 @defmac AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE
17323 @acindex{C_LONG_DOUBLE}
17324 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
17325 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
17326 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
17327 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
17329 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
17330 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
17333 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
17334 @acindex{CANONICAL_SYSTEM}
17335 Determine the system type and set output variables to the names of the
17336 canonical system types. @xref{Canonicalizing}, for details about the
17337 variables this macro sets.
17339 The user is encouraged to use either @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, or
17340 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, or @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, depending on
17341 the needs. Using @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} is enough to run the two
17342 other macros (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
17345 @defmac AC_CHAR_UNSIGNED
17346 @acindex{CHAR_UNSIGNED}
17347 Replaced by @code{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED} (@pxref{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}).
17350 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @var{default})
17351 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
17352 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide this version of
17353 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, deprecated because of its flaws. First, although
17354 it is a member of the @code{CHECK} clan, it does
17355 more than just checking. Secondly, missing types are defined
17356 using @code{#define}, not @code{typedef}, and this can lead to
17357 problems in the case of pointer types.
17359 This use of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} is obsolete and discouraged; see
17360 @ref{Generic Types}, for the description of the current macro.
17362 If the type @var{type} is not defined, define it to be the C (or C++)
17363 builtin type @var{default}, e.g., @samp{short int} or @samp{unsigned int}.
17365 This macro is equivalent to:
17368 AC_CHECK_TYPE([@var{type}], [],
17369 [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([@var{type}], [@var{default}],
17370 [Define to `@var{default}'
17371 if <sys/types.h> does not define.])])
17374 In order to keep backward compatibility, the two versions of
17375 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} are implemented, selected using these heuristics:
17379 If there are three or four arguments, the modern version is used.
17382 If the second argument appears to be a C or C++ type, then the
17383 obsolete version is used. This happens if the argument is a C or C++
17384 @emph{builtin} type or a C identifier ending in @samp{_t}, optionally
17385 followed by one of @samp{[(* } and then by a string of zero or more
17386 characters taken from the set @samp{[]()* _a-zA-Z0-9}.
17389 If the second argument is spelled with the alphabet of valid C and C++
17390 types, the user is warned and the modern version is used.
17393 Otherwise, the modern version is used.
17397 You are encouraged either to use a valid builtin type, or to use the
17398 equivalent modern code (see above), or better yet, to use
17399 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPES} together with
17402 #ifndef HAVE_LOFF_T
17403 typedef loff_t off_t;
17407 @c end of AC_CHECK_TYPE
17409 @defmac AC_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
17414 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking @var{feature-description}@dots{}]
17418 @xref{AC_MSG_NOTICE}.
17421 @defmac AC_COMPILE_CHECK (@var{echo-text}, @var{includes}, @
17422 @var{function-body}, @var{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
17423 @acindex{COMPILE_CHECK}
17424 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} itself replaced by
17425 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}), with the
17426 addition that it prints @samp{checking for @var{echo-text}} to the
17427 standard output first, if @var{echo-text} is non-empty. Use
17428 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} instead to print
17429 messages (@pxref{Printing Messages}).
17434 Replaced by @code{AC_C_CONST} (@pxref{AC_C_CONST}).
17437 @defmac AC_CROSS_CHECK
17438 @acindex{CROSS_CHECK}
17439 Same as @code{AC_C_CROSS}, which is obsolete too, and does nothing
17446 Check for the Cygwin environment in which case the shell variable
17447 @code{CYGWIN} is set to @samp{yes}. Don't use this macro, the dignified
17448 means to check the nature of the host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}
17449 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). As a matter of fact this macro is defined as:
17452 AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])[]dnl
17454 *cygwin* ) CYGWIN=yes;;
17459 Beware that the variable @env{CYGWIN} has a special meaning when
17460 running Cygwin, and should not be changed. That's yet another reason
17461 not to use this macro.
17464 @defmac AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
17465 @acindex{DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}
17466 @cvindex SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
17470 AC_CHECK_DECLS([sys_siglist], [], [],
17471 [#include <signal.h>
17472 /* NetBSD declares sys_siglist in unistd.h. */
17473 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
17474 # include <unistd.h>
17480 @xref{AC_CHECK_DECLS}.
17483 @defmac AC_DECL_YYTEXT
17484 @acindex{DECL_YYTEXT}
17485 Does nothing, now integrated in @code{AC_PROG_LEX} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LEX}).
17488 @defmac AC_DIR_HEADER
17489 @acindex{DIR_HEADER}
17494 Like calling @code{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
17495 (@pxref{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}) and @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}
17496 (@pxref{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}),
17497 but defines a different set of C preprocessor macros to indicate which
17498 header file is found:
17500 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {Old Symbol} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
17501 @item Header @tab Old Symbol @tab New Symbol
17502 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{DIRENT} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
17503 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{SYSNDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
17504 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{SYSDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
17505 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{NDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
17509 @defmac AC_DYNIX_SEQ
17510 @acindex{DYNIX_SEQ}
17511 If on DYNIX/ptx, add @option{-lseq} to output variable
17512 @code{LIBS}. This macro used to be defined as
17515 AC_CHECK_LIB([seq], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lseq $LIBS"])
17519 now it is just @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}).
17525 Defined the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on the output of the
17526 compiler, which is now done automatically. Typically set to empty
17527 string if Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
17532 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the EMX environment on OS/2
17533 and sets @code{EMXOS2}. Don't use this macro, the dignified means to
17534 check the nature of the host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}
17535 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
17538 @defmac AC_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{action-if-given}, @
17539 @ovar{action-if-not-given})
17541 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} that does not
17542 support providing a help string (@pxref{AC_ARG_ENABLE}).
17547 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} (@pxref{AC_MSG_ERROR}).
17552 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_X} (@pxref{AC_PATH_X}).
17555 @defmac AC_FIND_XTRA
17556 @acindex{FIND_XTRA}
17557 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_XTRA} (@pxref{AC_PATH_XTRA}).
17562 Replaced by @code{m4_foreach_w} (@pxref{m4_foreach_w}).
17565 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHECK
17566 @acindex{FUNC_CHECK}
17567 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_FUNC}).
17570 @anchor{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
17571 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
17572 @acindex{FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
17573 @cvindex SETVBUF_REVERSED
17574 @c @fuindex setvbuf
17575 @prindex @code{setvbuf}
17576 Do nothing. Formerly, this macro checked whether @code{setvbuf} takes
17577 the buffering type as its second argument and the buffer pointer as the
17578 third, instead of the other way around, and defined
17579 @code{SETVBUF_REVERSED}. However, the last systems to have the problem
17580 were those based on SVR2, which became obsolete in 1987, and the macro
17581 is no longer needed.
17584 @defmac AC_FUNC_WAIT3
17585 @acindex{FUNC_WAIT3}
17586 @cvindex HAVE_WAIT3
17587 If @code{wait3} is found and fills in the contents of its third argument
17588 (a @samp{struct rusage *}), which @acronym{HP-UX} does not do, define
17591 These days portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not
17592 @code{wait3}, as @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
17595 @defmac AC_GCC_TRADITIONAL
17596 @acindex{GCC_TRADITIONAL}
17597 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL} (@pxref{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}).
17600 @defmac AC_GETGROUPS_T
17601 @acindex{GETGROUPS_T}
17602 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}).
17605 @defmac AC_GETLOADAVG
17606 @acindex{GETLOADAVG}
17607 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}).
17610 @defmac AC_GNU_SOURCE
17611 @acindex{GNU_SOURCE}
17612 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
17613 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
17614 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
17617 @defmac AC_HAVE_FUNCS
17618 @acindex{HAVE_FUNCS}
17619 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}).
17622 @defmac AC_HAVE_HEADERS
17623 @acindex{HAVE_HEADERS}
17624 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}).
17627 @defmac AC_HAVE_LIBRARY (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
17628 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
17629 @acindex{HAVE_LIBRARY}
17630 This macro is equivalent to calling @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} with a
17631 @var{function} argument of @code{main}. In addition, @var{library} can
17632 be written as any of @samp{foo}, @option{-lfoo}, or @samp{libfoo.a}. In
17633 all of those cases, the compiler is passed @option{-lfoo}. However,
17634 @var{library} cannot be a shell variable; it must be a literal name.
17635 @xref{AC_CHECK_LIB}.
17638 @defmac AC_HAVE_POUNDBANG
17639 @acindex{HAVE_POUNDBANG}
17640 Replaced by @code{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER} (@pxref{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER}).
17643 @defmac AC_HEADER_CHECK
17644 @acindex{HEADER_CHECK}
17645 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADER}).
17648 @defmac AC_HEADER_EGREP
17649 @acindex{HEADER_EGREP}
17650 Replaced by @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} (@pxref{AC_EGREP_HEADER}).
17653 @defmac AC_HELP_STRING
17654 @acindex{HELP_STRING}
17655 Replaced by @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{AS_HELP_STRING}).
17658 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
17660 Formerly @code{AC_INIT} used to have a single argument, and was
17665 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
17667 See @ref{AC_INIT} and @ref{AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR}.
17672 Replaced by @code{AC_C_INLINE} (@pxref{AC_C_INLINE}).
17675 @defmac AC_INT_16_BITS
17676 @acindex{INT_16_BITS}
17677 @cvindex INT_16_BITS
17678 If the C type @code{int} is 16 bits wide, define @code{INT_16_BITS}.
17679 Use @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)} instead (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
17682 @defmac AC_IRIX_SUN
17684 If on @sc{irix} (Silicon Graphics Unix), add @option{-lsun} to output
17685 @code{LIBS}. If you were using it to get @code{getmntent}, use
17686 @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} instead. If you used it for the NIS versions
17687 of the password and group functions, use @samp{AC_CHECK_LIB(sun,
17688 getpwnam)}. Up to Autoconf 2.13, it used to be
17691 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lsun $LIBS"])
17695 now it is defined as
17699 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getpwnam])
17703 See @ref{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} and @ref{AC_CHECK_LIB}.
17706 @defmac AC_ISC_POSIX
17707 @acindex{ISC_POSIX}
17709 This macro adds @option{-lcposix} to output variable @code{LIBS} if
17710 necessary for Posix facilities. Sun dropped support for the obsolete
17711 @sc{interactive} Systems Corporation Unix on 2006-07-23. New programs
17712 need not use this macro. It is implemented as
17713 @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([strerror], [cposix])} (@pxref{AC_SEARCH_LIBS}).
17718 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
17721 @defmac AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
17722 @acindex{LANG_CPLUSPLUS}
17723 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C++])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
17726 @defmac AC_LANG_FORTRAN77
17727 @acindex{LANG_FORTRAN77}
17728 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
17731 @defmac AC_LANG_RESTORE
17732 @acindex{LANG_RESTORE}
17733 Select the @var{language} that is saved on the top of the stack, as set
17734 by @code{AC_LANG_SAVE}, remove it from the stack, and call
17735 @code{AC_LANG(@var{language})}. @xref{Language Choice}, for the
17736 preferred way to change languages.
17739 @defmac AC_LANG_SAVE
17740 @acindex{LANG_SAVE}
17741 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack.
17742 The current language does not change. @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} is preferred
17743 (@pxref{AC_LANG_PUSH}).
17746 @defmac AC_LINK_FILES (@var{source}@dots{}, @var{dest}@dots{})
17747 @acindex{LINK_FILES}
17748 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}
17749 (@pxref{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. An updated version of:
17752 AC_LINK_FILES(config/$machine.h config/$obj_format.h,
17760 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
17761 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
17767 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_LN_S} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LN_S}).
17770 @defmac AC_LONG_64_BITS
17771 @acindex{LONG_64_BITS}
17772 @cvindex LONG_64_BITS
17773 Define @code{LONG_64_BITS} if the C type @code{long int} is 64 bits wide.
17774 Use the generic macro @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long int])} instead
17775 (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
17778 @defmac AC_LONG_DOUBLE
17779 @acindex{LONG_DOUBLE}
17780 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
17781 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
17782 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
17784 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
17785 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
17788 @defmac AC_LONG_FILE_NAMES
17789 @acindex{LONG_FILE_NAMES}
17792 AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
17795 @xref{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
17798 @defmac AC_MAJOR_HEADER
17799 @acindex{MAJOR_HEADER}
17800 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_MAJOR} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}).
17803 @defmac AC_MEMORY_H
17805 @cvindex NEED_MEMORY_H
17806 Used to define @code{NEED_MEMORY_H} if the @code{mem} functions were
17807 defined in @file{memory.h}. Today it is equivalent to
17808 @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([memory.h])} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}). Adjust
17809 your code to depend upon
17810 @code{HAVE_MEMORY_H}, not @code{NEED_MEMORY_H}; see @ref{Standard
17816 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the MinGW compiler
17817 environment and sets @code{MINGW32}. Don't use this macro, the
17818 dignified means to check the nature of the host is using
17819 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
17825 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
17826 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
17827 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
17828 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
17831 @defmac AC_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
17832 @acindex{MINUS_C_MINUS_O}
17833 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O} (@pxref{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}).
17838 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_MMAP} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_MMAP}).
17843 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_MODE_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}).
17849 Defined the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the output of the
17850 compiler, after .c files have been excluded. Typically set to @samp{o}
17851 if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
17852 Now the compiler checking macros handle
17853 this automatically.
17856 @defmac AC_OBSOLETE (@var{this-macro-name}, @ovar{suggestion})
17858 Make M4 print a message to the standard error output warning that
17859 @var{this-macro-name} is obsolete, and giving the file and line number
17860 where it was called. @var{this-macro-name} should be the name of the
17861 macro that is calling @code{AC_OBSOLETE}. If @var{suggestion} is given,
17862 it is printed at the end of the warning message; for example, it can be
17863 a suggestion for what to use instead of @var{this-macro-name}.
17868 AC_OBSOLETE([$0], [; use AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h) instead])dnl
17872 You are encouraged to use @code{AU_DEFUN} instead, since it gives better
17873 services to the user (@pxref{AU_DEFUN}).
17878 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_OFF_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}).
17881 @defmac AC_OUTPUT (@ovar{file}@dots{}, @ovar{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
17883 The use of @code{AC_OUTPUT} with arguments is deprecated. This obsoleted
17884 interface is equivalent to:
17888 AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}@dots{})
17889 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default],
17890 @var{extra-cmds}, @var{init-cmds})
17896 See @ref{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @ref{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}, and @ref{AC_OUTPUT}.
17899 @defmac AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS (@var{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
17900 @acindex{OUTPUT_COMMANDS}
17901 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
17902 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
17903 from @command{configure}. This macro may be called multiple times. It is
17904 obsolete, replaced by @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} (@pxref{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}).
17906 Here is an unrealistic example:
17910 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
17912 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is another, extra, bit],
17916 Aside from the fact that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} requires an
17917 additional key, an important difference is that
17918 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS} is quoting its arguments twice, unlike
17919 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. This means that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
17920 can safely be given macro calls as arguments:
17923 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS(foo, [my_FOO()])
17927 Conversely, where one level of quoting was enough for literal strings
17928 with @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}, you need two with
17929 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. The following lines are equivalent:
17933 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo "Square brackets: []"])
17934 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [[echo "Square brackets: []"]])
17941 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_PID_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_PID_T}).
17946 Replaced by @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM} (@pxref{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}).
17949 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_CHECK
17950 @acindex{PROGRAMS_CHECK}
17951 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_PROGS}).
17954 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_PATH
17955 @acindex{PROGRAMS_PATH}
17956 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_PROGS} (@pxref{AC_PATH_PROGS}).
17959 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_CHECK
17960 @acindex{PROGRAM_CHECK}
17961 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_PROG}).
17964 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_EGREP
17965 @acindex{PROGRAM_EGREP}
17966 Replaced by @code{AC_EGREP_CPP} (@pxref{AC_EGREP_CPP}).
17969 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_PATH
17970 @acindex{PROGRAM_PATH}
17971 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_PROG} (@pxref{AC_PATH_PROG}).
17974 @defmac AC_REMOTE_TAPE
17975 @acindex{REMOTE_TAPE}
17976 Removed because of limited usefulness.
17979 @defmac AC_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
17980 @acindex{RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
17981 This macro was renamed @code{AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. However,
17982 these days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
17983 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
17984 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
17985 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
17989 @defmac AC_RETSIGTYPE
17990 @acindex{RETSIGTYPE}
17991 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}).
17996 Removed because of limited usefulness.
17999 @defmac AC_SCO_INTL
18002 If on SCO Unix, add @option{-lintl} to output variable @code{LIBS}. This
18003 macro used to do this:
18006 AC_CHECK_LIB([intl], [strftime], [LIBS="-lintl $LIBS"])
18010 Now it just calls @code{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME} instead (@pxref{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME}).
18013 @defmac AC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
18014 @acindex{SETVBUF_REVERSED}
18017 AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
18020 @xref{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}.
18023 @defmac AC_SET_MAKE
18025 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET} (@pxref{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}).
18028 @defmac AC_SIZEOF_TYPE
18029 @acindex{SIZEOF_TYPE}
18030 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
18035 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}).
18038 @defmac AC_STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
18039 @acindex{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}
18040 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_STAT} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_STAT}).
18043 @defmac AC_STDC_HEADERS
18044 @acindex{STDC_HEADERS}
18045 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_STDC} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_STDC}).
18050 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}).
18053 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE
18054 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE}
18055 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
18056 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
18057 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blksize} member, define
18058 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE}. The former name,
18059 @code{HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in
18060 the future. This macro is obsoleted, and should be replaced by
18063 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize])
18066 @xref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}.
18069 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV
18070 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_RDEV}
18071 @cvindex HAVE_ST_RDEV
18072 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
18073 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_rdev} member, define
18074 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV}. The former name for this macro,
18075 @code{HAVE_ST_RDEV}, is to be avoided as it will cease to be supported
18076 in the future. Actually, even the new macro is obsolete and should be
18079 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
18082 @xref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}.
18085 @defmac AC_ST_BLKSIZE
18086 @acindex{ST_BLKSIZE}
18087 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}).
18090 @defmac AC_ST_BLOCKS
18091 @acindex{ST_BLOCKS}
18092 Replaced by @code{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS} (@pxref{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}).
18097 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}).
18100 @defmac AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
18101 @acindex{SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
18102 @cvindex HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
18103 If the system automatically restarts a system call that is interrupted
18104 by a signal, define @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. This macro does
18105 not check whether system calls are restarted in general---it checks whether a
18106 signal handler installed with @code{signal} (but not @code{sigaction})
18107 causes system calls to be restarted. It does not check whether system calls
18108 can be restarted when interrupted by signals that have no handler.
18110 These days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
18111 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
18112 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
18113 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
18117 @defmac AC_SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
18118 @acindex{SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED}
18119 This macro was renamed @code{AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}. However, even that
18120 name is obsolete, as the same functionality is now acheived via
18121 @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_DECLS}).
18124 @defmac AC_TEST_CPP
18126 This macro was renamed @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, which in turn was replaced by
18127 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE} (@pxref{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}).
18130 @defmac AC_TEST_PROGRAM
18131 @acindex{TEST_PROGRAM}
18132 This macro was renamed @code{AC_TRY_RUN}, which in turn was replaced by
18133 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{AC_RUN_IFELSE}).
18136 @defmac AC_TIMEZONE
18138 Replaced by @code{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE} (@pxref{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}).
18141 @defmac AC_TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
18142 @acindex{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}
18143 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_TIME} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_TIME}).
18146 @defmac AC_TRY_COMPILE (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @
18147 @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
18148 @acindex{TRY_COMPILE}
18153 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
18154 [[@var{function-body}]])],
18155 [@var{action-if-true}],
18156 [@var{action-if-false}])
18160 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
18162 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
18164 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
18165 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
18166 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
18167 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
18168 (@pxref{Language Choice}).
18171 @defmac AC_TRY_CPP (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
18177 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{input}]])],
18178 [@var{action-if-true}],
18179 [@var{action-if-false}])
18183 @xref{Running the Preprocessor}.
18185 This macro double quotes the @var{input}.
18188 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @
18189 @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
18195 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
18196 [[@var{function-body}]])],
18197 [@var{action-if-true}],
18198 [@var{action-if-false}])
18202 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
18204 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
18206 Depending on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}), create a
18207 test program to see whether a function whose body consists of
18208 @var{function-body} can be compiled and linked. If the file compiles
18209 and links successfully, run shell commands @var{action-if-found},
18210 otherwise run @var{action-if-not-found}.
18212 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
18214 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
18215 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
18216 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
18217 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
18218 (@pxref{Language Choice}), and in addition @code{LDFLAGS} and
18219 @code{LIBS} are used for linking.
18222 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
18223 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
18224 @acindex{TRY_LINK_FUNC}
18225 This macro is equivalent to
18227 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])],
18228 [@var{action-if-found}], [@var{action-if-not-found}])
18231 @xref{AC_LINK_IFELSE}.
18234 @defmac AC_TRY_RUN (@var{program}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
18235 @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
18241 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{program}]])],
18242 [@var{action-if-true}],
18243 [@var{action-if-false}],
18244 [@var{action-if-cross-compiling}])
18253 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_UID_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_UID_T}).
18256 @defmac AC_UNISTD_H
18258 Same as @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}).
18264 Define @code{USG} if the @acronym{BSD} string functions are defined in
18265 @file{strings.h}. You should no longer depend upon @code{USG}, but on
18266 @code{HAVE_STRING_H}; see @ref{Standard Symbols}.
18269 @defmac AC_UTIME_NULL
18270 @acindex{UTIME_NULL}
18271 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}).
18274 @defmac AC_VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE (@ovar{cmd})
18275 @acindex{VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE}
18276 If the cache file is inconsistent with the current host, target and
18277 build system types, it used to execute @var{cmd} or print a default
18278 error message. This is now handled by default.
18281 @defmac AC_VERBOSE (@var{result-description})
18283 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} (@pxref{AC_MSG_RESULT}).
18288 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_FORK} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_FORK}).
18293 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}).
18298 This macro was renamed @code{AC_FUNC_WAIT3}. However, these days
18299 portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not @code{wait3}, as
18300 @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
18305 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_WARN} (@pxref{AC_MSG_WARN}).
18308 @defmac AC_WITH (@var{package}, @var{action-if-given}, @
18309 @ovar{action-if-not-given})
18311 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_WITH} that does not
18312 support providing a help string (@pxref{AC_ARG_WITH}).
18315 @defmac AC_WORDS_BIGENDIAN
18316 @acindex{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}
18317 Replaced by @code{AC_C_BIGENDIAN} (@pxref{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}).
18320 @defmac AC_XENIX_DIR
18321 @acindex{XENIX_DIR}
18323 This macro used to add @option{-lx} to output variable @code{LIBS} if on
18324 Xenix. Also, if @file{dirent.h} is being checked for, added
18325 @option{-ldir} to @code{LIBS}. Now it is merely an alias of
18326 @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} instead, plus some code to detect whether
18327 running @sc{xenix} on which you should not depend:
18330 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Xenix])
18331 AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
18332 [#if defined M_XENIX && !defined M_UNIX
18335 [AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]); XENIX=yes],
18336 [AC_MSG_RESULT([no]); XENIX=])
18339 Don't use this macro, the dignified means to check the nature of the
18340 host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
18343 @defmac AC_YYTEXT_POINTER
18344 @acindex{YYTEXT_POINTER}
18345 This macro was renamed @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}, which in turn was
18346 integrated into @code{AC_PROG_LEX} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LEX}).
18350 @section Upgrading From Version 1
18351 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
18352 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
18354 Autoconf version 2 is mostly backward compatible with version 1.
18355 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
18356 support some of the ugly things in version 1. So, depending on how
18357 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
18358 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2. This chapter points
18359 out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps your
18360 @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new features in
18361 version 2; the changes are summarized in the file @file{NEWS} in the
18362 Autoconf distribution.
18365 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
18366 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
18367 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
18368 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
18369 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
18372 @node Changed File Names
18373 @subsection Changed File Names
18375 If you have an @file{aclocal.m4} installed with Autoconf (as opposed to
18376 in a particular package's source directory), you must rename it to
18377 @file{acsite.m4}. @xref{autoconf Invocation}.
18379 If you distribute @file{install.sh} with your package, rename it to
18380 @file{install-sh} so @code{make} builtin rules don't inadvertently
18381 create a file called @file{install} from it. @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
18382 looks for the script under both names, but it is best to use the new name.
18384 If you were using @file{config.h.top}, @file{config.h.bot}, or
18385 @file{acconfig.h}, you still can, but you have less clutter if you
18386 use the @code{AH_} macros. @xref{Autoheader Macros}.
18388 @node Changed Makefiles
18389 @subsection Changed Makefiles
18391 Add @samp{@@CFLAGS@@}, @samp{@@CPPFLAGS@@}, and @samp{@@LDFLAGS@@} in
18392 your @file{Makefile.in} files, so they can take advantage of the values
18393 of those variables in the environment when @command{configure} is run.
18394 Doing this isn't necessary, but it's a convenience for users.
18396 Also add @samp{@@configure_input@@} in a comment to each input file for
18397 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, so that the output files contain a comment saying
18398 they were produced by @command{configure}. Automatically selecting the
18399 right comment syntax for all the kinds of files that people call
18400 @code{AC_OUTPUT} on became too much work.
18402 Add @file{config.log} and @file{config.cache} to the list of files you
18403 remove in @code{distclean} targets.
18405 If you have the following in @file{Makefile.in}:
18408 prefix = /usr/local
18409 exec_prefix = $(prefix)
18413 you must change it to:
18416 prefix = @@prefix@@
18417 exec_prefix = @@exec_prefix@@
18421 The old behavior of replacing those variables without @samp{@@}
18422 characters around them has been removed.
18424 @node Changed Macros
18425 @subsection Changed Macros
18427 Many of the macros were renamed in Autoconf version 2. You can still
18428 use the old names, but the new ones are clearer, and it's easier to find
18429 the documentation for them. @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a table showing the
18430 new names for the old macros. Use the @command{autoupdate} program to
18431 convert your @file{configure.ac} to using the new macro names.
18432 @xref{autoupdate Invocation}.
18434 Some macros have been superseded by similar ones that do the job better,
18435 but are not call-compatible. If you get warnings about calling obsolete
18436 macros while running @command{autoconf}, you may safely ignore them, but
18437 your @command{configure} script generally works better if you follow
18438 the advice that is printed about what to replace the obsolete macros with. In
18439 particular, the mechanism for reporting the results of tests has
18440 changed. If you were using @command{echo} or @code{AC_VERBOSE} (perhaps
18441 via @code{AC_COMPILE_CHECK}), your @command{configure} script's output
18442 looks better if you switch to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and
18443 @code{AC_MSG_RESULT}. @xref{Printing Messages}. Those macros work best
18444 in conjunction with cache variables. @xref{Caching Results}.
18448 @node Changed Results
18449 @subsection Changed Results
18451 If you were checking the results of previous tests by examining the
18452 shell variable @code{DEFS}, you need to switch to checking the values of
18453 the cache variables for those tests. @code{DEFS} no longer exists while
18454 @command{configure} is running; it is only created when generating output
18455 files. This difference from version 1 is because properly quoting the
18456 contents of that variable turned out to be too cumbersome and
18457 inefficient to do every time @code{AC_DEFINE} is called. @xref{Cache
18460 For example, here is a @file{configure.ac} fragment written for Autoconf
18464 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
18466 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) ;;
18467 *) # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
18469 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
18470 AC_CHECKING(for syslog in -l$lib)
18471 LIBS="-l$lib $saved_LIBS"
18472 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
18474 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) break ;;
18482 Here is a way to write it for version 2:
18485 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([syslog])
18486 if test $ac_cv_func_syslog = no; then
18487 # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
18488 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
18489 AC_CHECK_LIB([$lib], [syslog], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYSLOG])
18490 LIBS="-l$lib $LIBS"; break])
18495 If you were working around bugs in @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} by adding
18496 backslashes before quotes, you need to remove them. It now works
18497 predictably, and does not treat quotes (except back quotes) specially.
18498 @xref{Setting Output Variables}.
18500 All of the Boolean shell variables set by Autoconf macros now use
18501 @samp{yes} for the true value. Most of them use @samp{no} for false,
18502 though for backward compatibility some use the empty string instead. If
18503 you were relying on a shell variable being set to something like 1 or
18504 @samp{t} for true, you need to change your tests.
18506 @node Changed Macro Writing
18507 @subsection Changed Macro Writing
18509 When defining your own macros, you should now use @code{AC_DEFUN}
18510 instead of @code{define}. @code{AC_DEFUN} automatically calls
18511 @code{AC_PROVIDE} and ensures that macros called via @code{AC_REQUIRE}
18512 do not interrupt other macros, to prevent nested @samp{checking@dots{}}
18513 messages on the screen. There's no actual harm in continuing to use the
18514 older way, but it's less convenient and attractive. @xref{Macro
18517 You probably looked at the macros that came with Autoconf as a guide for
18518 how to do things. It would be a good idea to take a look at the new
18519 versions of them, as the style is somewhat improved and they take
18520 advantage of some new features.
18522 If you were doing tricky things with undocumented Autoconf internals
18523 (macros, variables, diversions), check whether you need to change
18524 anything to account for changes that have been made. Perhaps you can
18525 even use an officially supported technique in version 2 instead of
18526 kludging. Or perhaps not.
18528 To speed up your locally written feature tests, add caching to them.
18529 See whether any of your tests are of general enough usefulness to
18530 encapsulate them into macros that you can share.
18533 @node Autoconf 2.13
18534 @section Upgrading From Version 2.13
18535 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
18536 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
18538 The introduction of the previous section (@pxref{Autoconf 1}) perfectly
18539 suits this section@enddots{}
18542 Autoconf version 2.50 is mostly backward compatible with version 2.13.
18543 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
18544 support some of the ugly things in version 2.13. So, depending on how
18545 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
18546 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2.50. This chapter
18547 points out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps
18548 your @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new
18549 features in version 2.50; the changes are summarized in the file
18550 @file{NEWS} in the Autoconf distribution.
18554 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
18555 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
18556 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
18557 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
18558 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
18561 @node Changed Quotation
18562 @subsection Changed Quotation
18564 The most important changes are invisible to you: the implementation of
18565 most macros have completely changed. This allowed more factorization of
18566 the code, better error messages, a higher uniformity of the user's
18567 interface etc. Unfortunately, as a side effect, some construct which
18568 used to (miraculously) work might break starting with Autoconf 2.50.
18569 The most common culprit is bad quotation.
18571 For instance, in the following example, the message is not properly
18576 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(foo.h, ,
18577 AC_MSG_ERROR(cannot find foo.h, bailing out))
18582 Autoconf 2.13 simply ignores it:
18585 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13; ./configure --silent}
18586 creating cache ./config.cache
18587 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
18592 while Autoconf 2.50 produces a broken @file{configure}:
18595 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50; ./configure --silent}
18596 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
18597 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
18598 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
18602 The message needs to be quoted, and the @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} invocation
18606 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
18607 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h], [],
18608 [AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find foo.h, bailing out])])
18612 Many many (and many more) Autoconf macros were lacking proper quotation,
18613 including no less than@dots{} @code{AC_DEFUN} itself!
18616 $ @kbd{cat configure.in}
18617 AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
18618 [# My own much better version
18623 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13}
18624 autoconf: Undefined macros:
18625 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_FD_MSG
18626 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_EPI
18627 configure.in:1:AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
18628 configure.in:5:AC_PROG_INSTALL
18629 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50}
18635 @subsection New Macros
18637 @cindex undefined macro
18638 @cindex @code{_m4_divert_diversion}
18640 While Autoconf was relatively dormant in the late 1990s, Automake
18641 provided Autoconf-like macros for a while. Starting with Autoconf 2.50
18642 in 2001, Autoconf provided
18643 versions of these macros, integrated in the @code{AC_} namespace,
18644 instead of @code{AM_}. But in order to ease the upgrading via
18645 @command{autoupdate}, bindings to such @code{AM_} macros are provided.
18647 Unfortunately older versions of Automake (e.g., Automake 1.4)
18648 did not quote the names of these macros.
18649 Therefore, when @command{m4} finds something like
18650 @samp{AC_DEFUN(AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T, @dots{})} in @file{aclocal.m4},
18651 @code{AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T} is
18652 expanded, replaced with its Autoconf definition.
18654 Fortunately Autoconf catches pre-@code{AC_INIT} expansions, and
18655 complains, in its own words:
18658 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
18659 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
18661 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
18663 aclocal.m4:17: error: m4_defn: undefined macro: _m4_divert_diversion
18664 aclocal.m4:17: the top level
18665 autom4te: m4 failed with exit status: 1
18669 Modern versions of Automake no longer define most of these
18670 macros, and properly quote the names of the remaining macros.
18671 If you must use an old Automake, do not depend upon macros from Automake
18672 as it is simply not its job
18673 to provide macros (but the one it requires itself):
18676 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
18677 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
18679 $ @kbd{rm aclocal.m4}
18681 autoupdate: `configure.ac' is updated
18682 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
18683 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
18684 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
18685 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
18691 @node Hosts and Cross-Compilation
18692 @subsection Hosts and Cross-Compilation
18693 @cindex Cross compilation
18695 Based on the experience of compiler writers, and after long public
18696 debates, many aspects of the cross-compilation chain have changed:
18700 the relationship between the build, host, and target architecture types,
18703 the command line interface for specifying them to @command{configure},
18706 the variables defined in @command{configure},
18709 the enabling of cross-compilation mode.
18714 The relationship between build, host, and target have been cleaned up:
18715 the chain of default is now simply: target defaults to host, host to
18716 build, and build to the result of @command{config.guess}. Nevertheless,
18717 in order to ease the transition from 2.13 to 2.50, the following
18718 transition scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not rely on it}, as it will
18719 be completely disabled in a couple of releases (we cannot keep it, as it
18720 proves to cause more problems than it cures).
18722 They all default to the result of running @command{config.guess}, unless
18723 you specify either @option{--build} or @option{--host}. In this case,
18724 the default becomes the system type you specified. If you specify both,
18725 and they're different, @command{configure} enters cross compilation
18726 mode, so it doesn't run any tests that require execution.
18728 Hint: if you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess},
18729 prefer @option{--build} over @option{--host}. In the future,
18730 @option{--host} will not override the name of the build system type.
18731 Whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify @option{--build}
18736 For backward compatibility, @command{configure} accepts a system
18737 type as an option by itself. Such an option overrides the
18738 defaults for build, host, and target system types. The following
18739 configure statement configures a cross toolchain that runs on
18740 Net@acronym{BSD}/alpha but generates code for @acronym{GNU} Hurd/sparc,
18741 which is also the build platform.
18744 ./configure --host=alpha-netbsd sparc-gnu
18749 In Autoconf 2.13 and before, the variables @code{build}, @code{host},
18750 and @code{target} had a different semantics before and after the
18751 invocation of @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} etc. Now, the argument of
18752 @option{--build} is strictly copied into @code{build_alias}, and is left
18753 empty otherwise. After the @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, @code{build} is
18754 set to the canonicalized build type. To ease the transition, before,
18755 its contents is the same as that of @code{build_alias}. Do @emph{not}
18756 rely on this broken feature.
18758 For consistency with the backward compatibility scheme exposed above,
18759 when @option{--host} is specified but @option{--build} isn't, the build
18760 system is assumed to be the same as @option{--host}, and
18761 @samp{build_alias} is set to that value. Eventually, this
18762 historically incorrect behavior will go away.
18766 The former scheme to enable cross-compilation proved to cause more harm
18767 than good, in particular, it used to be triggered too easily, leaving
18768 regular end users puzzled in front of cryptic error messages.
18769 @command{configure} could even enter cross-compilation mode only
18770 because the compiler was not functional. This is mainly because
18771 @command{configure} used to try to detect cross-compilation, instead of
18772 waiting for an explicit flag from the user.
18774 Now, @command{configure} enters cross-compilation mode if and only if
18775 @option{--host} is passed.
18777 That's the short documentation. To ease the transition between 2.13 and
18778 its successors, a more complicated scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not
18779 rely on the following}, as it will be removed in the near future.
18781 If you specify @option{--host}, but not @option{--build}, when
18782 @command{configure} performs the first compiler test it tries to run
18783 an executable produced by the compiler. If the execution fails, it
18784 enters cross-compilation mode. This is fragile. Moreover, by the time
18785 the compiler test is performed, it may be too late to modify the
18786 build-system type: other tests may have already been performed.
18787 Therefore, whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify
18788 @option{--build} too.
18791 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
18795 enters cross-compilation mode. The former interface, which
18796 consisted in setting the compiler to a cross-compiler without informing
18797 @command{configure} is obsolete. For instance, @command{configure}
18798 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler if you
18799 configure as follows:
18802 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
18806 @node AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS
18807 @subsection @code{AC_LIBOBJ} vs.@: @code{LIBOBJS}
18809 Up to Autoconf 2.13, the replacement of functions was triggered via the
18810 variable @code{LIBOBJS}. Since Autoconf 2.50, the macro
18811 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} should be used instead (@pxref{Generic Functions}).
18812 Starting at Autoconf 2.53, the use of @code{LIBOBJS} is an error.
18814 This change is mandated by the unification of the @acronym{GNU} Build System
18815 components. In particular, the various fragile techniques used to parse
18816 a @file{configure.ac} are all replaced with the use of traces. As a
18817 consequence, any action must be traceable, which obsoletes critical
18818 variable assignments. Fortunately, @code{LIBOBJS} was the only problem,
18819 and it can even be handled gracefully (read, ``without your having to
18820 change something'').
18822 There were two typical uses of @code{LIBOBJS}: asking for a replacement
18823 function, and adjusting @code{LIBOBJS} for Automake and/or Libtool.
18827 As for function replacement, the fix is immediate: use
18828 @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. For instance:
18831 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.o"
18832 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.$ac_objext"
18836 should be replaced with:
18839 AC_LIBOBJ([fnmatch])
18840 AC_LIBOBJ([malloc])
18846 When used with Automake 1.10 or newer, a suitable value for
18847 @code{LIBOBJDIR} is set so that the @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS}
18848 can be referenced from any @file{Makefile.am}. Even without Automake,
18849 arranging for @code{LIBOBJDIR} to be set correctly enables
18850 referencing @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS} in another directory.
18851 The @code{LIBOBJDIR} feature is experimental.
18854 @node AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO
18855 @subsection @code{AC_FOO_IFELSE} vs.@: @code{AC_TRY_FOO}
18857 Since Autoconf 2.50, internal codes uses @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE},
18858 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE}, @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE}, and
18859 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} on one hand and @code{AC_LANG_SOURCES},
18860 and @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} on the other hand instead of the deprecated
18861 @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE}, @code{AC_TRY_LINK}, and
18862 @code{AC_TRY_RUN}. The motivations where:
18865 a more consistent interface: @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} etc.@: were double
18866 quoting their arguments;
18869 the combinatoric explosion is solved by decomposing on the one hand the
18870 generation of sources, and on the other hand executing the program;
18873 this scheme helps supporting more languages than plain C and C++.
18876 In addition to the change of syntax, the philosophy has changed too:
18877 while emphasis was put on speed at the expense of accuracy, today's
18878 Autoconf promotes accuracy of the testing framework at, ahem@dots{}, the
18882 As a perfect example of what is @emph{not} to be done, here is how to
18883 find out whether a header file contains a particular declaration, such
18884 as a typedef, a structure, a structure member, or a function. Use
18885 @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} instead of running @code{grep} directly on the
18886 header file; on some systems the symbol might be defined in another
18887 header file that the file you are checking includes.
18889 As a (bad) example, here is how you should not check for C preprocessor
18890 symbols, either defined by header files or predefined by the C
18891 preprocessor: using @code{AC_EGREP_CPP}:
18899 ], is_aix=yes, is_aix=no)
18903 The above example, properly written would (i) use
18904 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, and (ii) run the compiler:
18908 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
18910 error: This isn't AIX!
18919 @c ============================= Generating Test Suites with Autotest
18921 @node Using Autotest
18922 @chapter Generating Test Suites with Autotest
18927 @strong{N.B.: This section describes an experimental feature which will
18928 be part of Autoconf in a forthcoming release. Although we believe
18929 Autotest is stabilizing, this documentation describes an interface which
18930 might change in the future: do not depend upon Autotest without
18931 subscribing to the Autoconf mailing lists.}
18934 It is paradoxical that portable projects depend on nonportable tools
18935 to run their test suite. Autoconf by itself is the paragon of this
18936 problem: although it aims at perfectly portability, up to 2.13 its
18937 test suite was using Deja@acronym{GNU}, a rich and complex testing
18938 framework, but which is far from being standard on Posix systems.
18939 Worse yet, it was likely to be missing on the most fragile platforms,
18940 the very platforms that are most likely to torture Autoconf and
18941 exhibit deficiencies.
18943 To circumvent this problem, many package maintainers have developed their
18944 own testing framework, based on simple shell scripts whose sole outputs
18945 are exit status values describing whether the test succeeded. Most of
18946 these tests share common patterns, and this can result in lots of
18947 duplicated code and tedious maintenance.
18949 Following exactly the same reasoning that yielded to the inception of
18950 Autoconf, Autotest provides a test suite generation framework, based on
18951 M4 macros building a portable shell script. The suite itself is
18952 equipped with automatic logging and tracing facilities which greatly
18953 diminish the interaction with bug reporters, and simple timing reports.
18955 Autoconf itself has been using Autotest for years, and we do attest that
18956 it has considerably improved the strength of the test suite and the
18957 quality of bug reports. Other projects are known to use some generation
18958 of Autotest, such as Bison, Free Recode, Free Wdiff, @acronym{GNU} Tar, each of
18959 them with different needs, and this usage has validated Autotest as a general
18962 Nonetheless, compared to Deja@acronym{GNU}, Autotest is inadequate for
18963 interactive tool testing, which is probably its main limitation.
18966 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
18967 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
18968 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
18969 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
18972 @node Using an Autotest Test Suite
18973 @section Using an Autotest Test Suite
18976 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
18977 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
18980 @node testsuite Scripts
18981 @subsection @command{testsuite} Scripts
18983 @cindex @command{testsuite}
18985 Generating testing or validation suites using Autotest is rather easy.
18986 The whole validation suite is held in a file to be processed through
18987 @command{autom4te}, itself using @acronym{GNU} M4 under the scene, to
18988 produce a stand-alone Bourne shell script which then gets distributed.
18989 Neither @command{autom4te} nor @acronym{GNU} M4 are needed at
18990 the installer's end.
18993 Each test of the validation suite should be part of some test group. A
18994 @dfn{test group} is a sequence of interwoven tests that ought to be
18995 executed together, usually because one test in the group creates data
18996 files than a later test in the same group needs to read. Complex test
18997 groups make later debugging more tedious. It is much better to
18998 keep only a few tests per test group. Ideally there is only one test
19001 For all but the simplest packages, some file such as @file{testsuite.at}
19002 does not fully hold all test sources, as these are often easier to
19003 maintain in separate files. Each of these separate files holds a single
19004 test group, or a sequence of test groups all addressing some common
19005 functionality in the package. In such cases, @file{testsuite.at}
19006 merely initializes the validation suite, and sometimes does elementary
19007 health checking, before listing include statements for all other test
19008 files. The special file @file{package.m4}, containing the
19009 identification of the package, is automatically included if found.
19011 A convenient alternative consists in moving all the global issues
19012 (local Autotest macros, elementary health checking, and @code{AT_INIT}
19013 invocation) into the file @code{local.at}, and making
19014 @file{testsuite.at} be a simple list of @code{m4_include} of sub test
19015 suites. In such case, generating the whole test suite or pieces of it
19016 is only a matter of choosing the @command{autom4te} command line
19019 The validation scripts that Autotest produces are by convention called
19020 @command{testsuite}. When run, @command{testsuite} executes each test
19021 group in turn, producing only one summary line per test to say if that
19022 particular test succeeded or failed. At end of all tests, summarizing
19023 counters get printed. One debugging directory is left for each test
19024 group which failed, if any: such directories are named
19025 @file{testsuite.dir/@var{nn}}, where @var{nn} is the sequence number of
19026 the test group, and they include:
19029 @item a debugging script named @file{run} which reruns the test in
19030 @dfn{debug mode} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}). The automatic generation
19031 of debugging scripts has the purpose of easing the chase for bugs.
19033 @item all the files created with @code{AT_DATA}
19035 @item a log of the run, named @file{testsuite.log}
19038 In the ideal situation, none of the tests fail, and consequently no
19039 debugging directory is left behind for validation.
19041 It often happens in practice that individual tests in the validation
19042 suite need to get information coming out of the configuration process.
19043 Some of this information, common for all validation suites, is provided
19044 through the file @file{atconfig}, automatically created by
19045 @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}. For configuration informations which your
19046 testing environment specifically needs, you might prepare an optional
19047 file named @file{atlocal.in}, instantiated by @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}.
19048 The configuration process produces @file{atconfig} and @file{atlocal}
19049 out of these two input files, and these two produced files are
19050 automatically read by the @file{testsuite} script.
19052 Here is a diagram showing the relationship between files.
19055 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
19060 subfile-1.at ->. [local.at] ---->+
19062 subfile-i.at ---->-- testsuite.at -->-- autom4te* -->testsuite
19068 Files used in configuring a software package:
19073 [atlocal.in] --> config.status* --<
19079 Files created during the test suite execution:
19082 atconfig -->. .--> testsuite.log
19086 [atlocal] ->' `--> [testsuite.dir]
19090 @node Autotest Logs
19091 @subsection Autotest Logs
19093 When run, the test suite creates a log file named after itself, e.g., a
19094 test suite named @command{testsuite} creates @file{testsuite.log}. It
19095 contains a lot of information, usually more than maintainers actually
19096 need, but therefore most of the time it contains all that is needed:
19099 @item command line arguments
19100 @c akim s/to consist in/to consist of/
19101 A bad but unfortunately widespread habit consists of
19102 setting environment variables before the command, such as in
19103 @samp{CC=my-home-grown-cc ./testsuite}. The test suite does not
19104 know this change, hence (i) it cannot report it to you, and (ii)
19105 it cannot preserve the value of @code{CC} for subsequent runs.
19106 Autoconf faced exactly the same problem, and solved it by asking
19107 users to pass the variable definitions as command line arguments.
19108 Autotest requires this rule, too, but has no means to enforce it; the log
19109 then contains a trace of the variables that were changed by the user.
19111 @item @file{ChangeLog} excerpts
19112 The topmost lines of all the @file{ChangeLog} files found in the source
19113 hierarchy. This is especially useful when bugs are reported against
19114 development versions of the package, since the version string does not
19115 provide sufficient information to know the exact state of the sources
19116 the user compiled. Of course, this relies on the use of a
19119 @item build machine
19120 Running a test suite in a cross-compile environment is not an easy task,
19121 since it would mean having the test suite run on a machine @var{build},
19122 while running programs on a machine @var{host}. It is much simpler to
19123 run both the test suite and the programs on @var{host}, but then, from
19124 the point of view of the test suite, there remains a single environment,
19125 @var{host} = @var{build}. The log contains relevant information on the
19126 state of the build machine, including some important environment
19128 @c FIXME: How about having an M4sh macro to say `hey, log the value
19129 @c of `@dots{}'? This would help both Autoconf and Autotest.
19131 @item tested programs
19132 The absolute file name and answers to @option{--version} of the tested
19133 programs (see @ref{Writing Testsuites}, @code{AT_TESTED}).
19135 @item configuration log
19136 The contents of @file{config.log}, as created by @command{configure},
19137 are appended. It contains the configuration flags and a detailed report
19138 on the configuration itself.
19142 @node Writing Testsuites
19143 @section Writing @file{testsuite.at}
19145 The @file{testsuite.at} is a Bourne shell script making use of special
19146 Autotest M4 macros. It often contains a call to @code{AT_INIT} near
19147 its beginning followed by one call to @code{m4_include} per source file
19148 for tests. Each such included file, or the remainder of
19149 @file{testsuite.at} if include files are not used, contain a sequence of
19150 test groups. Each test group begins with a call to @code{AT_SETUP},
19151 then an arbitrary number of shell commands or calls to @code{AT_CHECK},
19152 and then completes with a call to @code{AT_CLEANUP}.
19154 @defmac AT_INIT (@ovar{name})
19156 @c FIXME: Not clear, plus duplication of the information.
19157 Initialize Autotest. Giving a @var{name} to the test suite is
19158 encouraged if your package includes several test suites. In any case,
19159 the test suite always displays the package name and version. It also
19160 inherits the package bug report address.
19163 @defmac AT_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
19164 @atindex{COPYRIGHT}
19165 @cindex Copyright Notice
19166 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
19167 the Autotest macros, parts of your test suite are covered by
19168 @var{copyright-notice}.
19170 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
19171 @command{testsuite} and in @samp{testsuite --version}.
19174 @defmac AT_TESTED (@var{executables})
19176 Log the file name and answer to @option{--version} of each program in
19177 space-separated list @var{executables}. Several invocations register
19178 new executables, in other words, don't fear registering one program
19182 Autotest test suites rely on @env{PATH} to find the tested program.
19183 This avoids the need to generate absolute names of the various tools, and
19184 makes it possible to test installed programs. Therefore, knowing which
19185 programs are being exercised is crucial to understanding problems in
19186 the test suite itself, or its occasional misuses. It is a good idea to
19187 also subscribe foreign programs you depend upon, to avoid incompatible
19192 @defmac AT_SETUP (@var{test-group-name})
19194 This macro starts a group of related tests, all to be executed in the
19195 same subshell. It accepts a single argument, which holds a few words
19196 (no more than about 30 or 40 characters) quickly describing the purpose
19197 of the test group being started.
19200 @defmac AT_KEYWORDS (@var{keywords})
19202 Associate the space-separated list of @var{keywords} to the enclosing
19203 test group. This makes it possible to run ``slices'' of the test suite.
19204 For instance, if some of your test groups exercise some @samp{foo}
19205 feature, then using @samp{AT_KEYWORDS(foo)} lets you run
19206 @samp{./testsuite -k foo} to run exclusively these test groups. The
19207 @var{title} of the test group is automatically recorded to
19208 @code{AT_KEYWORDS}.
19210 Several invocations within a test group accumulate new keywords. In
19211 other words, don't fear registering the same keyword several times in a
19215 @defmac AT_CAPTURE_FILE (@var{file})
19216 @atindex{CAPTURE_FILE}
19217 If the current test group fails, log the contents of @var{file}.
19218 Several identical calls within one test group have no additional effect.
19221 @defmac AT_XFAIL_IF (@var{shell-condition})
19223 Determine whether the test is expected to fail because it is a known
19224 bug (for unsupported features, you should skip the test).
19225 @var{shell-condition} is a shell expression such as a @code{test}
19226 command; you can instantiate this macro many times from within the
19227 same test group, and one of the conditions is enough to turn
19228 the test into an expected failure.
19233 End the current test group.
19238 @defmac AT_DATA (@var{file}, @var{contents})
19240 Initialize an input data @var{file} with given @var{contents}. Of
19241 course, the @var{contents} have to be properly quoted between square
19242 brackets to protect against included commas or spurious M4
19243 expansion. The contents ought to end with an end of line.
19246 @defmac AT_CHECK (@var{commands}, @dvar{status, 0}, @dvar{stdout, }, @
19247 @dvar{stderr, }, @ovar{run-if-fail}, @ovar{run-if-pass})
19249 Execute a test by performing given shell @var{commands}. These commands
19250 should normally exit with @var{status}, while producing expected
19251 @var{stdout} and @var{stderr} contents. If @var{commands} exit with
19252 status 77, then the whole test group is skipped. Otherwise, if this test
19253 fails, run shell commands @var{run-if-fail} or, if this test passes, run shell
19254 commands @var{run-if-pass}.
19256 @c Previously, we had this:
19257 @c The @var{commands} @emph{must not} redirect the standard output, nor the
19259 @c to prevent trigerring the double redirect bug on Ultrix, see
19260 @c `File Descriptors'. This was too restricting, and Ultrix is pretty
19261 @c much dead, so we dropped the limitation; the obvious workaround on
19262 @c Ultrix is to use a working shell there.
19264 If @var{status}, or @var{stdout}, or @var{stderr} is @samp{ignore}, then
19265 the corresponding value is not checked.
19267 The special value @samp{expout} for @var{stdout} means the expected
19268 output of the @var{commands} is the content of the file @file{expout}.
19269 If @var{stdout} is @samp{stdout}, then the standard output of the
19270 @var{commands} is available for further tests in the file @file{stdout}.
19271 Similarly for @var{stderr} with @samp{experr} and @samp{stderr}.
19275 @node testsuite Invocation
19276 @section Running @command{testsuite} Scripts
19277 @cindex @command{testsuite}
19279 Autotest test suites support the following arguments:
19284 Display the list of options and exit successfully.
19288 Display the version of the test suite and exit successfully.
19292 Remove all the files the test suite might have created and exit. Meant
19293 for @code{clean} Make targets.
19297 List all the tests (or only the selection), including their possible
19303 By default all tests are performed (or described with
19304 @option{--list}) in the default environment first silently, then
19305 verbosely, but the environment, set of tests, and verbosity level can be
19309 @item @var{variable}=@var{value}
19310 Set the environment @var{variable} to @var{value}. Use this rather
19311 than @samp{FOO=foo ./testsuite} as debugging scripts would then run in a
19312 different environment.
19314 @cindex @code{AUTOTEST_PATH}
19315 The variable @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} specifies the testing path to prepend
19316 to @env{PATH}. Relative directory names (not starting with
19317 @samp{/}) are considered to be relative to the top level of the
19318 package being built. All directories are made absolute, first
19319 starting from the top level @emph{build} tree, then from the
19320 @emph{source} tree. For instance @samp{./testsuite
19321 AUTOTEST_PATH=tests:bin} for a @file{/src/foo-1.0} source package built
19322 in @file{/tmp/foo} results in @samp{/tmp/foo/tests:/tmp/foo/bin} and
19323 then @samp{/src/foo-1.0/tests:/src/foo-1.0/bin} being prepended to
19327 @itemx @var{number}-@var{number}
19328 @itemx @var{number}-
19329 @itemx -@var{number}
19330 Add the corresponding test groups, with obvious semantics, to the
19333 @item --keywords=@var{keywords}
19334 @itemx -k @var{keywords}
19335 Add to the selection the test groups with title or keywords (arguments
19336 to @code{AT_SETUP} or @code{AT_KEYWORDS}) that match @emph{all} keywords
19337 of the comma separated list @var{keywords}, case-insensitively. Use
19338 @samp{!} immediately before the keyword to invert the selection for this
19339 keyword. By default, the keywords match whole words; enclose them in
19340 @samp{.*} to also match parts of words.
19342 For example, running
19345 @kbd{./testsuite -k 'autoupdate,.*FUNC.*'}
19349 selects all tests tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{and} with tags
19350 containing @samp{FUNC} (as in @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNC}, @samp{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA},
19354 @kbd{./testsuite -k '!autoupdate' -k '.*FUNC.*'}
19358 selects all tests not tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{or} with tags
19359 containing @samp{FUNC}.
19363 If any test fails, immediately abort testing. It implies
19364 @option{--debug}: post test group clean up, and top-level logging
19365 are inhibited. This option is meant for the full test
19366 suite, it is not really useful for generated debugging scripts.
19370 Force more verbosity in the detailed output of what is being done. This
19371 is the default for debugging scripts.
19375 Do not remove the files after a test group was performed ---but they are
19376 still removed @emph{before}, therefore using this option is sane when
19377 running several test groups. Create debugging scripts. Do not
19378 overwrite the top-level
19379 log (in order to preserve supposedly existing full log file). This is
19380 the default for debugging scripts, but it can also be useful to debug
19381 the testsuite itself.
19385 Trigger shell tracing of the test groups.
19389 @node Making testsuite Scripts
19390 @section Making @command{testsuite} Scripts
19392 For putting Autotest into movement, you need some configuration and
19393 makefile machinery. We recommend, at least if your package uses deep or
19394 shallow hierarchies, that you use @file{tests/} as the name of the
19395 directory holding all your tests and their makefile. Here is a
19396 check list of things to do.
19401 @cindex @file{package.m4}
19402 Make sure to create the file @file{package.m4}, which defines the
19403 identity of the package. It must define @code{AT_PACKAGE_STRING}, the
19404 full signature of the package, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, the
19405 address to which bug reports should be sent. For sake of completeness,
19406 we suggest that you also define @code{AT_PACKAGE_NAME},
19407 @code{AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_VERSION}.
19408 @xref{Initializing configure}, for a description of these variables. We
19409 suggest the following makefile excerpt:
19412 $(srcdir)/package.m4: $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
19414 echo '# Signature of the current package.'; \
19415 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_NAME], [@@PACKAGE_NAME@@])'; \
19416 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME], [@@PACKAGE_TARNAME@@])'; \
19417 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [@@PACKAGE_VERSION@@])'; \
19418 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_STRING], [@@PACKAGE_STRING@@])'; \
19419 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT], [@@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@@])'; \
19420 @} >'$(srcdir)/package.m4'
19424 Be sure to distribute @file{package.m4} and to put it into the source
19425 hierarchy: the test suite ought to be shipped!
19428 Invoke @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}.
19430 @defmac AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR (@var{directory}, @dvar{test-path, directory})
19431 @acindex{CONFIG_TESTDIR}
19432 An Autotest test suite is to be configured in @var{directory}. This
19433 macro requires the instantiation of @file{@var{directory}/atconfig} from
19434 @file{@var{directory}/atconfig.in}, and sets the default
19435 @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} to @var{test-path} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}).
19439 Still within @file{configure.ac}, as appropriate, ensure that some
19440 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} command includes substitution for
19441 @file{tests/atlocal}.
19444 The @file{tests/Makefile.in} should be modified so the validation in
19445 your package is triggered by @samp{make check}. An example is provided
19449 With Automake, here is a minimal example about how to link @samp{make
19450 check} with a validation suite.
19453 EXTRA_DIST = testsuite.at $(TESTSUITE) atlocal.in
19454 TESTSUITE = $(srcdir)/testsuite
19456 check-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
19457 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' $(TESTSUITEFLAGS)
19459 installcheck-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
19460 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' AUTOTEST_PATH='$(bindir)' \
19464 test ! -f '$(TESTSUITE)' || \
19465 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' --clean
19467 AUTOTEST = $(AUTOM4TE) --language=autotest
19468 $(TESTSUITE): $(srcdir)/testsuite.at
19469 $(AUTOTEST) -I '$(srcdir)' -o $@@.tmp $@@.at
19473 You might want to list explicitly the dependencies, i.e., the list of
19474 the files @file{testsuite.at} includes.
19476 With strict Autoconf, you might need to add lines inspired from the
19482 atconfig: $(top_builddir)/config.status
19483 cd $(top_builddir) && \
19484 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
19486 atlocal: $(srcdir)/atlocal.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
19487 cd $(top_builddir) && \
19488 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
19492 and manage to have @file{atconfig.in} and @code{$(EXTRA_DIST)}
19495 With all this in place, and if you have not initialized @samp{TESTSUITEFLAGS}
19496 within your makefile, you can fine-tune test suite execution with this
19497 variable, for example:
19500 make check TESTSUITEFLAGS='-v -d -x 75 -k AC_PROG_CC CFLAGS=-g'
19505 @c =============================== Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
19508 @chapter Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
19510 Several questions about Autoconf come up occasionally. Here some of them
19514 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
19515 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
19516 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
19517 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
19518 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
19519 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
19520 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
19524 @section Distributing @command{configure} Scripts
19528 What are the restrictions on distributing @command{configure}
19529 scripts that Autoconf generates? How does that affect my
19530 programs that use them?
19533 There are no restrictions on how the configuration scripts that Autoconf
19534 produces may be distributed or used. In Autoconf version 1, they were
19535 covered by the @acronym{GNU} General Public License. We still encourage
19536 software authors to distribute their work under terms like those of the
19537 @acronym{GPL}, but doing so is not required to use Autoconf.
19539 Of the other files that might be used with @command{configure},
19540 @file{config.h.in} is under whatever copyright you use for your
19541 @file{configure.ac}. @file{config.sub} and @file{config.guess} have an
19542 exception to the @acronym{GPL} when they are used with an Autoconf-generated
19543 @command{configure} script, which permits you to distribute them under the
19544 same terms as the rest of your package. @file{install-sh} is from the X
19545 Consortium and is not copyrighted.
19548 @section Why Require @acronym{GNU} M4?
19551 Why does Autoconf require @acronym{GNU} M4?
19554 Many M4 implementations have hard-coded limitations on the size and
19555 number of macros that Autoconf exceeds. They also lack several
19556 builtin macros that it would be difficult to get along without in a
19557 sophisticated application like Autoconf, including:
19567 Autoconf requires version 1.4.5 or later of @acronym{GNU} M4.
19569 Since only software maintainers need to use Autoconf, and since @acronym{GNU}
19570 M4 is simple to configure and install, it seems reasonable to require
19571 @acronym{GNU} M4 to be installed also. Many maintainers of @acronym{GNU} and
19572 other free software already have most of the @acronym{GNU} utilities
19573 installed, since they prefer them.
19575 @node Bootstrapping
19576 @section How Can I Bootstrap?
19580 If Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 and @acronym{GNU} M4 has an Autoconf
19581 @command{configure} script, how do I bootstrap? It seems like a chicken
19585 This is a misunderstanding. Although @acronym{GNU} M4 does come with a
19586 @command{configure} script produced by Autoconf, Autoconf is not required
19587 in order to run the script and install @acronym{GNU} M4. Autoconf is only
19588 required if you want to change the M4 @command{configure} script, which few
19589 people have to do (mainly its maintainer).
19591 @node Why Not Imake
19592 @section Why Not Imake?
19596 Why not use Imake instead of @command{configure} scripts?
19599 Several people have written addressing this question, so I include
19600 adaptations of their explanations here.
19602 The following answer is based on one written by Richard Pixley:
19605 Autoconf generated scripts frequently work on machines that it has
19606 never been set up to handle before. That is, it does a good job of
19607 inferring a configuration for a new system. Imake cannot do this.
19609 Imake uses a common database of host specific data. For X11, this makes
19610 sense because the distribution is made as a collection of tools, by one
19611 central authority who has control over the database.
19613 @acronym{GNU} tools are not released this way. Each @acronym{GNU} tool has a
19614 maintainer; these maintainers are scattered across the world. Using a
19615 common database would be a maintenance nightmare. Autoconf may appear
19616 to be this kind of database, but in fact it is not. Instead of listing
19617 host dependencies, it lists program requirements.
19619 If you view the @acronym{GNU} suite as a collection of native tools, then the
19620 problems are similar. But the @acronym{GNU} development tools can be
19621 configured as cross tools in almost any host+target permutation. All of
19622 these configurations can be installed concurrently. They can even be
19623 configured to share host independent files across hosts. Imake doesn't
19624 address these issues.
19626 Imake templates are a form of standardization. The @acronym{GNU} coding
19627 standards address the same issues without necessarily imposing the same
19632 Here is some further explanation, written by Per Bothner:
19635 One of the advantages of Imake is that it easy to generate large
19636 makefiles using the @samp{#include} and macro mechanisms of @command{cpp}.
19637 However, @code{cpp} is not programmable: it has limited conditional
19638 facilities, and no looping. And @code{cpp} cannot inspect its
19641 All of these problems are solved by using @code{sh} instead of
19642 @code{cpp}. The shell is fully programmable, has macro substitution,
19643 can execute (or source) other shell scripts, and can inspect its
19648 Paul Eggert elaborates more:
19651 With Autoconf, installers need not assume that Imake itself is already
19652 installed and working well. This may not seem like much of an advantage
19653 to people who are accustomed to Imake. But on many hosts Imake is not
19654 installed or the default installation is not working well, and requiring
19655 Imake to install a package hinders the acceptance of that package on
19656 those hosts. For example, the Imake template and configuration files
19657 might not be installed properly on a host, or the Imake build procedure
19658 might wrongly assume that all source files are in one big directory
19659 tree, or the Imake configuration might assume one compiler whereas the
19660 package or the installer needs to use another, or there might be a
19661 version mismatch between the Imake expected by the package and the Imake
19662 supported by the host. These problems are much rarer with Autoconf,
19663 where each package comes with its own independent configuration
19666 Also, Imake often suffers from unexpected interactions between
19667 @command{make} and the installer's C preprocessor. The fundamental problem
19668 here is that the C preprocessor was designed to preprocess C programs,
19669 not makefiles. This is much less of a problem with Autoconf,
19670 which uses the general-purpose preprocessor M4, and where the
19671 package's author (rather than the installer) does the preprocessing in a
19676 Finally, Mark Eichin notes:
19679 Imake isn't all that extensible, either. In order to add new features to
19680 Imake, you need to provide your own project template, and duplicate most
19681 of the features of the existing one. This means that for a sophisticated
19682 project, using the vendor-provided Imake templates fails to provide any
19683 leverage---since they don't cover anything that your own project needs
19684 (unless it is an X11 program).
19686 On the other side, though:
19688 The one advantage that Imake has over @command{configure}:
19689 @file{Imakefile} files tend to be much shorter (likewise, less redundant)
19690 than @file{Makefile.in} files. There is a fix to this, however---at least
19691 for the Kerberos V5 tree, we've modified things to call in common
19692 @file{post.in} and @file{pre.in} makefile fragments for the
19693 entire tree. This means that a lot of common things don't have to be
19694 duplicated, even though they normally are in @command{configure} setups.
19698 @node Defining Directories
19699 @section How Do I @code{#define} Installation Directories?
19702 My program needs library files, installed in @code{datadir} and
19706 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], [$datadir],
19707 [Define to the read-only architecture-independent
19715 #define DATADIR "$@{prefix@}/share"
19719 As already explained, this behavior is on purpose, mandated by the
19720 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards, see @ref{Installation Directory
19721 Variables}. There are several means to achieve a similar goal:
19725 Do not use @code{AC_DEFINE} but use your makefile to pass the
19726 actual value of @code{datadir} via compilation flags.
19727 @xref{Installation Directory Variables}, for the details.
19730 This solution can be simplified when compiling a program: you may either
19731 extend the @code{CPPFLAGS}:
19734 CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"' @@CPPFLAGS@@
19738 If you are using Automake, you should use @code{AM_CPPFLAGS} instead:
19741 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"'
19745 Alternatively, create a dedicated header file:
19748 DISTCLEANFILES = myprog-paths.h
19749 myprog-paths.h: Makefile
19750 echo '#define DATADIR "$(datadir)"' >$@@
19754 Use @code{AC_DEFINE} but have @command{configure} compute the literal
19755 value of @code{datadir} and others. Many people have wrapped macros to
19756 automate this task. For instance, the macro @code{AC_DEFINE_DIR} from
19757 the @uref{http://autoconf-archive.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
19760 This solution does not conform to the @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards.
19763 Note that all the previous solutions hard wire the absolute name of
19764 these directories in the executables, which is not a good property. You
19765 may try to compute the names relative to @code{prefix}, and try to
19766 find @code{prefix} at runtime, this way your package is relocatable.
19770 @node Autom4te Cache
19771 @section What is @file{autom4te.cache}?
19774 What is this directory @file{autom4te.cache}? Can I safely remove it?
19777 In the @acronym{GNU} Build System, @file{configure.ac} plays a central
19778 role and is read by many tools: @command{autoconf} to create
19779 @file{configure}, @command{autoheader} to create @file{config.h.in},
19780 @command{automake} to create @file{Makefile.in}, @command{autoscan} to
19781 check the completeness of @file{configure.ac}, @command{autoreconf} to
19782 check the @acronym{GNU} Build System components that are used. To
19783 ``read @file{configure.ac}'' actually means to compile it with M4,
19784 which can be a long process for complex @file{configure.ac}.
19786 This is why all these tools, instead of running directly M4, invoke
19787 @command{autom4te} (@pxref{autom4te Invocation}) which, while answering to
19788 a specific demand, stores additional information in
19789 @file{autom4te.cache} for future runs. For instance, if you run
19790 @command{autoconf}, behind the scenes, @command{autom4te} also
19791 stores information for the other tools, so that when you invoke
19792 @command{autoheader} or @command{automake} etc., reprocessing
19793 @file{configure.ac} is not needed. The speed up is frequently of 30%,
19794 and is increasing with the size of @file{configure.ac}.
19796 But it is and remains being simply a cache: you can safely remove it.
19801 Can I permanently get rid of it?
19804 The creation of this cache can be disabled from
19805 @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}, see @ref{Customizing autom4te}, for more
19806 details. You should be aware that disabling the cache slows down the
19807 Autoconf test suite by 40%. The more @acronym{GNU} Build System
19808 components are used, the more the cache is useful; for instance
19809 running @samp{autoreconf -f} on the Core Utilities is twice slower without
19810 the cache @emph{although @option{--force} implies that the cache is
19811 not fully exploited}, and eight times slower than without
19815 @node Present But Cannot Be Compiled
19816 @section Header Present But Cannot Be Compiled
19818 The most important guideline to bear in mind when checking for
19819 features is to mimic as much as possible the intended use.
19820 Unfortunately, old versions of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} and
19821 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} failed to follow this idea, and called
19822 the preprocessor, instead of the compiler, to check for headers. As a
19823 result, incompatibilities between headers went unnoticed during
19824 configuration, and maintainers finally had to deal with this issue
19827 As of Autoconf 2.56 both checks are performed, and @code{configure}
19828 complains loudly if the compiler and the preprocessor do not agree.
19829 For the time being the result used is that of the preprocessor, to give
19830 maintainers time to adjust their @file{configure.ac}, but in the
19831 future, only the compiler will be considered.
19833 Consider the following example:
19836 $ @kbd{cat number.h}
19837 typedef int number;
19839 const number pi = 3;
19840 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
19841 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19842 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([pi.h])
19843 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
19844 $ @kbd{./configure}
19845 checking for gcc... gcc
19846 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
19847 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
19848 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
19849 checking for suffix of executables...
19850 checking for suffix of object files... o
19851 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
19852 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
19853 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
19854 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
19855 checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... grep
19856 checking for egrep... grep -E
19857 checking for ANSI C header files... yes
19858 checking for sys/types.h... yes
19859 checking for sys/stat.h... yes
19860 checking for stdlib.h... yes
19861 checking for string.h... yes
19862 checking for memory.h... yes
19863 checking for strings.h... yes
19864 checking for inttypes.h... yes
19865 checking for stdint.h... yes
19866 checking for unistd.h... yes
19867 checking pi.h usability... no
19868 checking pi.h presence... yes
19869 configure: WARNING: pi.h: present but cannot be compiled
19870 configure: WARNING: pi.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?
19871 configure: WARNING: pi.h: see the Autoconf documentation
19872 configure: WARNING: pi.h: section "Present But Cannot Be Compiled"
19873 configure: WARNING: pi.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result
19874 configure: WARNING: pi.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence
19875 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
19876 configure: WARNING: ## Report this to bug-example@@example.org ##
19877 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
19878 checking for pi.h... yes
19882 The proper way the handle this case is using the fourth argument
19883 (@pxref{Generic Headers}):
19886 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
19887 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
19888 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([number.h pi.h], [], [],
19889 [[#ifdef HAVE_NUMBER_H
19890 # include <number.h>
19893 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
19894 $ @kbd{./configure}
19895 checking for gcc... gcc
19896 checking for C compiler default output... a.out
19897 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
19898 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
19899 checking for suffix of executables...
19900 checking for suffix of object files... o
19901 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
19902 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
19903 checking for gcc option to accept ANSI C... none needed
19904 checking for number.h... yes
19905 checking for pi.h... yes
19908 See @ref{Particular Headers}, for a list of headers with their
19911 @c ===================================================== History of Autoconf.
19914 @chapter History of Autoconf
19915 @cindex History of autoconf
19917 You may be wondering, Why was Autoconf originally written? How did it
19918 get into its present form? (Why does it look like gorilla spit?) If
19919 you're not wondering, then this chapter contains no information useful
19920 to you, and you might as well skip it. If you @emph{are} wondering,
19921 then let there be light@enddots{}
19924 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
19925 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
19926 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
19927 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
19928 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
19934 In June 1991 I was maintaining many of the @acronym{GNU} utilities for the
19935 Free Software Foundation. As they were ported to more platforms and
19936 more programs were added, the number of @option{-D} options that users
19937 had to select in the makefile (around 20) became burdensome.
19938 Especially for me---I had to test each new release on a bunch of
19939 different systems. So I wrote a little shell script to guess some of
19940 the correct settings for the fileutils package, and released it as part
19941 of fileutils 2.0. That @command{configure} script worked well enough that
19942 the next month I adapted it (by hand) to create similar @command{configure}
19943 scripts for several other @acronym{GNU} utilities packages. Brian Berliner
19944 also adapted one of my scripts for his @acronym{CVS} revision control system.
19946 Later that summer, I learned that Richard Stallman and Richard Pixley
19947 were developing similar scripts to use in the @acronym{GNU} compiler tools;
19948 so I adapted my @command{configure} scripts to support their evolving
19949 interface: using the file name @file{Makefile.in} as the templates;
19950 adding @samp{+srcdir}, the first option (of many); and creating
19951 @file{config.status} files.
19956 As I got feedback from users, I incorporated many improvements, using
19957 Emacs to search and replace, cut and paste, similar changes in each of
19958 the scripts. As I adapted more @acronym{GNU} utilities packages to use
19959 @command{configure} scripts, updating them all by hand became impractical.
19960 Rich Murphey, the maintainer of the @acronym{GNU} graphics utilities, sent me
19961 mail saying that the @command{configure} scripts were great, and asking if
19962 I had a tool for generating them that I could send him. No, I thought,
19963 but I should! So I started to work out how to generate them. And the
19964 journey from the slavery of hand-written @command{configure} scripts to the
19965 abundance and ease of Autoconf began.
19967 Cygnus @command{configure}, which was being developed at around that time,
19968 is table driven; it is meant to deal mainly with a discrete number of
19969 system types with a small number of mainly unguessable features (such as
19970 details of the object file format). The automatic configuration system
19971 that Brian Fox had developed for Bash takes a similar approach. For
19972 general use, it seems to me a hopeless cause to try to maintain an
19973 up-to-date database of which features each variant of each operating
19974 system has. It's easier and more reliable to check for most features on
19975 the fly---especially on hybrid systems that people have hacked on
19976 locally or that have patches from vendors installed.
19978 I considered using an architecture similar to that of Cygnus
19979 @command{configure}, where there is a single @command{configure} script that
19980 reads pieces of @file{configure.in} when run. But I didn't want to have
19981 to distribute all of the feature tests with every package, so I settled
19982 on having a different @command{configure} made from each
19983 @file{configure.in} by a preprocessor. That approach also offered more
19984 control and flexibility.
19986 I looked briefly into using the Metaconfig package, by Larry Wall,
19987 Harlan Stenn, and Raphael Manfredi, but I decided not to for several
19988 reasons. The @command{Configure} scripts it produces are interactive,
19989 which I find quite inconvenient; I didn't like the ways it checked for
19990 some features (such as library functions); I didn't know that it was
19991 still being maintained, and the @command{Configure} scripts I had
19992 seen didn't work on many modern systems (such as System V R4 and NeXT);
19993 it wasn't flexible in what it could do in response to a feature's
19994 presence or absence; I found it confusing to learn; and it was too big
19995 and complex for my needs (I didn't realize then how much Autoconf would
19996 eventually have to grow).
19998 I considered using Perl to generate my style of @command{configure}
19999 scripts, but decided that M4 was better suited to the job of simple
20000 textual substitutions: it gets in the way less, because output is
20001 implicit. Plus, everyone already has it. (Initially I didn't rely on
20002 the @acronym{GNU} extensions to M4.) Also, some of my friends at the
20003 University of Maryland had recently been putting M4 front ends on
20004 several programs, including @code{tvtwm}, and I was interested in trying
20005 out a new language.
20010 Since my @command{configure} scripts determine the system's capabilities
20011 automatically, with no interactive user intervention, I decided to call
20012 the program that generates them Autoconfig. But with a version number
20013 tacked on, that name would be too long for old Unix file systems,
20014 so I shortened it to Autoconf.
20016 In the fall of 1991 I called together a group of fellow questers after
20017 the Holy Grail of portability (er, that is, alpha testers) to give me
20018 feedback as I encapsulated pieces of my handwritten scripts in M4 macros
20019 and continued to add features and improve the techniques used in the
20020 checks. Prominent among the testers were Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, who came up
20021 with the idea of making an Autoconf shell script to run M4
20022 and check for unresolved macro calls; Richard Pixley, who suggested
20023 running the compiler instead of searching the file system to find
20024 include files and symbols, for more accurate results; Karl Berry, who
20025 got Autoconf to configure @TeX{} and added the macro index to the
20026 documentation; and Ian Lance Taylor, who added support for creating a C
20027 header file as an alternative to putting @option{-D} options in a
20028 makefile, so he could use Autoconf for his @acronym{UUCP} package.
20029 The alpha testers cheerfully adjusted their files again and again as the
20030 names and calling conventions of the Autoconf macros changed from
20031 release to release. They all contributed many specific checks, great
20032 ideas, and bug fixes.
20037 In July 1992, after months of alpha testing, I released Autoconf 1.0,
20038 and converted many @acronym{GNU} packages to use it. I was surprised by how
20039 positive the reaction to it was. More people started using it than I
20040 could keep track of, including people working on software that wasn't
20041 part of the @acronym{GNU} Project (such as TCL, FSP, and Kerberos V5).
20042 Autoconf continued to improve rapidly, as many people using the
20043 @command{configure} scripts reported problems they encountered.
20045 Autoconf turned out to be a good torture test for M4 implementations.
20046 Unix M4 started to dump core because of the length of the
20047 macros that Autoconf defined, and several bugs showed up in @acronym{GNU}
20048 M4 as well. Eventually, we realized that we needed to use some
20049 features that only @acronym{GNU} M4 has. 4.3@acronym{BSD} M4, in
20050 particular, has an impoverished set of builtin macros; the System V
20051 version is better, but still doesn't provide everything we need.
20053 More development occurred as people put Autoconf under more stresses
20054 (and to uses I hadn't anticipated). Karl Berry added checks for X11.
20055 david zuhn contributed C++ support. Fran@,{c}ois Pinard made it diagnose
20056 invalid arguments. Jim Blandy bravely coerced it into configuring
20057 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, laying the groundwork for several later improvements.
20058 Roland McGrath got it to configure the @acronym{GNU} C Library, wrote the
20059 @command{autoheader} script to automate the creation of C header file
20060 templates, and added a @option{--verbose} option to @command{configure}.
20061 Noah Friedman added the @option{--autoconf-dir} option and
20062 @code{AC_MACRODIR} environment variable. (He also coined the term
20063 @dfn{autoconfiscate} to mean ``adapt a software package to use
20064 Autoconf''.) Roland and Noah improved the quoting protection in
20065 @code{AC_DEFINE} and fixed many bugs, especially when I got sick of
20066 dealing with portability problems from February through June, 1993.
20069 @section Deuteronomy
20071 A long wish list for major features had accumulated, and the effect of
20072 several years of patching by various people had left some residual
20073 cruft. In April 1994, while working for Cygnus Support, I began a major
20074 revision of Autoconf. I added most of the features of the Cygnus
20075 @command{configure} that Autoconf had lacked, largely by adapting the
20076 relevant parts of Cygnus @command{configure} with the help of david zuhn
20077 and Ken Raeburn. These features include support for using
20078 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, @option{--host}, and
20079 @option{--target}; making links to files; and running @command{configure}
20080 scripts in subdirectories. Adding these features enabled Ken to convert
20081 @acronym{GNU} @code{as}, and Rob Savoye to convert Deja@acronym{GNU}, to using
20084 I added more features in response to other peoples' requests. Many
20085 people had asked for @command{configure} scripts to share the results of
20086 the checks between runs, because (particularly when configuring a large
20087 source tree, like Cygnus does) they were frustratingly slow. Mike
20088 Haertel suggested adding site-specific initialization scripts. People
20089 distributing software that had to unpack on MS-DOS asked for a way to
20090 override the @file{.in} extension on the file names, which produced file
20091 names like @file{config.h.in} containing two dots. Jim Avera did an
20092 extensive examination of the problems with quoting in @code{AC_DEFINE}
20093 and @code{AC_SUBST}; his insights led to significant improvements.
20094 Richard Stallman asked that compiler output be sent to @file{config.log}
20095 instead of @file{/dev/null}, to help people debug the Emacs
20096 @command{configure} script.
20098 I made some other changes because of my dissatisfaction with the quality
20099 of the program. I made the messages showing results of the checks less
20100 ambiguous, always printing a result. I regularized the names of the
20101 macros and cleaned up coding style inconsistencies. I added some
20102 auxiliary utilities that I had developed to help convert source code
20103 packages to use Autoconf. With the help of Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, I made
20104 the macros not interrupt each others' messages. (That feature revealed
20105 some performance bottlenecks in @acronym{GNU} M4, which he hastily
20106 corrected!) I reorganized the documentation around problems people want
20107 to solve. And I began a test suite, because experience had shown that
20108 Autoconf has a pronounced tendency to regress when we change it.
20110 Again, several alpha testers gave invaluable feedback, especially
20111 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, Jim Meyering, Karl Berry, Rob Savoye, Ken Raeburn,
20114 Finally, version 2.0 was ready. And there was much rejoicing. (And I
20115 have free time again. I think. Yeah, right.)
20118 @c ========================================================== Appendices
20120 @node Copying This Manual
20121 @appendix Copying This Manual
20125 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
20129 @node GNU Free Documentation License
20130 @appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
20132 @cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
20140 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
20141 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
20142 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
20143 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
20144 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
20145 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
20146 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
20147 * Concept Index:: General index
20150 @node Environment Variable Index
20151 @appendixsec Environment Variable Index
20153 This is an alphabetical list of the environment variables that Autoconf
20158 @node Output Variable Index
20159 @appendixsec Output Variable Index
20161 This is an alphabetical list of the variables that Autoconf can
20162 substitute into files that it creates, typically one or more
20163 makefiles. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
20164 on how this is done.
20168 @node Preprocessor Symbol Index
20169 @appendixsec Preprocessor Symbol Index
20171 This is an alphabetical list of the C preprocessor symbols that the
20172 Autoconf macros define. To work with Autoconf, C source code needs to
20173 use these names in @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} directives.
20177 @node Autoconf Macro Index
20178 @appendixsec Autoconf Macro Index
20180 This is an alphabetical list of the Autoconf macros.
20181 @ifset shortindexflag
20182 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
20183 preceding @samp{AC_}.
20188 @node M4 Macro Index
20189 @appendixsec M4 Macro Index
20191 This is an alphabetical list of the M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros.
20192 @ifset shortindexflag
20193 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
20194 preceding @samp{m4_} or @samp{AS_}.
20199 @node Autotest Macro Index
20200 @appendixsec Autotest Macro Index
20202 This is an alphabetical list of the Autotest macros.
20203 @ifset shortindexflag
20204 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
20205 preceding @samp{AT_}.
20210 @node Program & Function Index
20211 @appendixsec Program and Function Index
20213 This is an alphabetical list of the programs and functions whose
20214 portability is discussed in this document.
20218 @node Concept Index
20219 @appendixsec Concept Index
20221 This is an alphabetical list of the files, tools, and concepts
20222 introduced in this document.
20228 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename autoconf texi settitle setchapternewpage
20229 @c LocalWords: setcontentsaftertitlepage finalout ARG ovar varname dvar acx
20230 @c LocalWords: makeinfo dvi defcodeindex ev ov CPP cv Autotest mv defindex fn
20231 @c LocalWords: shortindexflag iftex ifset acindex ACindex ifclear ahindex fu
20232 @c LocalWords: asindex MSindex atindex ATindex auindex hdrindex prindex FIXME
20233 @c LocalWords: msindex alloca fnindex Aaarg indices FSF's dircategory ifnames
20234 @c LocalWords: direntry autoscan autoreconf autoheader autoupdate config FDs
20235 @c LocalWords: testsuite titlepage Elliston Demaille vskip filll ifnottex hmm
20236 @c LocalWords: insertcopying Autoconf's detailmenu Automake Libtool Posix ois
20237 @c LocalWords: Systemology Checkpointing Changequote INTERCAL changequote dfn
20238 @c LocalWords: Quadrigraphs builtins Shellology acconfig Bugward LIBOBJ Imake
20239 @c LocalWords: LIBOBJS IFELSE cindex flushright Pinard Metaconfig uref Simons
20240 @c LocalWords: distclean uninstall noindent versioning Tromey dir
20241 @c LocalWords: SAMS samp aclocal acsite underquoted emph itemx prepend SUBST
20242 @c LocalWords: evindex automake Gettext autopoint gettext symlink libtoolize
20243 @c LocalWords: defmac INIT tarname ovindex cvindex BUGREPORT PREREQ asis PROG
20244 @c LocalWords: SRCDIR srcdir globbing afterwards cmds foos fooo foooo init cd
20245 @c LocalWords: builddir timestamp src Imakefile chmod defvar CFLAGS CPPFLAGS
20246 @c LocalWords: CXXFLAGS DEFS DHAVE defvarx FCFLAGS FFLAGS LDFLAGS bindir GCC
20247 @c LocalWords: datadir datarootdir docdir dvidir htmldir libdir ifnothtml kbd
20248 @c LocalWords: includedir infodir libexecdir localedir localstatedir mandir
20249 @c LocalWords: oldincludedir pdfdir PDF psdir PostScript sbindir sysconfdir
20250 @c LocalWords: sharedstatedir DDATADIR sed tmp pkgdatadir VPATH conf unistd
20251 @c LocalWords: undef endif builtin FUNCS ifndef STACKSEG getb GETB YMP fubar
20252 @c LocalWords: PRE dest SUBDIRS subdirs fi struct STDC stdlib stddef INTTYPES
20253 @c LocalWords: inttypes STDINT stdint AWK AIX Solaris NeXT env EGREP FGREP yy
20254 @c LocalWords: LEXLIB YYTEXT lfl nonportable Automake's LN RANLIB byacc INETD
20255 @c LocalWords: inetd prog PROGS progs ranlib lmp lXt lX nsl gethostbyname UX
20256 @c LocalWords: NextStep isinf isnan glibc IRIX sunmath lm lsunmath pre sizeof
20257 @c LocalWords: ld inline malloc putenv setenv FreeBSD realloc SunOS MinGW
20258 @c LocalWords: snprintf vsnprintf sprintf vsprintf sscanf gcc strerror ifdef
20259 @c LocalWords: strnlen sysconf PAGESIZE unsetenv va fallback memcpy dst FUNC
20260 @c LocalWords: PowerPC GNUC libPW pragma Olibcalls CHOWN chown CLOSEDIR VFORK
20261 @c LocalWords: closedir FNMATCH fnmatch vfork FSEEKO LARGEFILE fseeko SVR sc
20262 @c LocalWords: largefile GETGROUPS getgroups GETLOADAVG DGUX UMAX NLIST KMEM
20263 @c LocalWords: SETGID getloadavg nlist GETMNTENT irix
20264 @c LocalWords: getmntent UnixWare GETPGRP getpgid getpgrp Posix's pid LSTAT
20265 @c LocalWords: lstat rpl MEMCMP memcmp OpenStep MBRTOWC mbrtowc MKTIME mktime
20266 @c LocalWords: localtime MMAP mmap OBSTACK obstack obstacks ARGTYPES timeval
20267 @c LocalWords: SETPGRP setpgrp defmacx Hurd SETVBUF setvbuf STRCOLL strcoll
20268 @c LocalWords: STRTOD strtod DECL STRFTIME strftime SCO UTIME utime VPRINTF
20269 @c LocalWords: DOPRNT vprintf doprnt sp unfixable LIBSOURCE LIBSOURCES Eggert
20270 @c LocalWords: linux netinet ia Tru XFree DIRENT NDIR dirent ndir multitable
20271 @c LocalWords: NAMLEN strlen namlen MKDEV SYSMACROS makedev RESOLV resolv DNS
20272 @c LocalWords: inet structs NAMESER arpa NETDB netdb UTekV UTS GCC's kB
20273 @c LocalWords: STDBOOL BOOL stdbool conformant cplusplus bool Bool stdarg tm
20274 @c LocalWords: ctype strchr strrchr rindex bcopy memmove memchr WEXITSTATUS
20275 @c LocalWords: WIFEXITED TIOCGWINSZ GWINSZ termios preprocess preprocessable
20276 @c LocalWords: DECLS strdup calloc BLKSIZE blksize RDEV rdev TZNAME tzname pw
20277 @c LocalWords: passwd gecos pwd MBSTATE mbstate wchar RETSIGTYPE hup UID uid
20278 @c LocalWords: gid ptrdiff uintmax EXEEXT OBJEXT Ae conftest AXP str
20279 @c LocalWords: ALIGNOF WERROR Werror cpp HP's WorkShop egcs un fied stdc CXX
20280 @c LocalWords: varargs BIGENDIAN Endianness SPARC endianness grep'ed CONST FC
20281 @c LocalWords: const STRINGIZE stringizing PARAMS unprotoize protos KCC cxx
20282 @c LocalWords: xlC aCC CXXCPP FREEFORM xlf FLIBS FCLIBS ish SRCEXT XTRA LFS
20283 @c LocalWords: ISC lcposix MINIX Minix conditionalized inlines hw dD confdefs
20284 @c LocalWords: fputs stdout PREPROC ar UFS HFS QNX realtime fstype STATVFS se
20285 @c LocalWords: statvfs STATFS statfs func machfile hdr lelf raboof DEFUN GTK
20286 @c LocalWords: GTKMM Grmph ified ine defn baz EOF qar Ahhh changecom algol io
20287 @c LocalWords: changeword quadrigraphs quadrigraph dnl SGI atoi overquoting
20288 @c LocalWords: Aas Wcross sep args namespace undefine bpatsubst popdef dquote
20289 @c LocalWords: bregexp Overquote overquotation meisch maisch meische maische
20290 @c LocalWords: miscian DIRNAME dirname MKDIR CATFILE XMKMF TRAVOLTA celsius
20291 @c LocalWords: EMX emxos Emacsen Korn DYNIX subshell posix Ksh ksh Pdksh Zsh
20292 @c LocalWords: pdksh zsh Allbery Lipe Kubota UWS zorglub stderr eval esac lfn
20293 @c LocalWords: drivespec Posixy DJGPP doschk prettybird LPT pfew Zsh's yu yaa
20294 @c LocalWords: yM uM aM firebird IP subdir misparses ok Unpatched abc bc zA
20295 @c LocalWords: CDPATH DUALCASE LINENO prepass Subshells lineno NULLCMD cmp wc
20296 @c LocalWords: MAILPATH scanset arg NetBSD Almquist printf expr cp
20297 @c LocalWords: Oliva awk Aaaaarg cmd regex xfoo GNV OpenVMS VM
20298 @c LocalWords: sparc Proulx nbar nfoo maxdepth acdilrtu TWG mc
20299 @c LocalWords: mkdir exe uname OpenBSD Fileutils mktemp umask TMPDIR guid os
20300 @c LocalWords: fooXXXXXX Unicos utimes hpux hppa unescaped
20301 @c LocalWords: pmake DOS's gmake ifoo DESTDIR autoconfiscated pc coff mips gg
20302 @c LocalWords: dec ultrix cpu wildcards rpcc rdtsc powerpc readline
20303 @c LocalWords: withval vxworks gless localcache usr LOFF loff CYGWIN Cygwin
20304 @c LocalWords: cygwin SIGLIST siglist SYSNDIR SYSDIR ptx lseq rusage elif MSC
20305 @c LocalWords: lfoo POUNDBANG lsun NIS getpwnam SYSCALLS RSH INTL lintl aix
20306 @c LocalWords: intl lx ldir syslog bsd EPI toolchain netbsd objext de KNR nn
20307 @c LocalWords: fication LTLIBOBJS Wdiff TESTDIR atconfig atlocal akim XFAIL
20308 @c LocalWords: ChangeLog prepended errexit smallexample TESTSUITEFLAGS GPL er
20309 @c LocalWords: installcheck autotest indir Pixley Bothner Eichin Kerberos adl
20310 @c LocalWords: DISTCLEANFILES preprocessor's fileutils Stallman Murphey Stenn
20311 @c LocalWords: Manfredi Autoconfig TCL FSP david zuhn Blandy MACRODIR Raeburn
20312 @c LocalWords: autoconfiscate Savoye Haertel Avera Meyering fdl appendixsec
20313 @c LocalWords: printindex american LIBOBJDIR LibdirTest ERLCFLAGS OBJCFLAGS
20314 @c LocalWords: VER Gnulib online xyes strcpy TYPEOF typeof OBJC objcc objc ln
20315 @c LocalWords: GOBJC OTP ERLC erl valloc decr dumpdef errprint incr
20316 @c LocalWords: esyscmd len maketemp pushdef substr syscmd sysval translit txt
20317 @c LocalWords: sinclude foreach myvar tolower toupper uniq BASENAME STDIN
20318 @c LocalWords: Dynix descrips basename aname cname macroexpands xno xcheck
20319 @c LocalWords: LIBREADLINE lreadline lncurses libreadline
20321 @c Local Variables:
20323 @c ispell-local-dictionary: "american"
20324 @c indent-tabs-mode: nil
20325 @c whitespace-check-buffer-indent: nil